NS&OC OPA Enivironmental Statement Volume 1, Part 3 by Beyond Green

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

7.0 ARCHAEOLOGY & CULTURAL HERITAGE INTRODUCTION 7.1

This Chapter considers archaeology and cultural heritage impacts, and provides an assessment of likely significant effects of the proposed development on the archaeological and cultural heritage resource.

7.2

The Chapter includes the policy framework, assessment methodology, and a description and analysis of the baseline situation in the Study Area focusing on archaeological heritage. It then provides the results of the assessment of the proposed development with regard to the likely effects on archaeology, listed buildings, conservation areas, locally listed buildings and townscape. It assesses the cumulative effects, and identifies mitigation and enhancement measures.

7.3

An Archaeological Desk-Based Assessment (ABDA) and a Historic Buildings Assessment is found at Appendix 7.1 and 7.2 respectively in Volume 2: Technical Appendices of this ES.

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT National Planning Policy National Planning Policy Framework 7.4

In April 2012 the Localism Act was passed; this introduced the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) , which has replaced all Planning Policy Statements (PPSs) and 1

Planning Policy Guidance (PPGs). 7.5

Chapter 12 of the NPPF covers ‘Conserving and enhancing the Historic Environment’ 1

and Section 126 of this states that: ‘Local planning authorities should set out in their Local Plan a positive strategy for the conservation and enjoyment of the historic environment, including heritage assets most at risk through neglect, decay or other threats. In doing so, they should recognise that heritage assets are an irreplaceable resource and conserve them in a manner appropriate to their significance. In developing this strategy, local planning authorities should take into account: 

The desirability of sustaining and enhancing the significance of heritage assets and putting them to viable uses consistent with their conservation;

Communities and Local Government, (2012); The National Planning Policy Framework. TSO.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

197

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



The wider social, cultural, economic and environmental benefits that conservation of the historic environment can bring;



The desirability of new development making a positive contribution to local character and distinctiveness; and



Opportunities to draw on the contribution made by the historic environment to the character of a place.’

7.6

Section 128 of the NPPF states: ‘In determining applications, local planning authorities should require an applicant to describe the significance of any heritage assets affected, including any contribution made by their setting. The level of detail should be proportionate to the assets’ importance and no more than is sufficient to understand the potential impact of the proposal on their significance. As a minimum the relevant historic environment record should have been consulted and the heritage assets assessed using appropriate expertise where necessary. Where a site on which development is proposed includes or has the potential to include heritage assets with archaeological interest, local planning authorities should require developers to submit an appropriate desk-based assessment and, where necessary, a field evaluation.’

7.7

Section 129 of the NPPF further iterates that: ‘Local planning authorities should identify and assess the particular significance of any heritage asset that may be affected by a proposal (including by development affecting the setting of a heritage asset) taking account of the available evidence and any necessary expertise. They should take this assessment into account when considering the impact of a proposal on a heritage asset, to avoid or minimise conflict between the heritage asset’s conservation and any aspect of the proposal.’

Regional Policy The East of England Plan: Regional Spatial Strategy for the East of England 7.8

Although the government has stated its intention to revoke the Regional spatial strategy (RSS), the East of England Plan (EEP)2, it remains part of the development plan and will remain the case until the revocation process is formally completed. The following policy has been identified within the EEP, which relate specifically to archaeology and cultural heritage.

198

Government Office for the East of England, (2008); The East of England Plan. TSO.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

POLICY ENV6 provides for the Historic Environment 7.9

This states: ‘In their plans, policies, programmes and proposals local planning authorities and other agencies should identify, protect, conserve and, where appropriate, enhance the historic environment of the region, its archaeology, historic buildings, places and landscapes, including historic parks and gardens and those features and sites (and their settings) especially significant in the East of England: 

The historic cities of Cambridge and Norwich;



An exceptional network of historic market towns;



A cohesive hierarchy of smaller settlements ranging from nucleated villages, often marked by architecturally



Significant medieval parish churches, through to a pattern of dispersed hamlets and isolated farms



The highly distinctive historic environment of the coastal zone including extensive submerged prehistoric



Landscapes, ancient salt manufacturing and fishing facilities, relict sea walls, grazing marshes, coastal



Fortifications, ancient ports and traditional seaside resorts;



Formal planned settlements of the early twentieth century, including the early garden cities, and factory villages;



Conservation areas and listed buildings, including domestic, industrial and religious buildings, and their settings, and significant designed landscapes;



The rural landscapes of the region, which are highly distinctive and of ancient origin; and



The wide variety of archaeological monuments, sites and buried deposits which include many scheduled ancient monuments and other nationally important archaeological assets.’

Local Policy The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk 7.10

Within the Greater Norwich Development Partnership (GDNP) Joint Core Strategy (JCS) , cultural heritage is broadly mentioned: 3

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 3

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

199

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

‘5.4. The area has a wealth of environmental assets ranging from international and national status, to those of local importance. These must be safeguarded and enhanced for the benefit of current and future generations. These assets include biodiversity (wildlife and habitats), built heritage and the wider historic environment, ancient monuments and archaeological assets, geodiversity (geological features), landscape and historic landscape character; as well as more general aspects such as the countryside and rural character.’

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 7.11

The first stage in the assessment involved identifying the baseline conditions within the Study Area which encompasses a 1km radius of the application site. This wider area allows the importance of known and likely archaeological and historic features to be placed in their local, regional and national contexts.

7.12

The primary source utilised in the assessment was the Norfolk Historical Environment Record (NHER), which records a wide range of evidence including the location of artefactual finds and past archaeological work. In order to best assess the likely archaeological potential of the application site, all NHER records that fell within a 1km radius of the site were examined and the evidence collated by period.

7.13

Evidence from aerial photographs had already been mapped by the English Heritage Norfolk Mapping Programme (NMP), and this subsequent digitally available data has been purchased and utilised as part of the ADBA (Appendix 7.1 of this ES).

7.14

A range of cartographic sources were examined in order to understand the development of the site. These included many consulted at the Norfolk Record Office (NRO), and also published examples such as Faden’s 1797 map of Norfolk

and

Bryant’s 1826 map of Norfolk . 5

7.15

A variety of other sources, including published books, archaeological reports and webbased resources were also consulted in order to establish the archaeological and historical context of the site.

7.16

An ADBA (Appendix 7.1 of this ES) has been produced using the collated data, following the Institute for Archaeologists’ Standard and Guidance for Historic Environment Desk-based Assessment . 6

7.17

A historic building assessment of the area was also undertaken to establish the impact on listed buildings in the vicinity and is found at Appendix 7.2 of this ES.

Barringer, J.C., (1989); Faden’s Map of Norfolk. Larks Press Edition

Barringer, J.C., (1998); Bryant’s Map of Norfolk in 1826. Larks Press Edition

Institute for Archaeologists, (2011); Standard and Guidance for Historic Environment Desk-based Assessment. Institute for Archaeologists. 6

200

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Assessment Criteria Value of Resource 7.18

Categories used to assign a value to the archaeological resource are shown below and reflect a number of factors that can affect the perceived value of the archaeological resource. These include the rarity of a site type, any associations a site may have with other archaeological sites in the area, the setting of a site or group of sites and its condition.

Table 7.1 Assigning Value Value Very High

Criteria World Heritage Sites (including nominated sites). Assets of acknowledged international importance. Assets that can contribute significantly to acknowledged international research objectives.

High

Scheduled Monuments (including proposed sites). Undesignated assets of schedulable quality and importance. Listed Buildings. Assets that can contribute significantly to acknowledged national research objectives.

Medium

Designated or undesignated assets that contribute to regional research objectives.

Low

Designated and undesignated assets of local importance. Assets compromised by poor preservation and/or poor survival of contextual associations. Assets of limited value, but with potential to contribute to local research objectives.

Negligible

Assets with very little or no surviving archaeological interest.

Unknown

The importance of the resource has not been ascertained.

Magnitude of Impact 7.19

The extent or magnitude of any likely impacts is set out in the table below. It is worth noting that the impacts can be either negative or beneficial, and direct or indirect.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

201

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 7.2 Magnitude of Impact Magnitude

Criteria

Major Adverse

Change to most Or all key archaeological materials such that the resource is totally altered. Comprehensive changes to setting.

Moderate Adverse

Changes to many key archaeological materials, such that the resource is clearly modified. Considerable changes to setting that affect the character of the asset.

Minor adverse

Changes to key archaeological materials, such that the asset is slightly altered. Slight changes to setting.

Negligible/neutral No Change Minor adverse

Very minor changes to archaeological materials, or setting. No change. Changes to key archaeological materials, such that the asset is slightly altered. Slight changes to setting.

Negligible Minor beneficial

Very minor changes to archaeological materials, or setting. Changes to key archaeological materials such that the resource is slightly enhanced. Slight improvements to setting.

Moderate beneficial

Changes to many key archaeological materials, such that the resource is clearly modified and enhanced. Considerable changes to setting that positively affect the character of the asset.

Major Beneficial

Change to most or all key archaeological materials, such that the resource is significantly enhanced. Comprehensive changes to setting that positively affect the character of the asset.

Significance of Impact 7.20

The significance of impact on the archaeological resource is a combination of the Value of Resource and the Magnitude of Impact, which gives the overall impact.

7.21

The criteria used in determining the Significance of Impact are shown below, combining the Value of Resource and the Magnitude of Impact.

202

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 7.3 Significance of Impact Magnitude of Impact Value

Very High

High

Medium

Low

Negligible Unknown

No Change

Negligible

Minor Adverse

Moderate Adverse

Major Adverse

Neutral

Slight

Moderate/

Large/

Large

Very Large

Moderate/

Large/

Slight

Large

Very Large

Slight

Moderate

Moderate/

Neutral

Slight

Neutral/ Slight

Neutral

Neutral/

Slight

Neutral

Neutral/

Slight

Unknown

Neutral

Unknown

Large

Unknown

Slight

Slight/ Moderate Slight

Unknown

BASELINE CONDITIONS 7.22

The following section summarises, by period, the available archaeological and historical evidence for past activity within the survey area. The locations of NHER records and other significant sites discussed in the text are shown in Figures 3â&#x20AC;&#x201C;8 of the ADBA. Full tabular summaries of the NHER records are also presented ADBA (Appendix 7.1).

NHER Overview 7.23

A relatively large number of NHER records fell within the Study Area (a total of 228). The majority of these records document the discovery of unstratified artefacts, including both chance finds and larger quantities of items found during amateur fieldwalking and metal-detecting. Several archaeological interventions have also taken place in the area, with much of Beeston parish fieldwalked by Alan Davison between 2004 and 2005, and a reasonable amount of fieldwalking and evaluation has taken place along the route of the Norwich Northern Distributor Road (NDR).

7.24

Other evaluations in the area include investigations at Sprowston Park and Ride site, and Sprowston Manor Golf Course.

7.25

A number of cropmarks have been identified within the area by the NMP, and this data has been utilised as part of the ADBA.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

203

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Evidence for Prehistoric Activity (500,000BC–AD42) 7.26

No finds of Palaeolithic (500,000BC–10,001BC) date have been recovered from the Study Area.

7.27

Five sites produced Mesolithic (10,000BC–4,001BC) finds of worked flint, from the surface of ploughed fields. Four of these sites lie on the slopes overlooking Dobbs’ Beck, and one was found in a similar setting, on sloping ground overlooking a minor watercourse. None of these sites lie within the application site.

7.28

Neolithic (4,000BC–2,351BC) and Bronze Age (2,350BC–801BC) activity is also largely from finds evidence, and many of these cannot be closely dated. Flints of Neolithic date have been recovered from a range of locations within the Study Area, although Bronze Age activity has a tighter distribution, mainly in the western half of the Study Area.

7.29

A probable Bronze Age pit was seen during trial trenching along the route of the NDR (at NHER 35668). A Bronze Age urn containing a cremation was found by chance within Sprowston cemetery (NHER 8113). This cremation may have evidenced a barrow (funerary monument), which has since been levelled.

7.30

Possible evidence of a barrow is located to the northeast of the area (NHER 50804), in the form of cropmarks of a ring ditch.

7.31

Sixteen of the prehistoric sites are located within or the application site.

7.32

Iron Age (800BC–AD42) activity is sparse in the area, with only a few finds recorded. Two of these sites lie within the application site itself (NHER 28620 and 41882).

7.33

Some of the cropmark sites could be dated to the prehistoric period, including NHERs 21124, 50760 and 50803. These consist of a number of small enclosures or ringditches, which mainly occur in the north easternmost part of the Study Area. Some multi-phase areas of cropmarks may also have origins as Iron Age field systems. Evidence for Roman Activity (AD43–AD409)

7.34

The area is crossed by the postulated Roman road supposedly linking the Roman towns of Brampton (12 miles (19km) north of Norwich) to Venta Icenorum (Caistor St Edmund) 3 miles (5km) south of Norwich.

7.35

The line of the road is somewhat uncertain although has long been thought to correspond with the straight avenue in the northern part of Beeston Park, known as Broad Walk. Several lengths of the Spixworth/Beeston St. Andrew parish boundary appear to continue the line of the route.

7.36

It has also been suggested that a series of straight bank features, lying 1km to the west (NHER 52126), may in fact, represent the line of the road, however, these do not align with the suggested routes of the road to the north and south of the Study Area.

204

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

7.37

Both the Broad Walk and these linear bank features have been investigated archaeologically, as part of preliminary works to assess the line of the NDR – these features are crossed by the route, and whilst similarly aligned ditches were found in the vicinity, no evidence of the Roman road itself was apparent.

7.38

A possible Roman marching camp (NHER 16451) has also been recorded in the area, and is known from cropmark evidence.

7.39

Much of the Roman data in the area is from finds evidence, and has a broad distribution across the area, with a slight concentration around the Roman marching camp, and a cluster in Beeston parish – the Beeston evidence is probably skewed by intensive fieldwalking undertaken here by Alan Davison. Evidence for Anglo-Saxon Activity (AD410–AD1066)

7.40

Early Saxon (AD410–650) activity in the area is represented by two sites within the Study Area. Both record fragments of cruciform brooches and are outside the application site.

7.41

Middle Saxon (AD650–850) activity is also represented by finds evidence alone, although the two sherds of Middle Saxon pottery recovered during fieldwalking in Beeston parish hint at a potentially relatively early origin for this settlement. The Middle Saxon finds were recovered from outside the boundary of the application site.

7.42

Late Saxon (AD850–1066) finds are slightly more numerous than in the Early and Middle Saxon periods, although the quantities are still very small. Some of these artefacts were recovered within the application site. Evidence for Medieval Activity (AD1066 - 1539)

7.43

The Church of St Mary and St Margaret (NHER 8138), located on the edge of Sprowston, is one of the few extant medieval features within the Study Area. The church is mainly of 14th and 15th Century date, and once had a round tower of which a Saxo-Norman arch survives.

7.44

Beeston St Andrew church (NHER 18125) lies to the west of the North Walsham Road and had fallen into ruins by the mid 16th Century and can be related to a cropmark enclosure visible on aerial photographs. Rubble foundations have been exposed during ploughing here, and glazed floor tiles have also been dug up.

7.45

Human skeletal remains have been found in the area, and are likely to be the remains of the churchyard.

7.46

Beeston, Spixworth, Catton and Sprowston were established as settlements by the Late Saxon period, and all were mentioned in the Domesday Book.

7.47

The sinuous appearance of local lanes and tracks on Faden’s map of 1797 imply that many had their origins in the medieval period.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

205

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

7.48

It is likely that large areas were open fields, although much of the medieval cultivation has been removed by later arable farming. There is a small area of agricultural ridge and furrow visible on aerial photographs near Sprowston (NHER 50989).

7.49

Numerous finds of medieval date have been recovered from the Study Area, although none come from the application site itself. Many of these finds are likely to be the result of repeated manuring of the land with organic waste from the surrounding settlements; some of the finds may also be as a result of accidental losses. Evidence for Post-Medieval Activity (AD1539 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1900)

7.50

Several post-medieval halls are located in the vicinity of the application site, and two of these - Sprowston Hall and Beeston Hall - were in existence by the early 17th Century. Both of these halls are likely to have been associated with estates that can be traced back to medieval manors.

7.51

Beeston Old Hall (precursor of the present day Red Hall) and its estate are also likely to have origins as medieval landholdings.

7.52

A historic building assessment (contained at Appendix 7.2 of this ES) has been carried out on structures within the application site, to ascertain the impact of the proposed development on any listed and also unlisted buildings in the area. The assessment found that many of the buildings in the area are likely to be adversely affected by the development, which will completely alter the rural nature of the area.

7.53

The North Walsham Road is likely to be a product of post-medieval straightening of the road system. It is present on an estate map of 1722, and was possibly diverted from a former course when the north part of Beeston Park and the Broad Walk avenue were created. The road is recorded as being in the care of a Turnpike Trust in 1797.

7.54

A range of post-medieval finds have been recovered from the area, although none of these appear to represent formerly occupied sites. Like the medieval finds they are most likely the product of manuring.

7.55

Cartographic sources for the area go back to 1722, with an estate map of this date depicting Beeston Park. Many of the lanes and roads remain unchanged from the time of Fadenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s map of 1797, with just a few losses apparent. The main addition to the area is the 20th Century housing estates to the north and south of the area.

7.56

The Tithe maps of the 1840s show that the area was mainly arable in the mid 19th Century, with some woodland around the periphery and very occasionally areas defined as pasture.

7.57

Some fairly minimal boundary loss has occurred since the Tithe maps were created. Most of the fields seen on Fadenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s map were probably in existence before the late 18th Century, and suggest that the area was largely already enclosed by the beginning of the 19th Century. This is also indicated by the number of field names with the

206

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

descriptor ‘Close’ in their title, which is a term frequently used in much earlier sources to record areas of enclosed land. 7.58

There are four areas of Historic Parkland within the Study Area, with Beeston Hall Park and Red Hall Farm having land which is within the application site. Beeston Hall Park was largely established by the time of the estate map of 1722. By the mid 19 th Century the park had been significantly reworked, with the Tithe Map showing an extensive area of new parkland to the north of the house, and an extension to the south park, which crossed the Beeston St Andrew parish boundary and reached as far as the Wroxham Road.

7.59

Beeston Old Hall or Red Hall Park is a minor landscape park visible on Bryant’s map of 1826, and can be seen in detail on the parish tithe map. At this time it occupied much the same area as it does today.

7.60

Several demolished post-medieval buildings also lie within the application site (see ADBA for details). These buildings include Dairy Farm, a farmhouse of probable 17 th Century date; Lone Barn, which was substantial enough to be marked on Faden’s map of 1797; and also other un-named buildings, which include two probable estate cottages and a possible estate lodge.

7.61

In addition to the above, the possible site of another (now extinct) building is implied in field names noted from the Tithe apportionment, ‘House Close’, ‘Cellar Pit’, and ‘Cartshed Close’.

7.62

Although most of the land was agricultural in character, there is a little evidence for some industrial activity, mainly in the form of mineral extraction pits, such as is implied in the field name ‘Gravel Pit Close’. No specific sites are recorded within the application site.

7.63

Several linear cropmark sites recorded in the NHER are likely to represent postmedieval field boundaries, with one in fact most certainly being the ‘lost lane’ (NHER 53497) marked on Faden’s map of 1797. Second World War

7.64

The area to the northeast of Norwich saw a reasonable amount of activity during the Second World War. Horsham St Faith airfield (NHER 8137) lay close to the western edge of the application site, on the site now utilised by Norwich Airport. Another airfield lay to the east of the Study Area, near Rackheath.

7.65

Numerous locations in the immediate vicinity of the airfields were in use during the war, and for the most part these leave little trace. Most of the sites known have been identified from aerial photographs. None of these site lie within the application site.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

207

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Undated Activity 7.66

Many cropmarks remain undated within the Study Area, including an extensive and complex area to the northeast of the application site (NHER 50802), which probably includes elements from several periods. Two sets of enclosures in the south-eastern corner of the application site are on an alignment which does not correspond with any of the surviving boundaries or landscape, and so probably pre-date it. A trapezoidal enclosure in the centre of the application site (NHER 18901) is also undated, as are the fragmentary remains of at least two large enclosures and a circular feature at its western edge (NHERs 50992 and 50800).

7.67

Evaluation and geophysical survey of sites along the route of the NDR have also identified a number of undated boundaries to the north and east of the application site.

7.68

Other evaluations and watching briefs in the Study Area have identified a range of discrete pits, post-holes and natural features, the majority of which produced no dating evidence.

7.69

An evaluation excavation at the edge of Old Catton (NHER 44786) revealed numerous small pits containing dark, charcoal-rich fills. These features were almost identical in form and size, with heat scorching at their margins suggesting that they may have been associated with charcoal production. It is notable that a very similar feature was identified during one of the NDR evaluations (ENF 123748), and also during a watching brief to the northwest of the proposed development, suggesting that this type of activity may have been fairly widespread in the area.

7.70

A wide variety of undated finds have also been identified within the Study Area.

Significance within Application Site 7.71

This

section

will

concentrate

the

assessment

the

significance

the

archaeological interests within the redline boundary of the application site only. Scheduled Monuments 7.72

There are no Scheduled Monuments within or close to the application site. Historic Buildings

7.73

There are several historic buildings within the site area, see Appendix 7. 2 of this ES for more details of these and an assessment of their importance.

7.74

The historic buildings assessment (Appendix 7.2) concludes that the heritage value is high for Red Hall, Beeston Hall, Spixworth church of St Mary and St. Margaret, and also Oak Lodge Farmhouse. It is believed that the heritage value for St. Andrewâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Church, labourerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cottages and other farm buildings is medium. The value for 20 th Century cottages and housing estates in the area is thought to be low.

208

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

7.75

The heritage setting of these buildings is generally thought to be at the same level as their value, however Oak Lodge Farmhouse is thought to have a high heritage value, but a medium setting value, and St Andrewâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Church is deemed to be of medium heritage value, but of low setting value.

7.76

The conclusions of the historic buildings report state that although the scope of the works proposed is not fully known at present, it is likely that any works will have a significant effect on both the buildings and their mainly rural setting. Details on the impact associated with landscape and views are considered within Chapter 6.0: Landscape & Visual within Volume 1: Main Text & Figures of this ES. Other Archaeological Interests

7.77

Forty-two known sites of archaeological interests were recorded within the application site. These include cropmarks identified from aerial photographs by the NMP, archaeological interventions and finds recovered as shown in Table 7.4 below. Table 7.4 NHER Sites within the Application Site

NHER

Name/Description

18588

Medieval pot handle found during fieldwalking.

18901

Cropmarks of a sub-rectangular enclosure and two ditches; the latter may well be of a different date; the enclosure has a possible entrance or extension to the northwest.

Grid Reference TG 2388 1327

TG 249 133

21126

Cropmarks of a rectilinear enclosure with entrance; associated linear features and a possible second enclosure are also visible

21127

Cropmarks of sub-square cropmark features initially interpreted as Early Saxon sunken feature buildings; these are now thought likely to be either quarry pits or of geological origin (not NMP mapped).

TG 24 13

Neolithic chipped flint axe found in 1986. Prehistoric flints and Roman and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey. Multi-period finds recovered during subsequent metal detecting. A further 49 worked flints were recovered during the NDR fieldwalking. Also an Iron Age or early Roman linch pin terminal found during metal detecting.

TG 26 14

33114

Roman coin, Late Saxon stirrup strap mount, medieval harness mount, seal matrix and other metalwork found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

34834

Two prehistoric struck flints and a medieval or early post-medieval buckle found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

35113

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 26 13

35330

Roman coin and medieval buckle and coin weight found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

28620

TG 2413 1313

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

209

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

35893

Various medieval metal objects recovered during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

37316

?Bronze Age flint scraper and flake, Roman key, medieval pot mend and medieval or post-medieval sword chape found during metal detecting. Neolithic and other prehistoric flints and Roman, Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25 13

37583

Medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

39890

Three medieval coins and other medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

41110

Roman cosmetic mortar and Late Saxon hooked tag found during metal detecting.

TG 23 13

41872

Prehistoric worked flints, including some Early Neolithic examples, and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey and a Roman coin and various medieval metalwork found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

41876

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25 13

41877

Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey. Medieval silver token found during subsequent fieldwalking and metal detecting of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2588 1418

41878

Prehistoric flint core and Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2525 1341

41880

Prehistoric flint scraper and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2507 1424

41882

Prehistoric worked flint and Iron Age and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey

TG 2497 1360

41883

?Early Bronze Age worked flint and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2521 1322

41884

Medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

41885

Prehistoric worked flints, including ?Early Bronze Age examples found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2639 1425

41887

Prehistoric worked flints and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2487 1412

49747

Relatively large quantity (58 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint recovered during fieldwalking of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2635 1412

50499

Relatively large quantity (42 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint, two sherds of medieval pottery and a silver coin recovered during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2389 1414

Six prehistoric worked flints found during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2526 1441

50500

210

Name/Description

TG 25320 14121

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Name/Description

Grid Reference

50760

Cropmarks of a possible oval enclosure. Faint, but potentially a prehistoric funerary monument of some kind.

TG 2614 1403

50800

Cropmarks of segments of two or more ditches. These features are only visible on one set of photographs and may not necessarily be archaeologically significant.

TG 2609 1404

This sub-rectangular group of cropmarks has been interpreted as either the remains of a building or a series of buildings. Their position and alignment makes it highly likely that these features were contemporary with Beeston Lane, making a medieval or post-medieval date likely. There is no direct cartographic or documentary evidence for extraction activity on this site and it seems reasonable to assume that this is indeed the remains of a building, presumably lost before the end of the 18th Century. It is interesting to note that four individuals were paying hearth tax in 1664 (Frankel and Seaman 1983). Two presumably resided at Beeston Hall and Old Hall and a third perhaps at the now lost Diary Farm. This site could well have been the dwelling of the fourth.

TG 2533 1378

The various linear cropmarks at this site exhibit similar alignments to the post-medieval field system and are therefore of probable medieval or post-medieval date. Several also appear to correspond with the parish boundaries. A roughly rectangular cluster of cropmarks has been interpreted, like those at NHER 50983, as representing either extraction pits or building. There is no cartographic or documentary evidence for either in this location so their nature remains unclear. If this is indeed the remains of a structure it is unlikely to have been post-medieval in date, lying some distance from any of the known routeways.

TG 2524 1334

50985

Cropmarks of rectilinear enclosures ranged along a probable track way.

TG 2542 1267

50990

Cropmarks of a series of earthwork banks and ditches. Possibly features associated with Beeston Park.

TG 2565 1366

50991

Cropmarks of linear features (potentially two phases).

TG 2582 1376

50992

Cropmarks of possible enclosures. May represent more than one phase of activity.

TG 2610 1385

52125

Cropmarks of a series of linear and curvilinear banks. These are likely to relate to land division or enclosure on the margins of what was Sprowston common. A potentially contemporary cropmark enclosure is visible in the northwest corner of the site. Clearly related to the cropmarks at site 50985.

TG 2499 1263

Although this linear alignment of bank features has been tentatively suggested as a possible line of the Roman road from Brampton a medieval or post-medieval date appears more likely. It appears to continue the line of a short length of (now lost) road shown on Fadenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s map near Spixworth, a short length of which continued to the south of Crostwick Lane. Although its straightness suggests a relatively late date, it appears on none of the cartographic sources, although its line appears to have been preserved in elements of the 19th Century field system. Presumably once a routeway of some kind evaluation of this field revealed only two parallel ditches.

TG 2421 1425

50983

50984

52126

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

211

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

53493

Cropmarks of several linear ditches, a possible enclosure and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2327 1407

53494

Cropmarks of at least four ditches.

TG 2461 1431

53495

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, related ditches and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2465 1390

53496

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, perhaps exhibiting more than one phase.

TG 2398 1327

53497

Cropmarks of a bank feature and two ditches.

TG 2351 1331

Archaeological Value of the Interests Table 7.5 Archaeological Value of Sites

NHER

212

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Archaeological Value

18588

Medieval pot handle found during fieldwalking.

TG 2388 1327

Negligible

18901

Cropmarks of a sub-rectangular enclosure and two ditches; the latter may well be of a different date; the enclosure has a possible entrance or extension to the northwest.

TG 249 133

Unknown

21126

Cropmarks of a rectilinear enclosure with entrance; associated linear features and a possible second enclosure are also visible.

TG 2413 1313

Unknown

21127

TG 24 13

Unknown

28620

TG 26 14

Negligible

33114

Roman coin, Late Saxon stirrup strap mount, medieval harness mount, seal matrix and other metalwork found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

Negligible

34834

Two prehistoric struck flints and a medieval or early post-medieval buckle found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Negligible

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Archaeological Value

35113

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 26 13

Negligible

35330

Roman coin and medieval buckle and coin weight found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

Negligible

35893

Various medieval metal objects recovered during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Negligible

37316

?Bronze Age flint scraper and flake, Roman key, medieval pot mend and medieval or postmedieval sword chape found during metal detecting. Neolithic and other prehistoric flints and Roman, Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25 13

Negligible

37583

Medieval metal detecting.

metal

TG 25 13

Negligible

39890

Three medieval coins and other medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Negligible

41110

Roman cosmetic mortar and Late Saxon hooked tag found during metal detecting.

TG 23 13

Negligible

41872

TG 25 13

Negligible

41876

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25 13

Negligible

41877

Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey. Medieval silver token found during subsequent fieldwalking and metal detecting of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2588 1418

Negligible

41878

Prehistoric flint core and Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2525 1341

Negligible

41880

Prehistoric flint scraper and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2507 1424

Negligible

41882

Prehistoric worked flint and Iron Age and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2497 1360

Negligible

41883

?Early Bronze Age worked flint and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2521 1322

Negligible

objects

found

during

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

213

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

214

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Archaeological Value

41884

Medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25320 14121

Negligible

41885

Prehistoric worked flints, including ?Early Bronze Age examples found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2639 1425

Negligible

41887

Prehistoric worked flints and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2487 1412

Negligible

49747

Relatively large quantity (58 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint recovered during fieldwalking of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2635 1412

Negligible

50499

Relatively large quantity (42 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint, two sherds of medieval pottery and a silver coin recovered during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2389 1414

Negligible

50500

Six prehistoric worked flints found during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2526 1441

Negligible

50760

Cropmarks of a possible oval enclosure. Faint, but potentially a prehistoric funerary monument of some kind.

TG 2614 1403

Unknown

50800

Cropmarks of segments of two or more ditches. These features are only visible on one set of photographs and may not necessarily be archaeologically significant.

TG 2609 1404

Unknown

50983

TG 2533 1378

Unknown

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Archaeological Value

50984

The various linear cropmarks at this site exhibit similar alignments to the post-medieval field system and are therefore of probable medieval or post-medieval date. Several also appear to correspond with the parish boundaries. A roughly rectangular cluster of cropmarks has been interpreted, like those at NHER 50983, as representing either extraction pits or building. There is no cartographic or documentary evidence for either in this location so their nature remains unclear. If this is indeed the remains of a structure it is unlikely to have been postmedieval in date, lying some distance from any of the known routeways.

TG 2524 1334

Unknown

50985

Cropmarks of rectilinear enclosures ranged along a probable track way.

TG 2542 1267

Unknown

50990

Cropmarks of a series of earthwork banks and ditches. Possibly features associated with Beeston Park.

TG 2565 1366

Unknown

50991

Cropmarks of linear features (potentially two phases).

TG 2582 1376

Unknown

50992

Cropmarks of possible enclosures. May represent more than one phase of activity.

TG 2610 1385

Unknown

52125

TG 2499 1263

Unknown

52126

TG 2421 1425

Unknown

53493

Cropmarks of several linear ditches, a possible enclosure and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2327 1407

Unknown

53494

Cropmarks of at least four ditches.

TG 2461 1431

Unknown

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

215

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Archaeological Value

53495

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, related ditches and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2465 1390

Unknown

53496

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, perhaps exhibiting more than one phase.

TG 2398 1327

Unknown

53497

Cropmarks of a bank feature and two ditches.

TG 2351 1331

Unknown

7.78

The sites recorded mainly comprise assemblages of finds and untested cropmark sites. The finds evidence, although useful in creating an idea of â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;backgroundâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; activity of various dates, is not a precise way of determining the presence of sub-surface archaeological remains. Cropmarks can also be an imprecise means of locating buried remains, as activities on the land (especially deeply-penetrating agricultural regimes) in intervening years since the aerial photographs were taken can have adversely affected their survival. Nonetheless cropmarks do demonstrate activity across in the area.

7.79

The

survival,

character

and

date

the

cropmarks

have

not

been

tested

archaeologically, and hence their value is considered to be unknown. 7.80

The location of the application site within the surrounding archaeological landscape suggests that there is potential for other, as yet unidentified archaeological evidence to survive on the site, either in the form of buried archaeological features and/or as artefacts. However, the scale of that potential and the possible locations of any buried remains cannot be determined at this stage.

216

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS Construction Phase 7.81

The majority of the potential impacts on the archaeological interests are likely to be within the construction phase, when ground disturbance works are being undertaken during site preparation and construction. Direct impacts

7.82

Generally speaking, most impacts of developments on heritage assets tend to be adverse. This site has potential for archaeological remains of multiple periods to be present, and as much of the proposed development is likely to involve below-ground disturbance, it is clear that heritage assets that may be present will be impacted upon.

7.83

The setting of the nearby listed and unlisted buildings, both within and near to the application site will be affected; reference to this should be made to Chapter 6.0: Landscape & Visual. Indirect Impacts

7.84

No indirect impacts of the proposed development have been identified. Magnitude of Impacts Table 7.6 Archaeological Value of the Known Interests

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Magnitude of Impact

18588

Medieval pot handle found during fieldwalking.

TG 2388 1327

Moderate Adverse

18901

Cropmarks of a sub-rectangular enclosure and two ditches; the latter may well be of a different date; the enclosure has a possible entrance or extension to the northwest.

TG 249 133

Moderate Adverse

21126

Cropmarks of a rectilinear enclosure with entrance; associated linear features and a possible second enclosure are also visible.

TG 2413 1313

Moderate Adverse

21127

TG 24 13

Moderate Adverse

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

217

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

218

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Magnitude of Impact

28620

TG 26 14

Moderate Adverse

33114

Roman coin, Late Saxon stirrup strap mount, medieval harness mount, seal matrix and other metalwork found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

Moderate Adverse

34834

Two prehistoric struck flints and a medieval or early post-medieval buckle found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

35113

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 26 13

Moderate Adverse

35330

Roman coin and medieval buckle and coin weight found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

Moderate Adverse

35893

Various medieval metal during metal detecting.

recovered

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

37316

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

37583

Medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

39890

Three medieval coins and other medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

41110

Roman cosmetic mortar and Late Saxon hooked tag found during metal detecting.

TG 23 13

Moderate Adverse

41872

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

41876

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25 13

Moderate Adverse

objects

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Magnitude of Impact

41877

Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey. Medieval silver token found during subsequent fieldwalking and metal detecting of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2588 1418

Moderate Adverse

41878

Prehistoric flint core and Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2525 1341

Moderate Adverse

41880

Prehistoric flint scraper and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2507 1424

Moderate Adverse

41882

Prehistoric worked flint and Iron Age and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2497 1360

Moderate Adverse

41883

?Early Bronze Age worked flint and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2521 1322

Moderate Adverse

41884

Medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25320 14121

Moderate Adverse

41885

Prehistoric worked flints, including ?Early Bronze Age examples found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2639 1425

Moderate Adverse

41887

Prehistoric worked flints and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2487 1412

Moderate Adverse

49747

Relatively large quantity (58 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint recovered during fieldwalking of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2635 1412

Moderate Adverse

50499

Relatively large quantity (42 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint, two sherds of medieval pottery and a silver coin recovered during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2389 1414

Moderate Adverse

50500

Six prehistoric worked flints found during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2526 1441

Moderate Adverse

50760

Cropmarks of a possible oval enclosure. Faint, but potentially a prehistoric funerary monument of some kind.

TG 2614 1403

Moderate Adverse

50800

Cropmarks of segments of two or more ditches. These features are only visible on one set of photographs and may not necessarily be archaeologically significant.

TG 2609 1404

Moderate Adverse

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

219

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

220

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Magnitude of Impact

50983

TG 2533 1378

Moderate Adverse

50984

TG 2524 1334

Moderate Adverse

50985

Cropmarks of rectilinear enclosures ranged along a probable track way.

TG 2542 1267

Moderate Adverse

50990

Cropmarks of a series of earthwork banks and ditches. Possibly features associated with Beeston Park.

TG 2565 1366

Moderate Adverse

50991

Cropmarks of linear features (potentially two phases).

TG 2582 1376

Moderate Adverse

50992

Cropmarks of possible enclosures. May represent more than one phase of activity.

TG 2610 1385

Moderate Adverse

52125

TG 2499 1263

Moderate Adverse

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

NHER

Grid Reference

Name/Description

Magnitude of Impact

52126

TG 2421 1425

Moderate Adverse

53493

Cropmarks of several linear ditches, a possible enclosure and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2327 1407

Moderate Adverse

53494

Cropmarks of at least four ditches.

TG 2461 1431

Moderate Adverse

53495

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, related ditches and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2465 1390

Moderate Adverse

53496

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, perhaps exhibiting more than one phase.

TG 2398 1327

Moderate Adverse

53497

Cropmarks of a bank feature and two ditches.

TG 2351 1331

Moderate Adverse

Table 7.7 The Significance of Impact on the Known Archaeological Interests

NHER

Name/Description

Grid Reference

Significance of Impact Neutral/ Slight adverse

18588

Medieval pot handle found during fieldwalking.

TG 2388 1327

18901

Cropmarks of a sub-rectangular enclosure and two ditches; the latter may well be of a different date; the enclosure has a possible entrance or extension to the northwest.

TG 249 133

Unknown

21126

Cropmarks of a rectilinear enclosure with entrance; associated linear features and a possible second enclosure are also visible.

TG 2413 1313

Unknown

21127

TG 24 13

Unknown

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

221

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

222

Grid Reference

Significance of Impact

NHER

Name/Description

28620

TG 26 14

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

33114

Roman coin, Late Saxon stirrup strap mount, medieval harness mount, seal matrix and other metalwork found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

34834

Two prehistoric struck flints and a medieval or early post-medieval buckle found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

35113

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 26 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

35330

Roman coin and medieval buckle and coin weight found during metal detecting.

TG 24 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

35893

Various medieval metal objects recovered during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

37316

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

37583

Medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

39890

Three medieval coins and other medieval metal objects found during metal detecting.

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41110

Roman cosmetic mortar and Late Saxon hooked tag found during metal detecting

TG 23 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41872

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41876

Prehistoric worked flints found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25 13

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41877

Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey. Medieval silver token found during subsequent fieldwalking and metal detecting of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2588 1418

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41878

Prehistoric flint core and Late Saxon and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2525 1341

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Grid Reference

Significance of Impact

NHER

Name/Description

41880

Prehistoric flint scraper and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2507 1424

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41882

Prehistoric worked flint and Iron Age and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2497 1360

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41883

?Early Bronze Age worked flint and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2521 1322

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41884

Medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 25320 14121

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41885

Prehistoric worked flints, including ?Early Bronze Age examples found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2639 1425

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

41887

Prehistoric worked flints and medieval pottery found during Beeston St Andrew fieldwalking survey.

TG 2487 1412

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

49747

Relatively large quantity (58 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint recovered during fieldwalking of proposed NDR corridor.

TG 2635 1412

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

50499

Relatively large quantity (42 pieces) of prehistoric worked flint, two sherds of medieval pottery and a silver coin recovered during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2389 1414

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

50500

Six prehistoric worked flints found during the NDR fieldwalking.

TG 2526 1441

Neutral/ Slight Adverse

50760

Cropmarks of a possible oval enclosure. Faint, but potentially a prehistoric funerary monument of some kind.

TG 2614 1403

Unknown

50800

Cropmarks of segments of two or more ditches. These features are only visible on one set of photographs and may not necessarily be archaeologically significant.

TG 2609 1404

Unknown

50983

TG 2533 1378

Unknown

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

223

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

224

Grid Reference

Significance of Impact

NHER

Name/Description

50984

TG 2524 1334

Unknown

50985

Cropmarks of rectilinear enclosures ranged along a probable track way.

TG 2542 1267

Unknown

50990

Cropmarks of a series of earthwork banks and ditches. Possibly features associated with Beeston Park.

TG 2565 1366

Unknown

50991

Cropmarks of linear features (potentially two phases).

TG 2582 1376

Unknown

50992

Cropmarks of possible enclosures. May represent more than one phase of activity.

TG 2610 1385

Unknown

52125

TG 2499 1263

Unknown

52126

Although this linear alignment of bank features has been tentatively suggested as a possible line of the Roman road from Brampton a medieval or postmedieval date appears more likely. It appears to continue the line of a short length of (now lost) road shown on Fadenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s map near Spixworth, a short length of which continued to the south of Crostwick Lane. Although its straightness suggests a relatively late date, it appears on none of the cartographic sources, although its line appears to have been preserved in elements of the 19th Century field system. Presumably once a routeway of some kind evaluation of this field revealed only two parallel ditches.

TG 2421 1425

Unknown

53493

Cropmarks of several linear ditches, a possible enclosure and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2327 1407

Unknown

53494

Cropmarks of at least four ditches.

TG 2461 1431

Unknown

53495

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, related ditches and what may be a track way fragment.

TG 2465 1390

Unknown

53496

Cropmarks of a possible enclosure, perhaps exhibiting more than one phase.

TG 2398 1327

Unknown

53497

Cropmarks of a bank feature and two ditches.

TG 2351 1331

Unknown

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

MITIGATION MEASURES 7.85

It is considered that the likely impacts of the proposed development can be adequately mitigated through the implementation of a structured programme of archaeological works designed to evaluate the presence or absence of buried archaeological remains and, if required, record any exposed archaeological remains before and during the construction phase. This may be followed by further phases of archaeological works based on the results of the evaluation.

7.86

Although the proposed development will have a potential impact on any below ground remains, they also present an opportunity to investigate an area of landscape more fully and may contain previously unidentified archaeological remains.

7.87

The programme of evaluation and any mitigation works that may follow could add to what is already known of the historic landscape. This would enhance the archaeological record for the application site and its environs and could in turn inform new levels of understanding of the history and development of the area.

7.88

The suggested programme of mitigation is in two stages: Stage 1, evaluation of the application site to investigate the presence of absence of below ground remains; and Stage 2, preservation by record of any archaeological remains to be affected. The evaluation could entail geophysical survey in areas suitable for this technique followed by trial trenching to test the results of the geophysical survey and sites recorded in the Norfolk HER by targeted evaluation trenches along with ‘control’ trenches located in ‘clear’ areas.

7.89

The results from the evaluation would inform mitigation works required to adequately preserve by record any exposed archaeological remains.

7.90

It is important to reiterate that evaluation techniques may be the first of several phases of work as mitigation works may follow. Such works will need to be appropriately resourced including time for required works to be carried out.

7.91

The potential impacts of the proposals are considered to be able to be adequately mitigated through ‘preservation by record’ which should include the recording of any below ground archaeological remains. This could be achieved through the targeted excavation of areas of significant archaeological remains ahead of construction or through a programme of monitoring during construction works. The need for, and the scope of, any excavation or monitoring would be based on the results of the evaluation works.

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

225

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

RESIDUAL IMPACTS Construction Phase 7.92

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Operational Phase 7.93

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS 7.94

Overall, the archaeological potential of the application site would appear to be slightly lower than that of other locations on the periphery of Norwich.

7.95

The application site contains no Scheduled sites or other known sites of considerable archaeological significance and there is no clear evidence to suggest that settlement foci of medieval or earlier date once lay within its bounds.

7.96

There are however a number of locations where the presence of archaeologically significant remains has been demonstrated. These features mainly consist of cropmarks.

7.97

Mitigation for the archaeology on the application site includes a programme of archaeological works; initially by geophysical survey and evaluation by trial trenching, possibly followed by targeted open area excavation. It is considered that a strategy of â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;preservation by recordâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; of any significant archaeological remains identified through the evaluation will adequately mitigate the likely impacts of the proposals. The preservation by record should also include historic building recording of any existing structures that are likely to be affected by the proposals.

7.98

It is considered that the proposed development will result in an overall Negligible impact at both the construction and operational phases with regards to archaeology and cultural heritage. Nonetheless, this Chapter has summarised a range of mitigation measures that have been and will be put in place for the construction of the proposed development, which is considered sufficient to mitigate against any potential impacts.

226

Chapter 7.0: Archaeology & Cultural Heritage ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.0 TRANSPORTATION INTRODUCTION 8.1

This Chapter describes the transportation and access baseline conditions on and in the vicinity of the application site, together with the assessment methodology used to assess the transport impacts of the proposed development. The potential direct and indirect impacts of the proposed development are identified in relation to a variety of transport modes, followed by any necessary mitigation measures required to prevent, reduce and offset the potential impacts arising from the proposed development. Finally, the resulting residual impacts of the proposed development (accounting for mitigation) are also reported.

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT National Level National Planning Policy Framework 8.2

The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF)1 sets out national planning policies for England. It supersedes and replaces almost all previous national planning policy statements (PPS) and planning policy guidance notes (PPG), including PPG13 Transport . 2

8.3

National Policy in relation to Transport is set out in Chapter 4 of the NPPF , Paragraphs 1

29 to 41. 8.4

Paragraph 32 of the NPPF

notes that all developments that generate significant

amounts of movement should be accompanied by a Transport Statement or Transport Assessment and that plans and decisions should take account of whether: 

‘The opportunities for sustainable transport modes have been taken up depending on the nature and location of the application site, to reduce the need for major transport infrastructure;



Safe and suitable access to the application site can be achieved for all people; and



Improvements can be undertaken within the transport network that are cost effective and limit the significant impacts of the development. Development

Department for Communities and Local Government, (2012); National Planning Policy Framework. DCLG.

Department of Communities and Local Government (updated 2011); Planning Policy Guidance 13: Transport. TSO.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

227

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

should only be prevented or refused on transport grounds where the residual cumulative impacts of development are severe.’

8.5

Similarly, Paragraph 34

notes (inter alia) ‘Plans and decisions should ensure

developments that generate significant movement are located where the need to travel will be minimised and the use of sustainable transport modes can be maximised.’

8.6

Paragraph 35

discusses the design of development noting that, where practical,

developments should inter alia: 

Accommodate the efficient delivery of goods and supplies;



Give priority to pedestrian and cycle movements, and have access to high quality public transport facilities;



Create safe and secure layouts which minimize conflicts between traffic and cyclists or pedestrians, avoiding street clutter;



Incorporate facilities for charging plug-in and other ultra-low emission vehicles; and

 8.7

Consider the needs of people with disabilities by all modes of transport.

Paragraph 39 of the NPPF

discusses what should be taken into account by local

authorities when setting their parking standards. Therefore, with the replacement of PPG13 , there are now no national parking standards and as such, it is considered that 2

local council parking policy should be used to source the most up to date and appropriate standards for development. Manual for Street/Manual for Streets 2 8.8

Streets and roads make up around three-quarters of all public space – their design, appearance, and the way they function have a huge impact on the quality of people’s lives. The overall aim of the Manual for Streets and Manual for Streets 2 Guidance is 3

to extend the advantages of good design to streets and roads in and around residential areas and to provide an environment that improves the quality of life. 8.9

By rethinking the way high streets and non-trunk roads are designed, the fabric of public spaces and the way people behave can be changed. It means embracing a new approach to design and breaking away from somewhat inflexible standards and traditional engineering solutions.

228

Department for Transport, (2007); Manual for Street. DfT.

Department for Transport, (2010); Manual for Street 2. DfT.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

The Future of Transport: A Network for 2030 8.10

The Government published their Transport White Paper in July 2004 . The White Paper 5

sets out a vision for the transport networks of the future. More specifically to this proposal the paper proposes: 

A safe, reliable and free-flowing road network, enabling efficient movement of goods and people;



Improved travel information, ensuring that people have access to relevant information before and during travel, as well as enabling network managers to target their efforts effectively;



Good value bus services that are punctual, reliable, flexible, and convenient and tailored to meet local needs. Buses are seen as the key means of addressing accessibility and congestion issues and should be at the heart of Local Transport Plans (LTPs); and



Making walking and cycling convenient, attractive and realistic choices for many more short journeys, especially those to work and to school.

Local Policy Broadland Local Plan (Replacement) Saved Policies 8.11

The Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement) was adopted in November 2004. It 6

contains the policies and proposals for development in the city. The Local Plan provides policy guidance for developers and the council’s own development management service on where and what kind of development may be permitted. 8.12

The key transport objectives stemming from the Local Plan include: 6



TRA3: A modal shift from car to walking, cycling and public transport will be sought as part of development proposals through sustainable measures;



TRA6: Developers will provide no more car parking spaces than the maximum allowed for in the Parking Standards Supplementary Planning Document (SPD) ; 7



TRA7: Developers will provide cycle parking to at least the levels contained within the Parking Standards SPD ; 7

Department for Transport, (2004); The Future of Transport: A Network for 2030. DfT.

Broadland District Council, (2006); Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement). BDC.

Broadland District Council, (2007); Parking Standards Supplementary Planning Document). BDC.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

229

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



TRA14: The quality of the existing pedestrian environment should be enhanced where possible;



TRA15: The quality of the cycling environment should be enhanced where possible; and



TRA 16: The efficiency and attractiveness of public transport services will be improved.

8.13

The

Local

Plan

gradually

being

superseded

the Local

Development

Framework (LDF). The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk 8.14

The Joint Core Strategy

(JCS) is one of the key policy documents that make up the

LDF within Norwich. The document has been prepared by the three councils of Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk, working together with Norfolk County Council (NCC) as the Greater Norwich Development Partnership (GNDP). 8.15

The JCS sets out the long-term vision and objectives for the area, including strategic 8

policies for steering and shaping development. 8.16

Policy 6 within the JCS aims to enhance the role of Norwich as a Regional Transport 8

Node, particularly through the implementation of the Norwich Area Transportation Strategy (NATS) , and will improve access to rural areas. This will be achieved by: 9



Implementation of the NATS including construction of the Northern Distributor 9

Road (NDR); 

Significant improvement to the bus, cycling and walking network, including Bus Rapid Transit on key routes in the Norwich area enhancing the Norwich Park & Ride system;



Promoting enhancement of rail services, including improved journey time and reliability to London and Cambridge, and innovative use of the local rail network;



Provision of an A140 Long Stratton Bypass;



Promoting improvements to the A11 and A47;



Concentration of development close to essential services and facilities to encourage walking and cycling as the primary means of travel with public transport for wider access; and

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 8

230

Norwich County Council, (2004); Norwich Area Transportation Strategy. Norwich County Council.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Continuing to improve public transport accessibility to and between Main Towns and Key Service Centers.

Norfolk County Council Local Transport Plan 8.17

This LTP

describes NCC’s transport strategy for the period 2006 to 2021, including an

implementation programme for the period 2006 to 2011. 8.18

The LTP overall vision for the Norfolk area is: ‘Norfolk is a well-connected place in which to live and do business and to visit, and is known as a national leader in making the transport system safer and reducing the impact transport has on climate change and the wider environment.’

8.19

The strategic approach within the LTP

is to reduce the need to travel and encourage

and help people and businesses to get to places in a more sustainable manner while reducing congestion, protecting the environment and enhancing road safety. 8.20

The main thematic strategies that come through within the LTP 

are:

Delivering sustainable growth - Integrating spatial, economic and transport planning by improving accessibility to reduce the remoteness of Norwich. In particular, by improving road network connections and public transport within sub-regions; and



Improving accessibility through enhancing local connections and promote better accessibility to jobs and services especially by public transport, walking and cycling.

8.21

The LTP

acknowledges that Norwich is an area where growth will be focused and

recognizes the importance of: 

Providing essential infrastructure, including the NDR and improvements to the A11 and A47 trunk roads, needed to accommodate growth and support the development of the Norwich area as a sustainable community;



Supporting Norwich’s role as a Regional Interchange Centre, and the role of surrounding market towns; and



Carrying forward the recently agreed NATS for the city built-up area, including 9

extending the pedestrian dominated area of the City Centre and promoting travel choice and accessibility by all modes.

Norwich County Council, (2011); Norwich County Council Local Transport Plan 2011-2026. Norwich County Council.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

231

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Norwich Area Transport Strategy 8.22

The NATS document sets out a transportation strategy for the Norwich Area until 9

2021. It covers the city of Norwich, its suburbs and the first ring of surrounding villages. The strategy has been prepared by NCC, in partnership with Norwich City Council, Broadland District Council (BDC) and South Norfolk Council. 8.23

The key elements within the strategy relating to transportation include: 9



Improving accessibility in the Norwich area by improving facilities for all modes of transport, improving access and accommodating growth in the number of trips by means other than the car (Policy 8);



Improving facilities for pedestrians and cyclists (Policies 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 & 14);



Improving public transport routes, information, frequency and reliability (Policies 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 & 21);



Improving traffic movement through policies on combating congestion (Policy 46 56); and



Providing access for everyone through appropriately designed infrastructure and promoting buses with access for people with disabilities (Policies 75 – 80).

Parking Standards Supplementary Planning Document 8.24

BDC adopted the Supplementary Planning Document

on car and cycle parking

standards in June 2007, which forms part of the LDF. This SPG provides the current parking standards for development within the District. Table 8.1 displays the maximum car parking standards permissible within the District. Table 8.1 BDC Car and Cycle Parking Standards Land Use

C3 – Residential*

Car Parking Standards (Max)

Cycle Parking Standards (Min)

Average of 1.5 spaces per 1 bedroom unit.

None for individual houses with garages or rear gardens for a garden shed.

2 spaces a unit for a 2 or 3 bedroom unit min 3 – max 4 spaces a unit for a 4 or more bedroom unit – depending if ‘double garage’ design.

For flats and developments with communal parking = Visitors 1 space per unit. Residents = 1 space per 4 units.

For housing in areas of good accessibility, an average of 2 spaces per unit or less will be provided over the development site.

B1 – Business

1 space per 30 sqm GFA

Visitors = 1 space per 100sqm. Staff = 1 space per 50sqm.

* For the purposes of residential standards, good accessibility is defined as being within 200m walking distance of a bus stop served by buses of a frequency of 15 minutes or less to town, district or a local service.

232

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 8.25

The generalised methodology used for the assessment of highway, public transport, pedestrian and cycle related impacts are summarised as follows: 

Consultation with the relevant officers at BDC and NCC;



Collection of baseline data relating to: o

Existing traffic flows on the application site and surrounding highways;

Public transport provision (bus);

Pedestrian and cyclist facilities;



Review of the existing highway network;



Calculation of 24 hour Annual Average Daily Traffic (AADT) and 24 hour Annual Average Weekday Traffic (AAWT) for the current baseline (2012);



Review of the current Public Transport baseline;



Review of current facilities for pedestrians and cyclists;



Assessment of potential highway impacts on weekdays in relation to the proposed construction works, based on the assumption of delivery of 200 dwellings per year, and the current 2012 baseline;



Preparation of the future 2017 baseline traffic flows based on the forecasted growth on the local highway network within the Study Area;



Assessment of the potential impacts of the completed and operational proposed development on the highway links with the Study Area over a 24 hour period, for the future 2017 baseline;



Assessment of the potential impacts of the completed and operational proposed development on the junctions within the Study Area for AM and PM Peaks for future 2017 baseline;



Preparation of the future 2032 baseline traffic flows based on the forecasted growth on the local highway network within the Study Area;



Assessment of the potential impacts of the completed and operational proposed development on the highway links with the Study Area over a 24 hour period, for the future 2032 baseline;



Assessment of the potential impacts of the completed and operational proposed development on the junctions within the Study Area for AM and PM Peaks for future 2032 baseline;



Assessment of potential and residual impacts in relation to completed and operational estimated development trip demands on public transport services;

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

233

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Assessment of potential and residual impacts in relation to pedestrian and cycle journeys and facilities;



Assessment of the suitability of the proposed access and servicing of the development, together with parking provision;



Identification of mitigation measures to offset any likely significant impacts in relation to the above where necessary; and



Assessment of the residual impacts accounting for the implementation of mitigation.

8.26

For the purposes of this ES, and in accordance with the EIA Regulations , the 11

assessment of vehicular traffic generated by the proposed development and associated highway impacts have been assessed against the future day baseline. A description of the proposed development is found at Chapter 2.0: Proposed Development in Volume 1: Main Text & Figures of this ES, which the calculation of traffic generation has been based upon.

Significance Criteria Assessment of Significance 8.27

The assessment of significance considers the forecasted highway conditions as a future baseline and provides a prediction of the future effect on the highway for the construction and operational phase of the proposed development.

8.28

The assessment of significance is based on the Institute of Environmental Assessment (IEA)

8.29

and Department for Transport (DfT) guidance

3, 4

documents.

The assessment of significance takes into consideration the mitigation measures that will be put in place to reduce the effect of a development (embedded mitigation). Hence the assessment of significance provides the significance of effect of a development with relevant mitigation measures in place.

8.30

The assessment of the transport effects of a development is guided by criteria of impact and receptor sensitivity. The question of the significance of an effect depends on both the sensitivity of the receptor (e.g. junction, transport route or transport user) and the degree to which the receptor would be affected (i.e. extent of impact).

8.31

With respect to the environmental effects of traffic, the IEA guidance

indicates that

increases in traffic flow of less than 30% generally result in imperceptible changes in

Great Britain. Parliament (2011); The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 2011. Statutory Instrument 2011 No. 1824. OPSI 11

Institute of Environmental Assessment, (1993); Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic . Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment. 12

234

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

the environmental effects of traffic and traffic flow changes of less than 10% create no discernible effect. The magnitude of effect has been assessed on the following basis: 

High:

considerable

deterioration/improvement

local

conditions

circumstances;

8.32



Moderate: readily apparent change in local conditions or circumstances;



Low: perceptible change in local conditions or circumstances;



Negligible: no discernible change in local conditions or circumstances.

Table 8.2 shows the criteria that have been used as a basis to categorise the magnitude of effect. In addition to the criteria set out below, the duration of the effect is also taken into account when establishing the significance of effect. Table 8.2 Magnitude of Effect for Traffic Related Impacts Magnitude

Criteria Over 200 properties per day affected by increased traffic flow. Over 90% increase in traffic flow past properties on dual carriageways. Over 45% increase in traffic flow past properties on single carriageways.

High

Junctions operating over the threshold of a DoS equal to 100% or a RFC equal to 1.00 with both increases in junction queue lengths greater than 20 vehicles and increases in vehicle delay greater than 40 seconds. Increase in HGV’s greater than 30%. 100-200 properties per day affected by increased traffic flow. 60% increase in traffic flow past properties on dual carriageways.

Moderate

30% increase in traffic flow past properties on single carriageways. Increases in junction queue lengths greater than 10 vehicles, and increases in vehicle delay greater than 20 seconds. Fewer than 100 properties per day affected by increased traffic flow. 10%-30% increase in traffic flow past properties on dual carriageways. 10%-15% increase in traffic flow past properties on single carriageways.

Low

Junctions operating over the threshold of a DoS equal to 90% or a RFC equal to 0.85. Increases in junction queue lengths greater than 5 vehicles, and increases in vehicle delay greater than 10 seconds. No discernible change in conditions or circumstances.

Negligible

Junctions operating below the threshold of a DoS equal to 90% or a RFC equal to 0.85.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

235

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Sensitivity 8.33

8.34

The assessment considers three categories of receptor sensitivity: ď&#x201A;ˇ

Sensitive or critical locations;

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Road users (including pedestrians, cyclists and horse riders); and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Occupiers adjacent to the carriageway.

Sensitive or critical locations include congested junctions, hospitals, community centres, conservation areas, schools, colleges or accident black spots. In these areas a lower increase in vehicular flow may increase the significance of effect.

8.35

Therefore, the sensitivity of a junction would be assessed differently to the sensitivity of the adjacent road link, depending on the level of available capacity within the junction, and the availability of alternative routes.

8.36

Any signalised junction operating at a DoS less than 90% will be considered to have low sensitivity to change. This will also apply to priority junctions and roundabouts which operate at a Ratio of Flow to Capacity (RFC) less than 0.85.

8.37

Any signalised junction operating at a DoS greater than 90% but less than 100% will be considered to have low to moderate sensitivity to change depending on the availability of alternative routes. This will also apply to priority junctions and roundabouts which operate at a RFC greater than 0.85, but less than 1.00.

8.38

Any signalised junction operating at a DoS greater than 100% will be considered to have a moderate to high sensitivity to change depending on the availability of alternative routes. This will also apply to priority junctions and roundabouts which operate at a RFC greater than 1.00.

8.39

236

The sensitivity of junctions is summarised in Table 8.3.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 8.3 Sensitive Locations – Congested Junctions Sensitivity

Description Routes with no alternative route easily available

High

Baseline operation of junction DoS>100% RFC>1.00

Routes with limited number of alternative routes available Baseline operation of junction DoS>100% Moderate

RFC>1.00 Routes with limited number of alternative routes available Baseline operation of junction 90%<DoS<100% 0.85<RFC<1.00 Routes with convenient alternative routes Baseline operation of junction 90%<DoS<100% 0.85<RFC<1.00

Low Routes with convenient alternative routes Baseline operation of junction DoS<90% RFC<0.85

8.40

The second aspect considers road users as receptors. Sensitivity of road users is derived from considering: 

The availability of reasonable choice on the part of the receptor to avoid the issue; and

 8.41

The status of the receptor in the movement hierarchy.

The sensitivity of a road user is defined by the choice of alternative routes to avoid any impacts such as increased traffic flow or congestion at a particular junction. It is also influenced by the status of the route within the local and regional highway network.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

237

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 8.4 Sensitivity of Road Users Description

Sensitivity High

Residential access only with no alternative route easily available Residential access with limited number of alternative routes available

Moderate

Local access only with convenient alternative routes Class A and B roads with a limited number of alternative routes available Class A and B roads with convenient alternative routes

Low Local access only with convenient alternative routes

8.42

The status of the receptor in the movement hierarchy relates to the relative ease of movement for the various modes of transport. Pedestrians/cyclists/equestrians are considered more sensitive than bus passengers or car drivers when subject to the same change in circumstances. For example, if a temporary road closure added an extra mile to a route taken by car drivers but left the pedestrian route unchanged, the sensitivity would be low. Should both car drivers and pedestrians be diverted onto the same route with an additional mile added to the route, the sensitivity would be considered moderate due to the greater sensitivity of the pedestrian mode of transport.

8.43

The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges

suggests that on roads carrying less than

8,000 vehicles per day the impact on pedestrians crossing would be low. 8.44

The third category of receptor sensitivity considers occupiers living adjacent to a route affected by the proposed development.

8.45

When considering the sensitivity of occupiers adjacent to the highway, the nature and function of the highway is used to classify the sensitivity. If the highway is a quiet residential street for local residents only, it would have high sensitivity to change. Therefore any increase in daily traffic flows greater than 10% would be assessed. For residents living adjacent to busy arterial routes to a City Centre with current daily traffic flows greater than 10,000 vehicles per day, a similar increase in traffic would not be so significant. For highway links with moderate and high sensitivity, an increase of 30% in daily traffic flows would be considered.

8.46

Similarly the number of dwellings affected on a busy arterial route to the City Centre would not be significant. The magnitude of impact on a busy arterial road with more

238

DfT, (2012); Design Manual for Roads and Bridges. DfT.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

than 200 dwellings would not be high in comparison to a residential street. This would also apply to local routes that currently distribute traffic through the neighbourhood. Though the nature of the highway link is residential in character, the existing function of the route accommodates through traffic. Table 8.5 Sensitivity of Occupiers adjacent to the Highway Description

Sensitivity High

Streets providing access to dwellings only

Moderate

Local Class C Road providing access to dwellings, local facilities and with traffic flows greater than 8,000 vehicles per day

Low

Class A and B road providing local, regional and strategic connections

Significance 8.47

The levels of significance are determined from the application of Table 8.6 which sets out a matrix to assess the significance of the impact with respect to the magnitude of the effect and the sensitivity of the receptor. Table 8.6 Assessment of Significance

Sensitivity of Receptor Magnitude of Effect

8.48

High

Low

Moderate

High

High/Moderate

Moderate

High/Moderate

Moderate

Low/Moderate

Low

Moderate

Moderate/Low

Low/Negligible

Negligible

Low

Low/Negligible

Negligible

A ‘significant’ effect, defined in respect of the EIA Regulations , is one that would have 11

a High/Moderate or High impact. 8.49

It is also considered important to take into account the duration of any effect since a permanent effect of ‘High’ significance would be viewed as more significant than a temporary effect of ‘High’ significance, e.g. whether the effects are permanent or temporary/reversible; and if temporary, over what time period.

8.50

The following Table 8.7 describes each category of significance.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

239

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 8.7 Significance Ratings Significance Rating

Description of Significance

High

Where the impact leads to serious and lasting disruption (e.g. a 90% increase in baseline traffic or vehicle delay greater than 40 seconds) and permanent mitigation measures are required.

Moderate

Where the impact is of a temporary nature, or leading to disruption (e.g. a 60% increase in baseline traffic and vehicle delay less than 40 seconds)

Low

Where the impact exceeds industry standard design thresholds or the traffic increases above 30%, but does not lead to disruption. No mitigation measures are required.

Negligible

No perceivable impact. No mitigation measures are required.

Positive

Where the proposals result in an improvement to current conditions.

BASELINE CONDITIONS 8.51

The following section describes the existing transportation and access facilities of the application site, with regard to: 

Site location;



Local highway network;



Traffic flows;



Pedestrian and cycle access and facilities; and



The provision of public transport services.

Site Location 8.52

The application site is located adjacent to the communities of Sprowston and Old Catton within BDC, Norwich. The majority of the application site is currently agricultural Greenfield land which is located to the north of Norwich City Centre.

8.53

The location of the application site in relation to the existing highway network is shown in Figure 8.1.

8.54

The village of Spixworth is located approximately 1km to the northwest of the application site and Rackheath is located approximately 1.5km to the east of the application site.

8.55

Norwich Airport is located approximately 5km to the west of the application site and can be accessed via the A140 Holt Road.

8.56

Immediately to the north of the application site runs the proposed route of the NDR. This is shown in Figure 8.2.

240

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Local Highway Network 8.57

A total of three principal routes extend through or adjacent to the application site in a general northeast/southwest direction. These comprise of: 

Wroxham Road (A1151), which forms the eastern boundary of the application site;



North Walsham Road (B1150), which passes through the centre of the application site; and

 8.58

Buxton Road, which passes through the western area of the application site.

Please note that for the purposes of this Chapter, the Outer Ring Road provides a general

nomenclature

for

A1042

Mile

Cross

Lane/Chartwell

Road/Mousehold

Lane/Heartsease Lane between the junction with the A140 Cromer Road and the junction with Salhouse Road. 8.59

Wroxham Road (A1151) is predominantly a 7m wide two-way single carriageway road extending from the Outer Ring Road in the southwest to Wroxham in the northeast. It is a strategic arterial route into Norwich City Centre. The Park & Ride service is accessed off Wroxham Road, just north of the Blue Boar Roundabout. Wroxham Road provides to major strategic access route to Norwich.

8.60

North Walsham Road (B1150) is a 7.5m wide two-way single carriageway road operating through the centre of the application site in a north/south direction. North Walsham Road extends from the Outer Ring Road in the south (where it merges with Constitution Hill), to Coltishall in the north (where the B1150 joins B1354). It provides a regional access to Norwich, and an arterial route to the City Centre.

8.61

Buxton Road is predominantly a 5.5m wide two-way single carriageway road, merging with Spixworth Road to the south, where the road connects with the Outer Ring Road. Buxton Road provides a local distributor route to Old Catton and access into Spixworth to the north.

8.62

In addition, the following are local access routes: 

St Faith’s Road borders the western edge of the proposed development. St Faith’s Road is a narrow two-way single carriageway road extending from the Outer Ring Road in the south to Quaker Lane in the north;



Church Lane is a pedestrian and cycle route which runs from Red Hall Farm on the North Walsham Road to the church of St. Mary and St. Margaret in Sprowston. South of the church, Church Lane provides vehicular access from Barkers Lane to local residents, public open space and the allotments; and



Beeston Lane runs in an east – west direction through the northern part of the application site. Beeston Lane is a narrow road, forming a priority junction with Buxton Road in the west and Wroxham Road in the east. Beeston Road crosses

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

241

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

North Walsham Road at the Church Lane/North Walsham Road junction. Beeston Lane is an access only route for residents and agricultural use.

Norwich Northern Distributor Road 8.63

The NDR is a proposed 8.7 mile dual-carriageway linking the A47 to the southeast of the city to the proposed Rackheath Eco-town and to Norwich International Airport to the north of Norwich.

8.64

The NDR is a key element of the NATS . NATS outlines the transportation strategy for 9

the Norwich Area until 2021. It covers the city of Norwich, its suburbs and the first ring of surrounding villages. 8.65

The strategy has been prepared by NCC, in partnership with Norwich City Council, BDC and South Norfolk Council.

8.66

The NDR was given 'Programme Entry' status by the DfT in December 2009 with estimated completion in spring 2017 at a cost of £90.7m.

8.67

The alignment of the proposed NDR can be seen in Figure 8.2.

8.68

For the purposes of this assessment, it is assumed that NDR will be complete in 2017. This implies that it will be in place when the proposed development is fully completed.

Traffic Flows 8.69

Automatic Traffic Counts (ATCs) were also carried out at key links between Tuesday 21st February 2012 and Tuesday 28th February 2012. The ATC data records hourly vehicle flows, vehicle types and vehicle speed for each 24 hour period during the seven day survey. This data is used to provide the baseline traffic flows for both the traffic impacts described in this Chapter and the air and noise quality assessment.

8.70

The location of the survey locations within the Study Area agreed with NCC is shown in Figure 8.3, and described in Table 8.8. Table 8.8 : Survey Locations for Link Flows Link

242

ATC Location

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery

Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ATC Location

Link

8.71

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

Table 8.9 summarises the Baseline AADT, AAWT and % HGV flows. The AADT is the Annual Average Daily Traffic Flow including weekends, while the AAWT is the Annual Average Weekday Traffic Flow for traffic on normal workings days, Monday to Friday. The full survey results and the calculations to determine the AADT and AAWT flows are shown in Appendix 8.1: Baseline 2012 AADT and AAWT in Volume 2: Technical Appendices of this ES. Table 8.9 : 2012 Baseline AADT and AAWT Flows Within the Study Area.

ATC Location

AAWT (twoway flows)

% HGV

AADT (two-way flows)

% HGV

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

24,093

7.8%

20,892

7.1%

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

30,066

8.5%

26,043

7.8%

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

31,113

7.5%

29,485

6.5%

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

243

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ATC Location

244

AAWT (twoway flows)

% HGV

AADT (two-way flows)

% HGV

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

28,817

7.3%

26,240

6.0%

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery

518

7.4%

486

6.4%

Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

6,761

6.2%

6,384

5.6%

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

11,271

6.7%

10,856

5.9%

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

12,130

8.4%

11,526

7.2%

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

18,286

8.7%

17,122

7.7%

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

16,175

6.2%

15,666

5.4%

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

18,616

6.8%

17,782

5.9%

Barkers Lane – West of CozensHardy Road

9,573

4.5%

9,111

4.0%

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

6,868

6.5%

6,507

5.8%

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

5,871

5.8%

5,528

5.4%

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

19,587

8.5%

18,392

7.4%

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

5,042

5.0%

4,681

4.4%

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

4,555

5.2%

4,281

4.6%

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ATC Location

AAWT (twoway flows)

% HGV

AADT (two-way flows)

% HGV

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

17,320

4.3%

16,721

3.8%

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

1,251

3.2%

1,252

3.3%

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

2,835

5.4%

2,631

4.8%

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

2,576

6.8%

2,392

6.6%

8.72

Junction turning counts were undertaken on Wednesday 22 nd February 2012. The counts were undertaken at 22 locations on the surrounding highway network of the application site. This data is used to determine current junction capacities and provide a baseline for the junction modelling in the stand-alone Transport Assessment prepared for this planning application. .

8.73

The identified junctions within the agreed Study Area are described in Table 8.10, and are shown at Figure 8.4. Table 8.10 : Identified Junctions within the Study Area Junction

Junction Type

Wroxham Road/Park & Ride site

3 Arm Roundabout

Wroxham Road/Blue Boar Roundabout

3 Arm Roundabout

Wroxham Road./Church lane

3 Arm Priority

Wroxham Road/A1042

4 Arm Roundabout

North Walsham Road/ White Woman Lane

3 Arm Signalised

North Walsham Road/Barkers Lane

3 Arm Signalised

North Walsham Road/A1042

4 Arm Roundabout

Spixworth Road/The Paddocks

3 Arm Priority

Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane/Lodge lane

3 Arm Signalised & 3 Arm Priority

Spixworth Road/A1042

3 Arm Priority

St Faith’s Road/Lodge Lane/Repton Avenue

4 Arm Roundabout

St Faith’s Road/Fifers lane

3 Arm Priority

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

245

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Junction

8.74

Junction Type

St Faithâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Road/A1042

Signalised Crossroad

A1042/A140 Junction

4 Arm Signalised

A1042/Salhouse Road

Signalised Crossroad

Beeston Lane/Buxton Road

3 Arm Priority

Beeston Lane/North Walsham Road

Crossroad

Spixworth Road/Church Street

3 Arm Priority

St Faithâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Road/Church Street

3 Arm Priority

George Hill/Spixworth Road

3 Arm Priority

George Hill/North Walsham Road

Signalised Crossroad

Wroxham Road/Falcon Road West

3 Arm Priority

The junction surveys were used to determine the capacities of the existing junctions within the agreed Study Area. Traffic modelling of the junctions described above has been carried out using the surveyed traffic flows for the AM and PM Peak periods. The results are summarised below.

8.75

For signalised junctions, the junction is considered to operate satisfactorily if the Degree of Saturation (DoS) on each approach lane is less than 90%. For priority junctions and roundabouts, the junction is considered to operate satisfactorily if the Ratio of Flow over Capacity (RFC) on each approach lane or arm is than 0.85. The difference in threshold reflects the fact that a driver at an uncontrolled arm will be seeking a gap in the traffic rather than responding to a control signal. Salhouse Road/Gurney Road/Mousehold Lane

8.76

The modelling shows that currently in both the AM and PM Peak the Mousehold Lane approach is operating in excess of a DoS equal to 90% in both lanes. Gurney Road also operates at 97% DoS in the PM and 89.9% DoS in the AM Peak. The remaining approaches operate with a reasonable level of spare capacity, except on the Salhouse Road Ahead and Right turn in the AM Peak, which operates at 88.1% DoS. North Walsham Road/Barkers Lane

8.77

The results for this junction show that it currently operates with a reasonable level of spare capacity, with all approaches operating below 80% DoS except the Bakers Lane approach, which operates at 88.2 % DoS in the PM Peak.

246

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

North Walsham Road/White Woman Lane 8.78

In the base AM Peak, the maximum observed DoS is 96.4% on the White Woman Lane approach. The remaining approaches operate with DoS levels below 80%. In the base PM Peak the White Woman Lane approach operates with DoS of 94% and the North Walsham Road southbound ahead lane operates at 96.6% DoS. The remaining arms operate with a significant degree of spare capacity with DoS levels below 50%. Spixworth Road/Lodge Lane/White Woman Lane

8.79

In the PM Peak, the junction currently operates with a reasonable level of spare capacity, with all approaches operating below 82%. In the AM Peak, the Spixworth Road northern approach operates at 94% DoS and the Long Lane right turn approach at 90.8% DoS. The remaining arms all operate at a DoS level below 90%. Mile Cross Lane/Catton Grove Road/St Faiths Road

8.80

Currently in both the AM and PM Peaks, the critical arm is the St Faithâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Road ahead and left turn approach, which operates at 95.1% DoS in the AM Peak and 98.5% in the PM Peak. The remaining approaches operate below 80% DoS except the Catton Grove Road approach, which operates at 88.2% in the PM Peak. Reepham Rd/Aylsham Rd/Cromer Rd/A1042

8.81

The junction of Reepham Rd/Aylsham Rd/Cromer Rd/A1042 operates with all arms operating with DoS below 90%. The maximum observed DoS of 89% occurs on the Mile Cross Lane left run approach in the AM Peak and the Cromer Road southbound approach in the PM Peak.

8.82

It should be noted that when reviewing all the signalised junctions within the Study Area, whilst some operate with approaches close to capacity, it is considered that with the optimising of the stage timings, there is scope to increase the overall capacity of the majority of the junctions. Blue Boar Lane/Wroxham Road Roundabout

8.83

The modelling shows that the Blue Boar Roundabout operates with a reasonable level of spare capacity, with all approaches operating with a RFC below 0.80. The maximum observed RFC of 0.796 occurs on Blue Boar Lane in the PM Peak. North Walsham Road/A1042

8.84

The junction of North Walsham Road/A1042 is the most constrained junction on the modelled network. In both the AM and PM Peaks, the western arm of the A1042 exceeds capacity. In the AM Peak the eastern arm of the A1042 also exceeds capacity

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

247

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

and operates with and RFC of 0.945 in the PM Peak. In the AM Peak the northern arm of Constitution Hill also operates with a relatively high level of RFC (0.895) and in the PM Peak the southern arm (0.877). St Faith’s Road/Lodge Lane 8.85

The St Faith’s Road/Lodge Lane roundabout operates with a high level of spare capacity, with all approaches operating with an RFC below 0.60. The maximum observed RFC of 0.55 occurs on Repton Avenue in the PM Peak. Wroxham Road/A1042

8.86

The Chartwell Road (A1042) approach operates close to capacity with an RFC of 0.949 in the AM Peak and 0.909 in the PM Peak. In the PM Peak the Sprowston Road approach is also close to capacity with an RFC of 0.953 and in the AM Peak the Wroxham Road approach operates at 0.936. Wroxham Road/Park & Ride Site

8.87

The Wroxham Road/Park & Ride site roundabout operates with a high level of spare capacity, with all approaches operating with an RFC below 0.50. The maximum observed RFC of 0.499 occurs on Wroxham Road north approach in the PM Peak. Buxton Road/Beeston Lane

8.88

The modelling shows the Buxton Road/Beeston Lane junction operates with a significant degree of spare capacity in both peak periods, with a maximum RFC of 0.007. Fifer’s Lane/St Faiths Road

8.89

In the PM Peak the junction operates with a good level of spare capacity, with a maximum RFC of 0.673. In the AM Peak the St Faith’s Road northern approach operates with an RFC of 0.934, with the southern approach operating with a significant level of spare capacity. North Walsham Road/Beeston Lane

8.90

In both the AM and PM Peaks, the junction operates with significant levels of spare capacity on all approaches, with a maximum RFC of 0.019.

248

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Spixworth Road/The Paddocks 8.91

As with the North Walsham Road/ Beeston Lane junction, the junction of Spixworth Road/ The Paddocks operates with significant levels of spare capacity on all approaches, in both the AM and PM Peaks, with a maximum RFC of 0.358. Wroxham Road/Church Lane

8.92

In the AM Peak the maximum RFC of 0.987 occurs on the Church Lane approach, all other approaches operate with an RFC below 0.9. In the PM Peak, the southbound right turn into Church Lane has the highest RFC value of 0.874, with the Church Lane approach showing a reasonable level of spare capacity.

8.93

A summary table of the 2012 Baseline junction modelling is included in Appendix 8.2: 2012 Baseline Junction Modelling of this ES.

Existing Public Transport Baseline 8.94

There are numerous existing bus services that operate within close proximity or pass through the application site, providing good links to and from the City Centre and neighbouring areas. Figures 8.5 and 8.6 show the existing bus routes within Norwich.

8.95

Table 8.11 summarises the services and typical weekday peak hour frequency for the bus routes which pass through or close to application site. Table 8.11 : Existing Bus Services Service No.

Peak Hour Frequency

Route

Norwich - North Walsham

Spixworth – City Centre - Mulbarton

10A

Spixworth – City Centre - Mulbarton

City Centre – Sprowston - Tesco

Costessey – City Centre – Old Catton

16A

Old Catton – City Centre - Costessey

Sprowston Park & Ride (605/606)

Sprowston Road – Anglia SquareUpper King Street – Castle MeadowCity Centre – City Centre – Postwick Park & Ride

Norwich - Frettenham - Buxton Walsham

210 Total

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

249

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.96

Table 8.11 shows a total of 15 buses in close proximity to the application site operate during the weekday peak hour. However, the Sprowston Park & Ride is the only service within an acceptable walking distance to any part of the early phases of the development. Therefore only the 4 buses an hour from Park & Ride site are considered as existing actual services servicing the development.

8.97

Following the teleconference with First Group on 15/08/12, it was understood that there will be a few amendments to existing bus network which will come into effect at the end of September 2012.

8.98

The key changes to the network within the vicinity of the application site include the following: 

Extend service no. 11 on Wroxham Road to serve Cozens Hardy Road and Church Road. This will become service 11A. This service is extended south of the City Centre to provide a direct connection to the Norfolk and Norwich University Hospital;



The existing service 10 and 10A are due to become the no.13 and will operate half hourly along the Buxton Road (existing/normal route). The 13 will no longer serve Spixworth Road like the existing 10/10A. This service is extended to Atteborough, south of Norwich; and



The service no.16 along St Faiths Road will become an extension of the existing route 21 and 22 into Old Catton, and terminate at White Woman Lane. This route will now provide a direct connection to Norfolk and Norwich University Hospital (21) and the University of East Anglia (22).

8.99

The amendments to the bus service schedule can be seen from the map in Figure 8.7.

Rail Services 8.100

It is recognised that Norwich rail services have a limited role to play in relation to the location of the application site and the only realistic option for public transport trips to and from the development is provided via the bus network. It is however, important to consider the bus links between the application site and the City Centre when considering access to the rail station as a multi-modal interchange.

Existing Pedestrian Facilities 8.101

There are five key pedestrian routes leading from the application site to the centre of Norwich. These routes are as follows; 

St Faith’s Road (between the A1042 Mile Cross Lane to the south and Quaker Lane to the north);



The B1150 (between the A147 St Crispins Road in the south and Rackheath Lane in the north);

250

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



The A1151 (between the A147 St Crispins Road in the south and the Stonehouse Road/A1151 junction to the north); and



Buxton Road, Spixworth Road and St Clements Hill (Between the A147 St Crispins Road in the south and the Buxton Road/Quaker Lane junction in the north).

8.102

The main pedestrian routes into Norwich City Centre are shown in Figure 8.8. Pedestrian footways accompanied with street lighting are present along both sides of the carriageway at the southern end of St Faith’s Road and the A140 (south of Norwich Airport).

8.103

The B1150 also offers footways on both sides of the road with street lighting. There are signal controlled toucan crossings located at the junction with White Woman Lane and immediately north of Barker’s Lane.

8.104

The A1151 has a single footway along the western side of the carriageway from Sprowston Park Golf Club. Two footways become present along both sides of the road from Sprowston Park & Ride and are accompanied with street lighting. Signalised pedestrian crossings are located to the north or Blue Boar Lane and south of Merlin Avenue.

8.105

Buxton Road/Spixworth Road offers a pedestrian footway along the western side of the carriageway from Spixworth down to The Paddocks junction. Footways with street lighting on both sides of the road are then present from The Paddocks travelling south into the City Centre. Signalised pedestrian crossings are located to the south of The Paddocks and further south at the junction with White Woman Road.

8.106

The existing pedestrian facilities detailed above provide suitable links from the residential areas of Sprowston and Old Catton into Norwich City Centre. These routes also provide access to existing public transport facilities such as bus stops located on Buxton Road and Wroxham Road.

8.107

However, there are other quiet residential and rural roads that provide alternative routes, namely Church Lane, Cozens Hardy Road and Stone House Road that provide more direct connections to the existing pedestrian route on Wroxham Road.

Existing Cycling Facilities 8.108

Norwich is extremely well served by existing cycle routes and facilities. NCC Cycle Map identifies Buxton Road, Spixworth Road and Church Lane as local cycle routes within Norwich. The cycle routes within the greater Norwich area are shown in Figure 8.9.

8.109

An ‘Outer Circuit’ cycle route has been identified by NCC which operates around the outskirts of Norwich, passing Norwich Rail station. The Outer Circuit is accessed to the south of the application site via Lodge Lane, White Woman Lane, Bakers Lane and Cozen Hardy Road. The following education, employment and social amenities are easily accessible via the Outer Circuit:

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

251

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.110



Norwich and Norfolk Hospital;



County Hall;



Norwich Research Park;



Hurricane Way Industrial Estate;



City Trading Estate;



Riverside employment area;



Hellesdon High Residential Area;



Costessey and Sprowston Libraries; and



Numerous schools including Sprowston High School & Open Academy.

The ‘Inner Circuit’ cycle route operates between the inner road cordon and outer road cordon of Norwich. This route connects with all cycle routes passing through the City Centre.

8.111

The majority of cycle routes in the immediate vicinity of the application site are onroad, but remain part of the local cycle network within Norwich. Most notably, the following local roads are classified as being on-road cycle routes: 

Buxton Road and Spixworth Road;



St Faith’s Road and Angel Road (towards the City Centre); and



Quaker Lane; and Church Lane.

Access 8.112

Access to the application site has been considered during the construction phase, both prior to the implementation of the NDR (as shown in Figure 8.10) and routing positions post-implementation of the NDR (as shown in Figure 8.11). Additionally, during the operational phase, the proposed development will be accessed from the three radial routes running through or past the application site. These new accesses will be located off the following routes as described below. Wroxham Road

8.113

A primary signal controlled access junction will be located off Wroxham Road opposite the current entrance to Sprowston Manor Golf Course and Hotel. This will provide access to the eastern side of the proposed development and will form a junction with a new ‘Main Street’ which runs in an east-west alignment through the application site.

8.114

A secondary priority access junction will be located just 150m south of the junction above. This junction will provide for left turns only and no right turns will be permitted.

252

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.115

The speed limit along Wroxham Road adjacent the development will be reduced to 30mph.The proposed junction layouts on Wroxham Road are shown in Figure 8.12.

8.116

The proposed primary access junction has been modelled for the 2022 without NDR and 2032 with NDR proposed scenarios, as they represent the highest traffic flow groups.

8.117

The proposed Wroxham Road signalised junction shows a maximum DoS value of 81% on the Wroxham Road northern ahead & left approach. All other arms in both the 2022 and 2032 scenarios operate below 80% DoS.

8.118

This demonstrates that the proposed junction will operate with sufficient capacity through all phases of the development.

8.119

This demonstrates that for existing and future road users using the Wroxham Road to access Norwich City Centre from both the proposed NDR and the rural hinterland, there will be no adverse traffic impacts on the forecasted non-development traffic travelling along the existing radial routes. North Walsham Road

8.120

North Walsham Road will be realigned to run through the development’s main square in a north-south alignment forming a signalized junction with the proposed new eastwest ‘Main Street’. This newly aligned road will be a primary residential carriageway and will offer numerous access points with other residential streets which will distribute local traffic within the scheme.

8.121

North Walsham Road will operate a 20mph speed limit within the boundaries of the development.

8.122

Church Lane will remain closed to vehicular traffic in both directions where it enters the application site to the south. The proposed junction layouts on North Walsham Road are shown in Figures 8.13 and 8.15.

8.123

All other junctions on the re-aligned North Walsham Road will be standard priority access junctions with no cross roads.

8.124

The proposed primary access junction has been modelled for the proposed 2022 without NDR and the proposed 2032 with NDR scenarios, as they represent the highest traffic flow groups.

8.125

The proposed North Walsham Road signalised junction shows maximum DoS values of 87.6% on the North Walsham Road northern ahead & left approach and 87.8% the Main Street east right turn in the AM PM 2032 scenario. All other arms in both the 2022 and 2032 scenarios operate below 80% DoS.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

253

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.126

The proposed North Walsham Road priority junction south of the signalised junction described above operates with a maximum RFC of less than 0.5 across all modelled scenarios.

8.127

This demonstrates that the proposed junction will operate with sufficient capacity through all phases of the proposed development.

8.128

This also demonstrates that for existing and future road users using the North Walsham Road to access Norwich City Centre from both the proposed NDR and the rural hinterland, there will be no adverse traffic impacts on the forecasted nondevelopment traffic travelling along the existing radial routes. Buxton/Spixworth Road.

8.129

A primary access junction will be located off Buxton/Spixworth Road to the north of Lavare Park. It will take the form of a signalised crossroad and provide connections into the centre and east of the development. This road is expected to carry mainly local traffic and public transport.

8.130

All other junctions on Buxton/Spixworth Road will be standard priority access junctions to residential development.

8.131

Buxton/Spixworth Road will have a 20mph speed limit within the development boundaries.

8.132

The proposed junction layout on Buxton/Spixworth Road is shown in Figures 8.14.

8.133

The Spixworth Road signalised junction will only come into operation as part of the 2032 scenario with the NDR scenario. The modelling shows the maximum DoS to be below 65% in both the AM and PM Peak Periods.

8.134

This demonstrates that the proposed junction will operate with sufficient capacity through all phases of the development.

8.135

This demonstrates that for existing and future road users using the Buxton/Spixworth Road to access Norwich City Centre from the rural hinterland, there will be no adverse traffic impacts on the forecasted non-development traffic travelling along the existing radial routes. St Faithâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Road

8.136

There will be no access to development on St Faithâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Road. However it is proposed to allow access for emergency and refuse vehicles and buses in the later phases of the proposed development if required. This will be a priority access junction with mechanical barriers.

254

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.137

The impact of these proposed vehicular movements will be negligible on St Faiths Road. Considering that the sensitivity of St Faiths Road is high, the significance of the impact is low. Refuse Collection/Emergency Service Strategy

8.138

The permeability and connectivity of the proposed street network layout for the development will allow refuse vehicles and emergency service vehicles to enter and leave in forward gear. Access will be provided from all radial routes.

8.139

The residential and business refuse collection areas for the proposed development will be located in a convenient, safe and enclosed location and will conform to the standards set out within relevant environmental waste management policy.

8.140

There will be negligible impacts on both future residents within the proposed development and existing residents living alongside St Faith’s Road, Buxton/Spixworth Road, North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road. Sensitivity of Local Highway Links

8.141

In assisting in the determination of the potential impacts of the Development, the existing highway network is assessed to determine its sensitivity to change as per paragraphs 8.33 to 8.46. The sensitivity of the assessed highway links is summarised in Table 8.12. Table 8.12 Sensitivity of the Assessed Highway Links

Link

Highway Link

Sensitivity

Reason

Mile Cross Lane

Low

Outer Ring Road to Norwich, Class ‘A’ road with high traffic volumes

Chartwell Road

Low

Outer Ring Road to Norwich, Class ‘A’ road with high traffic volumes

Chartwell Road

Low

Outer Ring Road to Norwich, Class ‘A’ road with high traffic volumes

Mousehold Lane

Low

Outer Ring Road to Norwich, Class ‘A’ road with high traffic volumes

St Faith’s Road North of Cemetery

High

Local, narrow ‘C’ class road with low traffic volumes.

Buxton Road

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class road with moderate traffic volumes.

North Walsham Road

Low

Class ‘B’ access route to Norwich with high traffic volumes

Wroxham Road

Low

Class ‘A’ major access route to Norwich with high traffic volumes

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

255

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Link

Highway Link

Sensitivity

Reason

St Faith’s Road – North of Mile Cross Lane

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class road with high traffic volumes accessing employment area.

Constitution Hill

Moderate

Class ‘B’ access route to Norwich with high traffic volumes

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

Low

Class ‘A’ major access route to Norwich with high traffic volumes

Barkers Lane/Church Road

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class road with moderate traffic volumes

White Woman Lane

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class road with moderate traffic volumes.

Lodge Lane

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class road with moderate traffic volumes.

Fifers Lane

Low

Local ‘C’ class access road to employment with high traffic volumes

Church Street

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class access road to employment with moderate traffic volumes

George Hill

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class access road to employment with moderate traffic volumes

Blue Boar Lane

Low

Local Class ‘C’ road with high traffic volumes

Country Park Access Road

High

Local ‘C’ class road with low traffic volumes.

Spixworth Road

Moderate

Local ‘C’ class access road with moderate traffic

Falcon Road

High

Local access road to residential and schools

Beeston Lane

High

Local access only road with hedgerows

Proposed Assessment Years 8.142

The proposed development will be brought forward over a period of 15-20 years in six phases as described in Chapter 3.0: Development Programme & Construction of this ES.

8.143

Each phase equates to an average of 587 dwellings and 4,200m2 of commercial space over a period of 3 years. Table 8.13 illustrates the proposed development breakdown within each phase.

256

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 8.13 : Development Phasing Breakdown Total Within Each Phase Development Residential (Units) Commercial/Ret ail (m²)

Phase 1

Phase 2

Phase 3

Phase 4

Phase 5

Phase 6

584

596

585

594

572

589

9,800

7,250

5,650

460

2,180

260

Phase 1

Phase 2

Phase 3

Phase 4

Phase 5

Phase 6

584

1,180

1,765

2,359

2,931

3,520

9,800

17,050

22,700

23,160

25,340

25,800

Cumulative Phase Total Development Residential (Units) Commercial/Ret ail (m²)

8.144

8.145

The potential impacts considered for this assessment are as follows: 

Construction; and



Operation of the completed development.

The level of construction activity remains generally constant over the development programme based on a maximum delivery of 200 dwellings per year. Therefore, the impact of construction traffic is more severe during the initial phase of construction when the level of background traffic is at its lowest. During later phases, the background traffic increases, and the proportional impact is reduced.

8.146

Therefore the construction impacts are assessed for the baseline year 2012, before any dwellings are completed, and before the construction of the NDR. This represents the worst-case for construction impacts.

8.147

The operation of the completed development is considered in relation to the impact of the proposed NDR. The implementation of the strategic distributor to the northeast of Norwich has a significant impact on the distribution of traffic within the agreed Study Area. The development impacts will therefore differ when the NDR is open.

8.148

Therefore, the proposed development is assessed when Phase 1 is complete in 2017 prior to the opening of the NDR, and in 2032 when the entire development is complete and the NDR is operational. These scenarios represent the worst-case scenarios for the traffic impacts of the proposed development.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

257

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Construction Phase 8.149

As a general principle, construction materials will be sourced as locally as possible. However, Norfolk has the following strategic port facilities for importing any construction materials required from overseas:

8.150



King’s Lynn – operated by Associated British Ports (ABP);



Lowestoft – operated by ABP; and



Great Yarmouth – operated by EastPort UK.

The potential regional routings of the construction delivery vehicles from these ports and from major sources, prior to the construction of the NDR, are illustrated in Figure 8.10.

8.151

Other construction materials sourced to the south and west of Norwich would make use of the A47 southern by-pass of Norwich, using the A1042, and A1151. This route would take construction delivery vehicles through Thorpe St Andrew and Sprowston, using the outer ring road of Norwich prior to completion of the NDR.

8.152

This demonstrates that the A1042 Outer Ring Road and A1151 Wroxham Road will provide the principal construction access routes to the application site.

8.153

The access point for all construction related delivery vehicles accessing the application site throughout the construction phase will be via the A1151 Wroxham Road.

8.154

The potential regional routings of construction delivery vehicles, once the NDR is operational, are illustrated in Figure 8.11.

8.155

This clearly demonstrates that after the completion of the NDR, the HGV construction traffic will be routed along the strategic highway network, the proposed NDR and Wroxham Road, north of the proposed development. Construction Trip Generation

8.156

For the proposed development programme, it is anticipated that construction staff on site will peak at between 200-240 workers and 10 management staff on-site at any time in each phase.

8.157

It is estimated that up to one-third of the workforce will arrive in their own vehicles, with the remainder arriving by bus or by shared private transport.

8.158

A 90 space temporary car park, is proposed within the construction village, to safely accommodate construction staff’s and trade operatives’ private vehicles. By limiting the scale of the construction staff car park, the use of public transport will be encouraged and the daily vehicle trip generation of the construction Site will be limited to a peak of 180 daily movements (90 arrivals plus 90 departures), limiting the traffic impact of the construction vehicle access on the A1151 Wroxham Road.

258

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.159

The type and number of HGV construction vehicles generated during the construction phase will be dependent on the different stages of construction, the mix of construction methods adopted, and the type and intensity of work being undertaken at the different stages.

8.160

The methodology to determine the peak trip generation is set out in the Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) which is attached in Appendix 8.10 of this ES.

8.161

The assessment includes external HGV traffic movements only, and excludes internal HGV traffic movements, such as transport of spoil and topsoil which is contained within the redline boundary of the application site.

8.162

At peak construction activity, 162 construction delivery vehicle movements (arrivals plus departures) will be generated per week. Normal working hours each week are Monday to Friday 7am-6pm and Saturday 7.30am to 2pm, or 61.5 working hours. This equates to a peak maximum of around 30 HGV movements per day, or an indicative maximum of 3 HGV movements per hour.

8.163

Therefore the potential impacts of construction are determined by calculating the percentage increase in traffic from staff and deliveries on Wroxham Road and the Outer Ring Road.

8.164

Since the distribution of these trips could vary, the assessment considered a distribution of 100% in each direction on Wroxham Road. This allows the worst-case scenario to be tested on both sections of Wroxham Road, north and south of the development.

8.165

The distribution of construction traffic from Wroxham Road onto the A1042 Outer Ring Road is assumed 50% west and 50% east, based on the distribution of 100% south along Wroxham Road.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

259

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Construction Traffic Impacts 8.166

The impacts are shown in Table 8.14. Table 8.14 Potential Construction Impacts

2012 Construction Impacts 2012 Base ATC Link Location Total

% HGVs

Construction Traffic Generation

Construction Impacts

Cars

% increase in Traffic

% Increase in HGVs

HGVs

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

24,093

7.8%

0.4%

0.1%

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

30,066

8.5%

0.3%

0.0%

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

31,113

7.5%

0.3%

0.0%

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

28,817

7.3%

0.4%

0.1%

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

12,130

8.4%

180

1.7%

0.2%

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

18,616

6.8%

180

1.1%

0.2%

8.167

This demonstrates that the impact of construction traffic on the A5011 Wroxham Road and A1042 Outer Ring Road is Negligible. The sensitivity of the routes is low, and therefore, the combined effect of the magnitude of the impact and the sensitivity of the receptor is not significant.

8.168

Similarly the construction impacts on the strategic road network after the completion of NDR are not significant.

8.169

Even if the rate of construction was intensified, Table 8.14 illustrates that the traffic impacts would be less than 10% and the increase in HGV traffic would be less than 30%.

8.170

However, a CTMP will be implemented to manage and monitor the construction traffic to prevent any temporary spikes in construction traffic as embedded mitigation. A framework CTMP is included in Appendix 8.7 of this ES. The CTMP report details the

260

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

schedule and phasing of construction, site access and route arrangements for construction materials and identifies further aspects that need to be provided by the contractor/contractors appointed to construct each phase of the development.

Operational Phase 8.171

As previously stated this Chapter considers two assessment years, namely; ď&#x201A;ˇ

The assessment year 2017 when Phase 1 of the proposed development is complete and the NDR is not constructed; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The assessment year 2032 when the proposed development is complete and the NDR is constructed.

8.172

It was agreed with NCC that the most realistic background growth for the assessment of the network would be, to only consider the increase in traffic flows due to all committed development already submitted for planning, and the development locations in the north and east of Norwich and in Broadlands as identified in the JCS . 8

8.173

This would generate a spatial distribution of development growth in northeast Norwich which would be used to forecast the additional traffic generated by the identified developments by 2017 and 2032.

8.174

The following development schedule in Table 8.15 illustrates the phasing of the background development agreed with NCC. Table 8.15 NCC Development Schedule to determine Background Traffic Growth

Residential Growth Site

No. Of Dwellings to be Built

Total

2012-2017

2017-2021

2012-2017

Hellesdon, Golf Course

200

400

600

Hellesdon, Hospital

134

200

Hellesdon, A140 Corridor

134

200

Drayton

112

Spixworth

178

1,300

2,500

3,978

Blofield

Thorpe St Andrew

148

222

Rackheath EcoCommunity

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

261

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Residential Growth Site Sprowston (Home Farm)

235

Blue Boar Lane

400

278

555

1,233

125

Land between Salhouse & Wroxham Rd

417

833

1,250

Land between Salhouse & Plumstead Rd

200

350

700

1,250

Brundal

Horsford

Horsham

174

143

283

600

Total

1,229

3,096

5,962

10,287

Cumulative Total

1,229

4,325

10,287

Taverham Great and Little Plumstead

Brook Farm

8.175

Total

No. Of Dwellings to be Built

Trip Rates as shown in Table 8.16 were extracted from the Traffic Forecasting Report for NDR September 2011 as agreed with NCC. Table 8.16 NCC Trip Rates to determine Background Growth

NCC Trip Rates Residential

8.176

AM Peak 0800-0900

PM Peak 1700-1800

0.115

Out 0.258

2-way 0.373

0.262

Out

2-Way

0.155

0.417

The methodology agreed with NCC to determine the growth in background traffic is as follows: ď&#x201A;ˇ

Based on the level of development identified in Error! Reference source not found., the two-way trip generation for the identified sites was calculated according to the trip rates in Error! Reference source not found.; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The generated trips were distributed onto the network according to the trip distribution provided by NCC SATURN Model for Norwich.

262

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.177

The AADT and AAWT flows were calculated from the resultant AM Peak flows distributed at each link location.

2017 Baseline without the NDR 8.178

The 2017 AADT and AAWT Future Baseline two-way flows are attached in Appendix 8.3 and summarised in Table 8.17. Table 8.17 2017 Future Baseline AAWT and AADT Flows without NDR ATC Location

AAWT (twoway flows)

AADT (two-way flows)

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

24,391

21,201

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

30,429

26,419

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

31,512

29,911

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

29,129

26,597

518

486

6,761

6,384

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

11,271

10,856

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

12,584

12,014

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

18,299

17,137

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

16,175

15,666

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

19,238

18,467

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

9,635

9,178

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

6,868

6,507

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

5,871

5,528

19,601

18,406

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

5,042

4,681

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

4,555

4,281

17,623

17,044

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

1,251

1,252

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

2,835

2,631

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

2,603

2,422

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

263

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

2017 Development Trip Generation 8.179

Trip rates have been considered for both the residential and commercial aspects of the proposed development for weekday AM and PM Peaks.

8.180

The following methodology was used to generate the most appropriate residential trip rates: 

Undertaking ATC traffic surveys at a residential site at Lodge Farm (Norwich) at a comparable location with two access points only and a known number of dwellings;



Manual peak hour surveys were undertaken to validate the ATC surveys and to determine construction traffic;



Determining trip rates based on ATC surveys and the number of occupied dwellings within the surveyed area, but amended for construction traffic manually counted during peak hours;



Undertaking a household survey at Lodge Farm (Norwich) to determine number of daily trips, journey purpose, mode choice and distance travelled;



Analysing the result to determine which trips would be internalised by land use planning (education, retail, leisure, and employment) and contained within the redline boundary of the application site;



Applying a reduction of 30% based on the above analysis to ATC Trip Rates; and



Applying a reduction of 11% for Personalised Travel Planning (PTP) as per DfT guidance . 3

The

PTP

will

implemented

through

the

marketing

the

development as a sustainable development and with an induction prior to the completion of sale. 8.181

The commercial trip rates were based on appropriate and comparable sites in the TRICS database and reduced to allow for internalisation of trips due to proximity to employment within the redline boundary of the application site.

8.182

The proposed trip rates are shown in Table 8.18. These trip rates therefore include embedded mitigation for internalisation of trips within the redline boundary of the application site, and PTP. Table 8.18 Proposed Development Trip Rates Weekday PM (17:0018:00)

Weekday AM (08:0009:00) IN

264

OUT

TOTAL

OUT

TOTAL

Residential Trip Rates (/Unit)

0.128

0.314

0.442

0.224

0.142

0.366

Commercial Trip Rates (/100m²)

0.608

0.076

0.684

0.063

0.554

0.617

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.183

Based on the phasing identified in Table 8.19 summarises the number of development trips to and from the application site in 2017. Table 8.19 Development Trips in 2017 Phase 1 Development

Residential (Units)

584

Generated Trips

258

214

Commercial (m²)

6,750

Generated Trips TOTAL TRIPS

8.184

304

256

The following trip distribution figures for the proposed development were agreed with NCC:

8.185



74% of development traffic will travel southbound without the NDR;



26% will travel northbound without the NDR;



58% of development traffic will travel southbound when NDR is complete; and



42% will travel northbound when the NDR is complete.

These trip distributions were extracted from the NCC Norwich SATURN Model. The change when the NDR is complete demonstrates the diversion of traffic due to the NDR.

8.186

However, there are three principle arterial routes available to residents so they have a choice in terms of which route to use, and this will influence the trip distribution onto the network.

8.187

Therefore, Travel to Work Statistics, sourced from the 2001 Census Data, have been used to determine the route choice for residents travelling to employment in the following key employment destinations in Norwich:

8.188



Norwich City Centre and southeast Norwich;



Southwest Norwich (University and Hospital) and the Airport Industrial area;



Broadlands Business Park in the east; and



Employment destinations to north of Norwich.

Therefore the trip distribution of development traffic onto the network has been calculated

using

NCC

north-south

trip

distribution

factors

and

the

east-west

distribution factors determined.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

265

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.189

Construction phasing for the proposed development has also been taken into consideration when distributing traffic onto the network. Certain road links through the application site are only built during specific phases. Therefore internal distribution of traffic through the application site has carefully considered the road link construction.

8.190

Trips are only distributed along main arterial routes i.e. smaller residential streets have not been used to assess the likely distribution of residential traffic.

8.191

Development trips have been assigned to the local highway network using existing turning proportions at specific junctions to determine the most likely distribution for all generated traffic.

8.192

The resultant AAWT and AADT 2017 Base + Development Flows are attached in Appendix 8.4 and summarised in Table 8.20. Table 8.20 2017 Base + Development AAWT and AADT Flows without the NDR ATC Location

AADT (two-way flows)

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

25,582

22,434

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

31,628

27,659

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

32,308

30,763

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

29,474

27,296

518

486

6,761

6,384

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

12,158

11,782

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

12,675

12,112

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

18,326

17,165

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

18,958

18,616

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

19,861

19,151

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

9,709

9,258

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

6,868

6,507

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

5,871

5,528

19,601

18,406

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

5,042

4,681

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

4,555

4,281

18,093

17,544

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

266

AAWT (twoway flows)

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ATC Location

AAWT (twoway flows)

AADT (two-way flows)

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

1,251

1,252

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

2,835

2,631

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

2,657

2,483

2017 Operational Traffic Impacts 8.193

The assessment considers both the traffic impacts in terms of increase in link flows and the impact on junctions.

8.194

The difference in link flows between Table 8.16 and Table 8.19 are used to calculate the increase in traffic flows on the identified links.

8.195

The resultant net change in AAWT and AADT link flows between the 2017 Base and 2017 Base + Development scenarios without the NDR are displayed in Table 8.21. Table 8.21 Percentage Increase in Link Flows in 2017 due to Development Traffic ATC Location

AADT (two-way flows)

AAWT (twoway flows)

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

4.7%

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

3.6%

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

2.1%

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

0.9%

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery

0.0%

Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

0.0%

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

7.9%

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

1.7%

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

0.0%

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

16.7%

18%

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

2.5%

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

0.0%

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

0.0%

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

0.0%

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

267

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ATC Location

8.196

AADT (two-way flows)

AAWT (twoway flows)

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

0.0%

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

0.0%

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

0.0%

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

1.0%

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

0.0%

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

0.0%

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

0.0%

This demonstrates that all link flow traffic impacts are less than 10% except for the link at Constitution Hill. The magnitude of the effect at these locations is negligible. The combined effect of magnitude of the adverse traffic impacts and the sensitivity of the links is not significant.

8.197

At Constitution Hill, the increase is less than 30% and the magnitude of the effect is a Minor Adverse impact. Since the Constitution Hill Link has moderate sensitivity to change, the combined effect is not considered significant.

8.198

The identified junctions are modelled for the 2017 Future Baseline and the 2017 Future Baseline plus Development. The modelling results are tabulated in Appendix 8.5: 2017 Junction modelling without the NDR.

8.199

The results of the modelling show that the following junctions all operate at either a RFC below 0.85 or a DoS below 90%:

8.200



Wroxham Road/ Park & Ride site;



Wroxham Road/Blue Boar Roundabout;



North Walsham Road/Barkers Lane;



Spixworth Road/The Paddocks;



St Faith’s Road/Lodge Lane/Repton Avenue;



A1042/A140 Junction;



Beeston Lane/Buxton Road; and



Beeston Lane/North Walsham Road.

Therefore the magnitude of the development traffic impacts on these junctions is negligible. When considering the sensitivity of the receptors, the combined significance is either Low or Negligible.

268

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.201

However the following junctions operate with a DoS greater than 90%, for signalised junction, or RFC greater than 0.85 for priority controlled junctions and roundabouts in the forecasted 2017 AM and PM Peaks, with the inclusion of the background traffic growth, and the proposed development flows: 

Salhouse Rd/Mousehold Lane/Heartsease Lane/Gurney Road;



North Walsham Road/A1042;



Wroxham Road/A1042;



North Walsham Road/White Woman Lane;



Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane;



Fifer’s Lane/St Faith’s Road; and



Wroxham Road/Church Lane.

Salhouse Rd/Mousehold Lane/Heartsease Lane/Gurney Road Junction 8.202

When considering the 2017 future baseline at the above junction, the junction operates during the AM Peak at DoS greater than 90% but less than 100% on the Salhouse Road, Mousehold Lane and Heartsease Lane approaches. During the PM, the Mousehold Lane RT lane and Gurney Road operate at DoS just greater than 100%. Therefore the sensitivity of this junction is considered moderate.

8.203

At the above junction in the AM Peak, the only arm that shows that the maximum increase in DoS between the 2017 base and the 2017 proposed development scenario is 5.2% (92.6% to 97.8%) on the Mousehold Lane right turn. However this generates an increase in queue length of less than 5 vehicles with an increased delay of less than 5 seconds. The maximum increase on the remaining arms is 2%, or less with negligible increase in queue length and vehicle delay. This is a low impact in terms of road users.

8.204

In the PM Peak, when considering links which exceed 90%, the only link showing an increase in DoS is Mousehold Lane ahead and left turn, with a 2.2% increase (99.4% to 101.6%). This generates an increase in queue length of less than 10 vehicles, and corresponding time delay of less than 10 seconds. This is low impact in terms of driver perception. Though there is no increase in DoS in Gurney Road arm, there is an increase in queue length greater than 10 vehicles, but no increase in delay. This is a low impact in terms of road users.

8.205

Since the sensitivity of the A1042 Mousehold Lane/Heartsease Lane junction is assessed as moderate in future 2017 baseline, the combined effect is Moderate and not considered significant.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

269

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

North Walsham Road/A1042 8.206

When considering the 2017 future baseline, in the AM Peak, two arms on this junction operated at a RFC greater than 1.00. This junction is congested due to the existing high levels of traffic on A142 east and west, and consequently, the sensitivity of this junction is considered to be high. The addition of the background growth and development traffic increases the congestion, and the validity of traffic modelling results is considered less reliable due to the RFCs significantly exceeding 1.00.

8.207

However it should be noted that the increase in traffic in the AM Peak is in the order of 179 development trips entering the junction in comparison to the baseline flow of 2,930 vehicles flowing through the junction.

8.208

When considering the impact of the development traffic in the AM Peak, the RFC of the eastern approach increases by 0.08 from 1.16 to 1.24. The western approach increases by 0.03 from 1.02 to 1.05 and the Constitution Hill northern arm from 0.82 to 0.92, an increase of 0.1. This increases queue lengths by more than 20 vehicles and the average vehicle delay greater than 40 seconds for the entire junction. The magnitude of the impact is high.

8.209

In the PM Peak, the only arm which operates over a RFC greater than 0.85 is the A1042 western arm which operates at a RFC equal to 1.00, an increase of 0.05. This generates increases in queue length greater than 20 vehicles and vehicle delay greater than 40 seconds of the A1042 western arm. The magnitude of the impact is high.

8.210

Considering the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance is assessed as High. Therefore, mitigation will need to be considered. Wroxham Road/A1042 Junction

8.211

When considering the 2017 future baseline, three arms at the above junction will be operating at RFC greater than 0.85 but less than 1.00 in both the AM and PM Peaks. This implies the junction is approaching congestion and the sensitivity is Moderate.

8.212

At the above junction in the AM Peak, the maximum increase in RFC is 0.02 (0.98 to 1.00) on the Wroxham Road arm, with all other arms operating under a RFC of 1.00 and with an increase of 0.02. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is approximately 5.5 vehicles on the Chartwell Road arm while the maximum increase in vehicle delay is just greater than 13 seconds on the Wroxham Road. This is a low impact for road users.

8.213

In the PM Peak the maximum increase in RFC of 0.03 is on the Sprowston Road arm (0.99 to 1.02), with all other arms operating under 1.00 and with an increase of 0.03, or less. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is approximately 8 vehicles on the Sprowston Road arm while

270

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

the maximum increase in vehicle delay is just less than 22 seconds on the Wroxham Road. This is a moderate impact for road users. 8.214

Therefore considering the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance is assessed as Moderate. Therefore no mitigation will need to be considered. North Walsham Road/White Woman Lane Junction

8.215

When considering the 2017 future baseline, two arms at the above junction will be operating at RFC greater than 0.85 but less than 1.00 in both the PM Peak. This implies the junction is approaching congestion and the sensitivity is moderate.

8.216

At the above junction in the AM Peak, the maximum DoS values are 93.5% on North Walsham Road northern ahead approach and 92.8% on the White Woman Lane approach. This is an increase of 8.2% and 9.3% respectively from the base scenario. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is just greater than 7 vehicles on the North Walsham Road southbound ahead while the maximum increase in vehicle delay is approximately 4 seconds on the same arm. On all other arms, the increase is queue length is less than 5 vehicles, and the vehicle is less than 3 seconds. The magnitude of the traffic impacts in the AM Peak is low.

8.217

In the PM Peak the maximum DoS values are 105.4% on North Walsham Road southern ahead approach and 100.7% on the White Woman Lane approach. This is an increase of 8.8 and 6.7 respectively from the base scenario. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is just less than 20 vehicles on the North Walsham Road northbound ahead approach while the corresponding increase in vehicle delay is just less than 19 seconds on the same arm. On all other arms, the increase in queue length is less than 5 vehicles, and the vehicle delay is less than 2 seconds. The magnitude of the traffic impacts in the PM Peak is moderate.

8.218

Therefore considering the maximum magnitude of the effect and the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance is assessed as Moderate. Therefore no mitigation will need to be considered. Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane

8.219

Though the junction of Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane, operates above DoS value of 80% in the AM Peak with a maximum DoS values of 94.0% on Spixworth Road northern approach and 90.8% on the Lodge Lane right turn, there is no development traffic at this junction and therefore, these results also reflect the base scenario and is considered Negligible.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

271

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Fifer’s Lane/St Faith’s Road 8.220

At the junction of Fifer’s Lane/St Faith’s Road the PM Peak operates under 0.70 RFC. In the AM Peak the maximum RFC is 0.934 on the St Faith’s Road north approach. As with Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane there is no development traffic at this junction and therefore these results also reflect the base scenario and are considered Negligible. Wroxham Road/Church Lane

8.221

When considering the 2017 future baseline, the Church Lane to Wroxham Road northbound arm will be operating at RFC greater than 1.00 in the AM Peak, while in the PM Peak, the Wroxham Road southbound to Church Lane will be operating at a RFC greater than 0.85 but less than 1.00. Though these issues are identified, the junction is not considered as congested and therefore the sensitivity will be moderate.

8.222

At the junction of Wroxham Road/Church Lane in the AM Peak the maximum increase in RFC is 0.013 (1.018 to 1.031) on the Church Lane to Wroxham Road north approach. All other arms in the AM Peak operate under 0.9 RFC. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is just less than 2 vehicles on the Church Lane to Wroxham Road north approach while the corresponding increase in vehicle delay is just less than 10 seconds on the same arm. On the Church Lane to Wroxham Road arm, though the increase in queue is less than one vehicle, the increase in vehicle delay is approximately 7 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue length and vehicle delay is negligible. The magnitude of the effect in the AM Peak is low.

8.223

In the PM Peak, the only arm which operates over an RFC of 0.9 is the Wroxham Road north to Church Lane approach, an increase of 0.06 from the base scenario to 0.916. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is less than 1 vehicle on the Wroxham Road north to Church Lane right turn while the corresponding increase in vehicle delay is approximately 2 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue length and vehicle delay is negligible. The magnitude of the effect in the PM Peak is negligible. Summary

8.224

Therefore considering the maximum magnitude of the effect and the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance is assessed as Moderate/Low. Therefore no mitigation will need to be considered.

8.225

To summarise, the only significant traffic impacts when considering the development impacts on future 2017 baseline, prior to the construction of the NDR is the North Walsham Road/A1042 junction. Mitigation will need to be considered at this junction to evaluate the residual impacts.

272

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.226

However it should be noted that North Walsham Road/A1042 junction is considered congested in 2012 baseline, and the situation worsens in the forecasted 2017 baseline before the traffic impact of the 2017 development is considered. 2032 Operational Traffic Impacts

8.227

The NDR will be constructed before the completion of the proposed development and therefore is considered as embedded mitigation when assessing the future 2032 baseline.

8.228

Future Baseline flows for 2032 are calculated according to the methodology identified in paragraphs 8.172 to 8.177, based on the trip rates and trip distribution agreed with NCC and the level of the background development identified in Table 8.12. The resultant traffic flows for the 2032 AADT and AAWT Future Baseline are attached in Appendix 8.6 and summarised in Table 8.22. Table 8.22 2032 Future Baseline AAWT and AADT Flows with NDR. ATC Location

AAWT (twoway flows)

AADT (two-way flows)

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

25,398

22,243

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

31,750

27,784

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

32,940

31,439

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

29,794

27,358

518

486

6,761

6,384

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

11,271

10,856

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

17,030

16,805

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

18,487

17,337

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

16,175

15,666

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

22,914

22,509

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

10,091

9,674

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

6,868

6,507

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

5,871

5,528

19,799

18,614

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

5,042

4,681

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

4,555

4,281

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

273

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

AAWT (twoway flows)

ATC Location Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

AADT (two-way flows)

17,684

17,108

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

1,251

1,252

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

2,835

2,631

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

2,838

2,686

8.229

The 2032 Development trip generation is calculated as per the methodology previously described in paragraphs 8.179 to 8.191, based on the trip rates in Table 8.16 and the level of development in Table 8.13.

8.230

The assessment includes the embedded mitigation as follows: 

Trips contained within he development due to mixed use



11% trip reduction due to PTP



9% trip reduction due to implementation of the FTP post 2017



Construction of the internal link between North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road.

8.231

Table 8.23 summarises the number of development trips to and from the application site in 2032. Table 8.23 Development Trip in 2032 Phase 1- 6

Development AM

8.232

Residential (Units)

3,518

Generated Trips

1,555

Commercial (m²)

16,000

Generated Trips

109

TOTAL TRIPS

1,664

1,387

1,288

2032 Development trips have been assigned to the local highway network using the same methodology described in paragraphs 8.184 to 8.191.

8.233

The resultant AAWT and AADT 2032 Future Baseline plus Development Flows are attached in Appendix 8.7 and summarised in Table 8.24.

274

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 8.24 2032 Future Baseline + Development AAWT and AADT Flows with the NDR ATC Location

AADT (two-way flows)

AAWT (twoway flows)

Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

28,164

25,107

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

34,457

30,584

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

33,201

31,718

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

30,609

28,289

518

486

6,772

6,395

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

16,045

15,838

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

20,984

21,065

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

18,997

17,880

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

22,628

22,506

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

26,112

26,026

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

10,091

9,674

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

6,868

6,507

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

6,024

5,696

20,068

18,895

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

5,914

5,583

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

4,555

4,281

18,956

18,463

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

1,251

1,252

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road

3,201

3,034

Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

2,838

2,686

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

2032 Operational Traffic Impacts 8.234

The assessment considers both the traffic impacts in terms of increase in link flows and the impact on junctions.

8.235

The difference in link flows between Error! Reference source not found. and Table 8.24 are used to calculate the increase in traffic flows on the identified links.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

275

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.236

The resultant net change in AAWT and AADT link flows between the 2032 Baseline and 2032 Base plus Development scenarios with the NDR are shown in Table 8.25. Table 8.25 Percentage Increase in Link Flows in 2032 due to Development Traffic AADT (two-way flows)

AAWT (two-way flows)

10.9%

12.9%

Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close

8.5%

10.1%

Chartwell Road – East of Constitution Hill

0.8%

0.9%

Mousehold Lane – South of Alford Grove

2.7%

3.4%

St Faith’s Road – North of Cemetery

0.0%

Buxton Road – North of Beeston Lane

0.2%

North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane

42.4%

45.9%

Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park

23.2%

25.3%

St Faith’s Road – North of Miles Cross Lane

2.8%

3.1%

Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road

39.9%

43.7%

Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke

14.0%

15.6%

Barkers Lane – West of Cozens-Hardy Road

0.0%

White Woman Lane – West of Longe Road

0.0%

Lodge Lane – West of the Paddocks

2.6%

3.0%

Fifers Lane – West of St Faith’s Road

1.4%

1.5%

17.3%

19.3%

George Hill – East of Beeches Close

0.0%

Blue Boar Lane – South of Wroxham Road

7.2%

7.9%

Country Park Access Road – South of Wroxham Road

0.0%

12.9%

15.3%

0.0%

ATC Location Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way

Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road

Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road Falcon Road – North of Martin Close

8.237

The following links show a moderate impact with an increase in traffic flows greater than 30% but less than 60%:

276



North Walsham Road – North of Beeston Lane.



Constitution Hill – South of Parkland Road.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.238

Since the sensitivity of North Walsham Road and Constitution Hill are assessed as low/moderate, the combined effect is Low/Moderate and not considered significant.

8.239

The following links show a low traffic impact with an increase less than 30% but greater than 10%:

8.240



Mile Cross Lane – East of Partridge Way;



Chartwell Road – East of Swinbourne Close;



Wroxham Road – North of Access to Country Park;



Wroxham Road – North of Porter’s Loke;



Church Street – East of St Faith’s Road; and



Spixworth Road – North of Chartwell Road.

When assessing the development traffic impacts on Church Street, the magnitude of the effect is low while the sensitivity of the receptor is high/moderate. The significance of the impact is therefore Moderate, and not considered significant.

8.241

All the other links identified above are considered to be low or moderate sensitivity. Therefore the significance of the impacts varies between Negligible and Moderate, and is thus not considered significant.

8.242

The magnitude of the traffic impact on all other links is less than 10% and is considered either negligible or low. Considering the sensitivity of the receptors, the significance of the impacts varies between Low and Negligible.

8.243

The identified junctions are modelled for the 2032 Future Baseline and the 2032 Future Baseline plus Development. The modelling results are tabulated in Appendix 8.8: 2032 Junction modelling with the NDR.

8.244

The results of the modelling show that the following junctions all operate within a DoS of less than 85% and a RFC of less than 0.85: 

Wroxham Road/ Park & Ride site;



Wroxham Road./Church Lane;



North Walsham Road/Barkers Lane;



Spixworth Road/The Paddocks;



St Faith’s Road/Lodge Lane/Repton Avenue;



St Faith’s Road/Fifers Lane;



St Faith’s Road/A1042;



A1042/A140 Junction;



Beeston Lane/Buxton Road; and



Beeston Lane/North Walsham Road.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

277

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.245

Therefore the magnitude of the development traffic impacts on these junctions is negligible. When considering the sensitivity of the receptors, the combined significance is either Low and Negligible.

8.246

The results of the junction modelling show that the following junctions operate with a DoS greater than 90%, for signalised junction, or a RFC greater than 0.85 for priority controlled junctions and roundabouts in the forecasted 2032 AM and PM Peaks: 

Salhouse Rd/Mousehold Lane/Heartsease Lane/Gurney Road;



North Walsham Road/White Woman Lane;



Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane;



Blue Boar Roundabout;



North Walsham Road/A1042 Roundabout; and



Wroxham Road/A1042.

Salhouse Rd/Mousehold Lane/Heartsease Lane/Gurney Road Junction 8.247

When considering the 2032 baseline, the junction will operate at DoS on the various arms between 85% and 95% in the AM Peak. During the PM Peak, the junction will operate at DoS greater than 100% on two arms, namely the Mousehold Lane Left Turn/Ahead approach and Right Turn approach. Since the junction is congested in the PM Peak, the sensitivity of the junction is considered moderate/high.

8.248

At the above junction in the AM Peak, the maximum increase in DoS is 3.2% (92.1% to 93.6%) on the Salhouse Road Ahead/Right Turn approach lane. This generates an increase in queue length of less than 5 vehicles with an increased delay of less than 5 seconds. The maximum increase in DoS on the remaining lanes is 1.5%, or less with an increase in queue lengths less than 3 vehicles and vehicle delay less than 2 seconds. This is negligible impact in terms of road users.

8.249

In the PM Peak, when considering links which exceed 90% the only link showing an increase in DoS is Gurney Road with a 2.3% increase to 101.6%. This generates an increase in queue length of less than 5 vehicles, and corresponding time delay of approximately 5 seconds. All other approach lanes either experience a beneficial impact or negligible adverse impact. The magnitude of the traffic impact is negligible.

8.250

Considering the magnitude of the effect is negligible, and the sensitivity of the A1042 Mousehold Lane/Heartsease Lane junction is assessed as high, the significance of the impact is Low. Therefore the traffic impact is not considered significant, and no mitigation is required.

278

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

North Walsham Road/White Woman Lane Junction 8.251

When considering the 2032 baseline, the above signalised junction operates with DoS less than 90% on all arms. This implies the junction has available capacity and the sensitivity of the junction is low.

8.252

During the AM Peak, the North Walsham Road north ahead approach operates at a DoS of 95% (an increase of 22.3% from the base) and the White Woman Lane at a DoS of 93.6% (an increase of 22.6% from the base). Though the increase in DoS is high, the increase in queue length on the North Walsham Road north ahead approach is approximately 16 vehicles while the corresponding vehicle delay on this arm is less than 10 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue lengths is less than 5 vehicles and the vehicle delay is less than 5 seconds. The magnitude of the maximum on this junction is moderate.

8.253

During the PM Peak, the above junction operates at DoS less than 90%. Therefore any impacts on this junction are considered Negligible.

8.254

Therefore considering the maximum magnitude of the effect and the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance is assessed as Low/Moderate. Therefore no mitigation will need to be considered. Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane

8.255

When considering the 2032 baseline, the Spixworth Road/White Woman Lane signalised junction operates with DoS less than 90% on all approach lanes. This implies the junction has available capacity and the sensitivity of the junction is low.

8.256

During the AM Peak, the White Woman Lane operates at DoS greater than 90%. The DoS on this arm increases by 7% to 91.1%. The increase in queue length on this approach lane is less than 3 vehicles while the corresponding vehicle delay is less than 2 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue lengths is less than 5 vehicles and the vehicle delay is less than 3 seconds. The magnitude of the maximum impacts on this junction is Negligible.

8.257

During the PM Peak, the above junction operates at DoS less than 90%. Therefore any impacts on this junction are considered Negligible.

8.258

8.259

When considering the 2032 baseline, the above roundabout operates with a RFC less than 0.85 on all approach arms. This implies the junction has available capacity and the sensitivity of the junction is low.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

279

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.260

During the AM Peak, the above junction operates at a RFC less than 0.85. Therefore any impacts on this junction are considered Negligible in the AM Peak.

8.261

During the PM Peak the Blue Board approach arm operates at a RFC of 0.911, an increase of 0.07 above the forecasted RFC for 2032 future baseline. The increase in queue length on this approach lane is less than 5 vehicles while the corresponding vehicle delay is less than 13 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue lengths and the vehicle delay is negligible. The magnitude of the maximum impact on this junction is Low during the PM Peak.

8.262

Therefore considering the maximum magnitude of the effect and the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance is assessed as Low. Therefore no mitigation will need to be considered. North Walsham Road/A1042

8.263

When considering the 2032 baseline in both the AM and PM Peaks, all arms on the roundabout operate at a RFC below 0.85. The construction of NDR has diverted a significant amount of traffic away from the Outer Ring Road, and therefore there is available capacity. The sensitivity of the junction is considered low.

8.264

During the AM Peak, only the A1042 eastern arm operates at an RFC in excess of 0.85. The forecasted RFC is 0.991, an increase of 0.15 from 0.845 in the 2032 base scenario. The increase in queue length is greater than 20 vehicles, and the increase in vehicle delay is greater than 40 seconds. It should be noted that where the operation of the junction is considered as a whole, the average vehicle delay on all arms is less than 40 seconds. The magnitude of the traffic impact is high.

8.265

During the PM Peak, all arms operate with an RFC below 0.85. The magnitude of the effect is negligible.

8.266

Though the magnitude of the traffic impact is high in the AM Peak, the sensitivity of the receptor is low since the future 2032 baseline operates with sufficient available capacity. The significance of the traffic impacts is Moderate and therefore no mitigation will need to be considered. Wroxham Road/A1042 Junction

8.267

When considering the 2032 future baseline, the above junction will be operating at RFC less than and equal to 0.85. This implies the junction is operating with available capacity and the sensitivity is low.

8.268

During the AM Peak, only the Wroxham Road operates in excess of a RFC equal to 0.85. The forecasted RFC when considering the application of the development traffic is 0.92, an increase of 0.15 over the 2032 base scenario. This generates an increase in queue length of approximately 6 vehicles and a corresponding increase in vehicle delay

280

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

of less than 20 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue length is less than 3 vehicles and the increase in vehicle delay is less than 7 seconds. The magnitude of this impact is low. 8.269

During the PM Peak, only the Sprowston Road arm operates with a RFC greater than 0.85. The forecasted RFC is 0.938, an increase of 0.09 on the 2032 base scenario. This generates an increase in queue length of approximately 6 vehicles and a corresponding increase in vehicle delay of less than 20 seconds. On all other arms, the increase in queue length is less than 2 vehicles and the increase in vehicle delay is less than 3 seconds. The magnitude of this impact is Low.

8.270

The magnitude of the traffic impact is low in both peaks. Since the sensitivity of the receptor is low, the significance of the traffic impacts is low. Therefore no mitigation will need to be considered. Summary

8.271

To summarise, there are no significant traffic impacts when considering the traffic impacts of the completed proposed development in 2032 when compared with the forecasted 2032 future baseline.

8.272

This assessment assumes that the NDR will be constructed prior to the completion of the proposed development and it is considered as embedded mitigation.

8.273

Similarly the assessment assumes the following embedded mitigation: 

Internalisation of trips within the redline boundary of the application site due to the mix of land uses, and the extent of the proposed development;



11% reduction in predicted trips due to PTP through the marketing of the development and induction process before completion of sale; and



9% reduction in predicted trips through the implementation of a travel plan from 2017.

8.274

Therefore no mitigation is required to reduce the traffic impacts in 2032. Public Transport Impacts

8.275

The applicant has held discussions with public transport operators, NCC, GNDP, Norwich City Council and local Parish Councils to investigate the potential options to provide enhanced bus services to serve the extra demand created by the development site.

8.276

It is proposed that every point within the application site will be within 400m walking distance of an accessible bus stop.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

281

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.277

The proposed Public Transport Strategy (PTS) will provide new and extended existing services to serve the development along the three principal bus corridors, namely Wroxham Road, North Walsham and Buxton/Spixworth Road.

8.278

The following bus services are proposed: 

Phase 1: o

Provide a new bus service along North Walsham Road at a frequency of 2 buses per hour. This service is designated NSOC 1 for ease of reference;

Re-inforce the existing Park & Ride service 605/606 along Wroxham Road to every 12.5 minutes. This is equivalent to an additional 1 bus every hour;



Phase 2: o

Re-inforce the existing Park & Ride service 605/606 to every 10 minutes. This equivalent to an additional 2 buses per hour;

Extend the existing service 11/11a from Wroxham Road into the development at a frequency of 2 buses per hour. This service is designated NSOC 1 for ease of reference;



Phase 3 o

Increase the frequency and penetration of the service NSOC 1 to every 20 minutes (3 buses/hr). Note that this service to Spixworth will be capped at 2 buses/hr;

Increase the frequency and penetration of the service NSOC 11 to every 20 minutes (3 buses/hr);



Phase 4: o

Increase the frequency and penetration of the service NSOC 1 to every 15 minutes (4 buses/hr);



Phase 5: o

Increase the frequency and penetration of the service NSOC 1 to every 12.5 minutes (5 buses/hr);

Increase the frequency and penetration of the service NSOC 11 to every 15 minutes (4 buses/hr);



Phase 6: o

Increase the frequency and penetration of the service NSOC 1 to every 10 minutes (6 buses/hr); and

Divert Service 13 into development from Buxton Road (but only west of North Walsham Road).

282

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.279

During later stages of the development there is a possibility to extend the current service 21/22 along North Walsham Road into the development. This will provide direct connections to employment, health and education facilities in the southwest of Norwich.

8.280

Similarly there is an aspiration to provide an orbital service to provide connections to the Airport and its associated employment areas in the west and to the Broadlands Business Park in the east. This service could also provide peak hour connections to serve the new schools and secondary schools.

8.281

On completion of the proposed development, the application site will be served by 18 services an hour, with two buses per hour along Buxton/Spixworth Road, six services along the North Walsham Road, and ten services an hour along Wroxham Road. Development Impact on Existing Services

8.282

Considering that there are 9 existing services, the proposed strategy will provide an increase of 9 services an hour. This will provide an additional capacity of 675 bus trips per hour.

8.283

The completed proposed development will contain approximately 3,520 homes. It is estimated that there will be 2.5 residents per dwelling and that each resident will undertake 4 single trips per day. This means the proposed development will generate 35,180 trips per day and if it is assumed that a 15% bus mode share can be generated then almost 5,300 single trips per day will be made on buses.

8.284

The key determinant of delivering the required frequency is the morning peak period. It is assumed that 12.5% of these trips will take place during the busiest hour, which is equivalent to approximately 660 trips.

8.285

This demonstrates that the proposed PTS will generate sufficient capacity to accommodate the demand generated by the proposed development.

8.286

The proposed development will have Negligible impact on existing bus services. Impact of New Services

8.287

The proposed PTS for the proposed development will deliver an additional 6 services along the North Walsham, and an additional 2 stopping services along the Wroxham Road corridor.

8.288

Since there are currently 2 services an hour on North Walsham Road and 4 services an hour on Wroxham Road (Park & Ride is a non-stopping service), this will provide a Beneficial impact for residents living within 400m of these two road corridors in terms of improved frequency and an additional capacity.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

283

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Development Impact on Rail Capacity 8.289

As previously stated, it is envisaged that the proposed development would have a limited impact on Norwich rail service capacity due to the location of the nearest station (Norwich City Centre).

8.290

However, improved bus links between the application site and Norwich station will provide a Beneficial impact in considering access to the rail station as a multi-modal interchange. Development Impacts on Pedestrian and Cycle Amenity

8.291

The street network of the proposed development will be designed to be safe, legible and well connected, making walking and cycling the transport mode of choice at the local level. Short, fine-grained blocks will create a permeable layout that offers a choice of attractive routes for pedestrians and cyclists. Streets and other public spaces will have active frontages and be overlooked, this together with street trees, sensitive lighting, high quality materials and street furniture and other design measures will help to ensure they feel safe and are interesting to walk or cycle along.

8.292

Reflecting the user hierarchy measures to prioritise the needs of pedestrians and cyclists will include: 

Establishing a site wide 20mph speed limit to make it easier for pedestrians to cross streets at any point. Speeds will be kept low through design rather than enforcement, using features such as short lengths of street between junctions, narrow carriageways, on street parking, limiting forward visibility and the use of shared space on some tertiary streets;



Providing wide pavements that are kept free of clutter to create a pleasant walking environment and provide plenty of space for wheelchairs and pushchairs;



Providing dedicated cycle lanes on primary streets to create safe conditions for cycling despite higher traffic volumes on those streets. Cycle lanes will be a minimum of 2m wide (minimum 1.5m wide when on carriageway) to allow for easy overtaking and to accommodate cargo bikes;



Raising the carriageway to foot path and cycle lane level at side road junctions and giving pedestrians and cyclists clear priority at junctions;



Using a range of controlled and uncontrolled crossing points to provide regular opportunities for wheelchair users and the blind or visually impaired to cross;



Allowing less confident cyclists to avoid turning right with traffic when using the junction of the east-west route with North Walsham Road; and

284

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Using modal filtering at appropriate locations on tertiary streets to restrict through movement of motor vehicles without compromising permeability for pedestrians and cyclists.

8.293

There is significant potential for journeys to and from the proposed development to be made by bike. The Norwich Cycle Map (Figure 8.9) identifies a number of Pedalways, cycle commuting routes to and from Norwich City Centre and orbital routes around the city. These are complemented by neighbourhood routes for local journeys.

8.294

The Cringleford–Sprowston route, which passes Sewell Park College and Norwich High School for Girls en route to the City Centre, begins on Foxburrow Road just off Bakers Lane, this can be easily accessed from the application site via Church Lane. Spixworth Road is identified as a neighbourhood route, and joins the Cringleford – Sprowston route on St Clements Hill. Journey times by bike to the City Centre on either of these routes will be approximately 25 minutes. The Outer Orbital passes along Barkers Lane and crosses both the North Walsham Road and Spixworth Road. This route provides access to the Airport Industrial Estate, Sprowston High and eventually the Norwich and Norfolk Hospital. It also provides access to neighbourhood routes and other Pedalways that connect to Broadland Business Park and UEA.

8.295

The above will provide the basis for a strategy to encourage residents and visitors of all ages and abilities to travel to and from the proposed development by bike. The developers will work with BDC, NCC and Norwich City Council to explore opportunities to improve the quality and safety of these and other cycle routes. In the short-term this is likely to include measures such as signage and priority improvements to existing pedestrian

and

cycle

crossings

maximise

use

existing

Pedalways

and

neighbourhood routes. In the medium – long-term we will seek the introduction of dedicated cycle infrastructure on the North Walsham Road and the removal of barriers such as the one way system on Magdellan Street to create a direct cycle route from the application site to the City Centre. 8.296

The

proposed

development

will

provide

the

necessary

pedestrian

and

cycle

infrastructure to accommodate the anticipated pedestrian and cycle trips within the development. 8.297

The proposed development will provide the necessary infrastructure to provide safe and direct connections to the existing pedestrian and cycle amenities. By changing the nature and function of the existing radial routes towards the Norwich City Centre, the development will provide both improved pedestrian and cycle experience in of safety and security, and physical infrastructure.

8.298

The increased use of the existing pedestrian and cycle routes will have a beneficial impact in terms of creating a more secure environment for both existing and future users.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

285

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.299

This will provide a Beneficial impact for existing residents along these routes, and encourage a shift to more sustainable travel choices. Parking

8.300

BDC’s Parking Standards SPD uses the current average levels of car ownership (1.6 7

cars per vehicle owning household) as the basis for the development of parking standards. The SPD sets out a range of parking standards based on dwelling size, but also notes that variations on these standards are permitted ‘where it can be demonstrated [that] proximity to facilities or particularly good public transport alternatives make normal levels of parking unnecessary.’

8.301

Reflecting this context and based on the mix of housing proposed the parking strategy of the proposed development is to provide an average of 1.5 parking spaces per dwelling (excluding visitor parking) and then establish a robust system for managed parking restraint in order to allow parking ratios to be reduced over time in accordance with sustainable travel objectives and outcomes. Central to this strategy is providing a substantial share of residential parking off-plot (i.e. on-street or in-courtyard) allowing occupation of property to be separated from ownership or tenancy of parking spaces, with off-plot parking managed on a permit-leasing basis by the development management company or the local authority. This approach consists of: 

Enables management regimes which incentivize modal shift over time, for example by requiring leases for off-plot parking to be renewed regularly thereby helping to make the total cost of car ownership more transparent and comparable with, for example, the need to renew public transport season tickets regularly;



Allows parking to be used flexibly, with unused residential spaces being transferred over time to flexible visitor or business use;



Allows for surplus parking to be ‘retired’ over time, for example with on-street parking within ‘flex zones’ being convertible to pedestrian, cyclist or green space;



Ensures that streets can be designed to accommodate on-street parking from the outset, avoiding informal parking that has caused pavement and carriageway obstructions in neighbouring developments; and



Supports the aim of the street hierarchy to limit the extent to which street frontage is disrupted by frontage access to driveways.

8.302

Applying Broadland’s parking standards, additional car parking is required for visitors (one space per four dwellings, amounting to 880 spaces), employment (3 spaces per 100m2, amounting to 504 spaces) retail (3 spaces per 200m 2, amounting to 132 spaces) and community (1 space per 100m2, amounting to 20 spaces). There is sufficient capacity within the plan for these additional 1,456 spaces (and an additional 6% allowance for disabled provision) to be accommodated flexibly off-plot in designated on-street bays, although there will be further capacity within blocks and it

286

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

is recognised that some uses (e.g. a small supermarket or a community centre) may require dedicated space. However, given the extent of off-plot residential provision and the very high likelihood that commuting inflows of workers will be outweighed by commuting outflows of residents it is proposed that the final quantum, length of stay and charges for visitor and commercial parking be established during detailed design. This quantum will be informed by BDCâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Parking Standards SPD , however the mix of 7

uses of the proposed development mean that strict application of the SPD parking standards for individual uses is likely to result in an overprovision of parking, compromising efforts to encourage visitors as well as residents to travel by sustainable modes. It has been assumed that any car parking required on school sites will be accommodated within site boundaries. 8.303

Over 4,000 on-street parking spaces could be accommodated by applying the parking principles set out in the Street Hierarchy. This relates to a total residential parking requirement of 5,238 spaces and a maximum visitor, commercial and retail parking requirement of 1,543 (including disabled provision). There is significant capacity within blocks to accommodate the remaining parking requirements.

8.304

Consequently there will be no adverse (Negligible) impacts on the existing parking facilities in adjacent residential communities. Cycle Parking

8.305

Cycle parking will also be provided within the development site and will be in accordance with the standards set out by the BDC. The cycle parking will be allocated in an easily accessible, well lit, safe and secure location.

8.306

Cycle Parking will be provided for all dwellings, with each dwelling being provided with at least 1 space per bedroom up to 3 bedroom dwellings; then 3 spaces for 4 bedroom dwellings, 4 spaces for 5 bedroom dwellings, etc. On street visitor cycle parking will be provided on all residential streets, usually accommodated within flex parking zones.

8.307

The location, type and quantum of visitor and commercial cycle will be established during detailed design.

8.308

The design specifications for cycle parking will in due course be set out in the application site Wide Design and Sustainability Code, and will reflect current best practice such as Cambridge City Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Cycle Parking Guide for New Residential Developments . 14

8.309

There are no adverse (Negligible) impacts on adjacent residential communities, and there are beneficial impacts for future residents.

Cambridge City Council, (2010); Cycle Parking Guide for New Residential Developments. Cambridge City Council.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

287

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

MITIGATION MEASURES Construction Phase 8.310

Though the previous assessment of construction impacts in 2012 has identified that the significance of the traffic impacts on the wider highway network is low while the impacts are moderate at the construction access onto the local highway network, a CTMP will be implemented as part of the overall Environmental Management Plan to mitigate against any temporary spikes in construction traffic.

8.311

A framework CTMP is included in Appendix 8.9 of this ES and details the schedule and phasing of construction, site access and route arrangements for construction materials and identifies further aspects that need to be provided by the contractor/contractors appointed to construct each phase of the development.

8.312

It is the responsibility of the main contractor of each phase to manage and monitor staff travel patterns, to ensure the traffic impact is minimised and no overspill car parking occurs. The target mode share is 30% of construction staff driving to the construction site.

8.313

The Principal Contractor will be required to prepare staff travel plan to meet the following objectives: 

To prevent the possibility of overspill parking being generated on public roads;



To limit the traffic impact of the construction phases on the surrounding highway network;

8.314



To maximise usage of the available bus services; and



To provide sustainable travel information to all construction staff.

The travel plan will be implemented as a package of measures, designed to work collectively to overcome the various barriers and encourage a switch to sustainable travel. The aim is for nudges and prompts to come from many sources, the combined effect of which will generate the required level of sustainable travel behaviour, then sustain and improve on this performance over the construction period. Many of the measures will be implemented prior to and on initial induction of construction staff, to ensure new staff and visitors to the application site establish sustainable travel habits from the outset.

8.315

The CMTP has proposed to establish a main contractors’ compound (or ‘construction village’) on the application site which can exist for the duration of the development without needing to be moved. This is anticipated to be located immediately north of the Sprowston Park & Ride site, adjacent to the proposed energy centre site where blocks WRS03 and WRS04 will ultimately be located, close to the A1151 Wroxham Road, from which all materials will enter the application site.

288

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.316

The only construction delivery vehicle access junction would be a permanent construction access onto Wroxham Road, just south of block WRS05. This will require temporary traffic controls to allow for right turns, but free flowing conditions for left in, and left out. Right turns would be restricted during the AM and PM Peak traffic periods on Wroxham Road in order to limit the traffic impact of the construction delivery vehicle access.

8.317

The CMTP would also monitor and control the frequency and timing of HGV movements to and from the application site to ensure that deliveries are spread out over the day, and avoid the highway network traffic peaks.

8.318

The implementation of the CMTP is embedded mitigation already considered within the assessment of the construction impacts, and the significance of the construction traffic impact on the local highway network remains as Moderate.

Operational Phase 8.319

The assessment of operational impacts of the proposed development in 2017 has identified that the proposed development has a significant impact at the junction the A1042 Outer Ring Road and North Walsham Road.

8.320

Considering that the magnitude of the development traffic impacts is high, and the sensitivity of this junction in future 2017 baseline is considered high, the significance of the traffic impact at this localised location is High.

8.321

The 2017 assessment is based on the assumption that the first phase of proposed development begins in two distinct locations that are not linked. However in the second phase, the internal link between North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road is complete, and the distribution of development traffic changes since residents living in proximity of North Walsham Road have the option to travel east via Wroxham Road.

8.322

When this revised distribution is applied to the 2017 development trips, there is a significant shift in development traffic from North Walsham Road to Wroxham Road. The two junctions were modeled to investigate the change in the traffic impacts, and the results are tabulated in Appendix 8.10. Wroxham Road/A1042 Junction

8.323

At the above junction in the AM Peak, all arms operate under a RFC of 1.00. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is approximately 7 vehicles on the Wroxham Road arm while the maximum increase in vehicle delay is just less than 18 seconds on the Wroxham Road. This is a Low impact for road users.

8.324

In the PM Peak, the maximum increase in RFC of 0.03 is on the Sprowston Road arm (0.99 to 1.02), with all other arms operating under 1.00 and with an increase of 0.02,

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

289

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

or less. When considering the impacts on road users using this junction, the maximum increase in queue length is approximately 6 vehicles on the Sprowston Road arm while the corresponding maximum increase in vehicle delay is just less than 16 seconds. This is a Low impact for road users. 8.325

Therefore considering the sensitivity of the receptor, the significance of the residual traffic impacts improves to Moderate/Low. North Walsham Road/A1042

8.326

During the AM Peak, the impact of development traffic on queue lengths and vehicle delays on all arms is improved. The magnitude of the impact is reduced to low on all arms except the A1042 East which still remains High.

8.327

During the PM Peak, all arms operate at a RFC less than 1.00. The magnitude of the impact is low for all arms except for A1042 West where the impact is moderate. This is due to an increase in queue length is less than 15 but an increase in vehicle delay less than 40 seconds. The vehicle delay average vehicle delay for all arms is less than 15 seconds.

8.328

Therefore, the significance of the traffic is reduced to Moderate in the PM, but remains at High in the AM Peak. Though this is an improvement over and above the initial assessment, the residual impact is high in AM Peak, and moderate in PM Peak.

8.329

However, it should be noted that North Walsham Road/A1042 junction in the 2012 baseline operates above capacity in AM Peak, and approaching capacity in PM Peak. This is due to the high level of traffic travelling east and west along the A1042.

8.330

When considering the 2017 future baseline, the traffic growth due to the anticipated delivery of approximately 1,200 dwellings in the other development locations in Northeast Norwich makes the situation worse. The junction operates at a RFC greater than 1.00 on both A1042 arms in the AM Peak and approaching 0.96 on A1042 West arm in the PM Peak. The A1042 East has some capacity in the AM Peak.

8.331

Furthermore, it should also be noted that the validity of traffic junction modelling results is considered less reliable when the RFCs significantly exceed 1.00. Though the junction modelling undertaken is more accurate than a SATURN model, the trip distribution of traffic on the network prepared for this assessment is coarse.

8.332

When the proposed development traffic is included in the junction modelling assessment, the further increase in traffic compounds the situation. Though the development only is adding 179 trips onto the junction in comparison to 2930 trips already within the forecasted 2017 traffic flows, the increase in RFCs are in the order of magnitude 0.01 to 0.08.

8.333

However, the implementation of the NDR would reverse this impact. The modelling of 2032 future baseline has demonstrated that this junction operates within the

290

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

acceptable RFC of 0.85 on all arms in both peaks. Therefore the congestion of this junction is temporary. Nonetheless, additional mitigation should be considered to reduce the impacts of the proposed development in 2017. 8.334

The mitigation can either be in the form of permanent physical measures to improve capacity at the junction, or demand management such as sustainable travel measures to change travel behaviour and reduce the number of vehicle trips.

8.335

There is no scope for physical mitigation that extends beyond the current highway boundary due to the impacts on adjacent residential development.

8.336

The options for capacity improvements within the constraints imposed by the highway boundary are either the signalisation of the current roundabout or replacing the roundabout with a signalised junction.

8.337

However, considering that the junction is elongated with a maximum diameter of 80m in one direction, and 50m in the other, it is considered that the length of circulatory carriageway is too short to benefit from signalisation. Initial indicative modelling of a proposed signalised roundabout at the junction of North Walsham Road and the A1042, based on the existing layout has been developed using the 2022 without NDR scenario and the 2032 with NDR scenarios. The results of the 2032 modelling shows the junction operates below 100% DoS. However, there are some internal queuing issues, which would potentially generate blocking back. In the 2022 scenario the junction operates with arms at approximately 110% in the AM and just over 100% in the PM, with increased queuing issues.

8.338

The option to replace the roundabout with a signalisation junction would have to be considered at a strategic level, since the medium term capacity shortfall is due to current traffic levels, and the long-term capacity shortfall is addressed by the construction of the NDR.

8.339

Alternatively, travel planning measures can be undertaken to reduce the number of development trips. A sustainable Framework Travel Plan (FTP) for the whole development site is integral to the delivery of the development and forms a key element of a Sustainable Transport Strategy. The FTP is attached in Appendix 8.11 of this ES.

8.340

The implementation of the travel plan will deliver a 20% reduction in development trips within 5 years after the completion of Phase 1 in 2017.

8.341

However it should be noted that the following mitigation is embedded in the assessment, namely PTP. This reduces the level of development trips by 11% from occupation. This will be implemented through the marketing of the development to prospective residents, and through an induction process prior to completion of the sale.

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

291

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.342

Therefore the implementation of the FTP will deliver a further 9% reduction in development trips in the period 2017 to 2022. However the order of magnitude of this improvement (9% of 179 trips in 2017) will not deliver the full mitigation due to the high level of existing traffic (2930 trips).

8.343

The FTP has also demonstrated the Area Wide Travel Planning (AWTP) could reduce the level of local background trips by 11%. The scale of the AWTP would have a significant impact on the level of trip reduction achieved. As a minimum the area bounded by the edge of town to the north and the Outer Ring Road to the south, and served by served the radial routes shared with the proposed development, namely St Faiths Road, Spixworth Road, North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road should be the target of an AWTP. There are approximately 6,600 dwellings within this area.

8.344

Considering the existing traffic flows within the area bounded by the Outer Ring Road, and the edge of town, the number of vehicles trips that originate and end within this area that utilise North Walsham Road in AM Peak is approximately 180 trips. Consequently, a 10% reduction will result in reduction of 18 trips onto the North Walsham Road/A1042.

8.345

The AWTP would also consider the implementation of work place travel planning in the Airport Industrial area off A140 Cromer Road and Fiferâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Lane. Norwich City Council has a successful record of implementing work place travel planning to large scale employers in Norwich, and a 20% reduction in travel to work car trips is achievable. Currently the area employs more than 9,000 people, and the implementation of travel planning would be very beneficial to the level of traffic travelling east along A1042. Approximately 1,200 trips are distributed onto the A1042 from Fiferâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Lane, of which approximately 60% travel through the North Walsham/A1042 junction. If the entire area was targeted, a reduction of 144 trips travelling through the junction with an estimate split of 50% in each direction could be achieved. Indicative modelling has suggested that the junction will operate at lower RFCs and reduce the traffic residual impact to moderate.

8.346

Therefore AWTP in the Airport Industrial Area could achieve the necessary mitigation to reduce the development impacts to an acceptable level.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS 8.347

All other impacts remain unchanged and the residual transport impacts are summarized in Table 8.26.

292

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 8.26 Summary of Residual Transport Impacts

Issue

Potential Impact / Significance

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impact / Significance

Construction Construction Negligible in relation to the traffic on the wider highway network local highway Moderate in relation to network access to Wroxham Road

Implementation of an Moderate Adverse embedded CTMP which will set out measures to best minimise impacts

Completed Development 2017 without the NDR Road traffic generated by the Development on Highway Links

Negligible except for Moderate impact on Constitution Hill

None required; However, in line with planning policies a FTP will be implemented to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport

Moderate Adverse

Road traffic generated by the Development on Junctions

High adverse localised impacts on A1042/North Walsham Road Junction

Mitigation required;

Temporary High Adverse impact until NDR is constructed, but possibly Moderate Adverse impact if mitigation is implemented

Negligible to Moderate Adverse impacts at all other local junctions

None required

AWTP for adjacent communities, Work Place Travel Plans for Airport Industrial Area, and construction of the link road

Temporary negligible to Moderate Adverse

Completed Development 2032 with the NDR Road traffic generated by the Development on Highway Links Road traffic generated by the Development on Junctions Impacts to pedestrian and cycle amenity within the development

Moderate Adverse on various links, otherwise low/negligible

None required. However, in line with planning policies a FTP will be implemented to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport, and reduce the number of vehicle Moderate Adverse on various junctions, otherwise trips negligible/low

Moderate Adverse

Long-term, local impacts of Improved access to High Beneficial significance employment, retail, education, community and leisure facilities

Long-term, local impacts of High Beneficial significance

Moderate Adverse

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

293

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Issue

294

Potential Impact / Significance

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impact / Significance

Impacts on Moderate Adverse due pedestrian traffic impacts and cyclist amenity on local highway network

None required

Low Adverse

Improvements Long-term, local impacts of to the Moderate Beneficial permeability significance and connectivity of the Pedestrian and Cycle Routes outside the application site

None required

Long-term, local impacts of Moderate Beneficial significance

Accidents and Low safety within redline boundary of the application site

None required, but Low implementation of lower speed limits on the radial routes and within the development will improve safety for pedestrian and cyclists

Additional trip Negligible generation demand on public transport capacity

None required

Negligible

Additional public transport capacity in adjacent communities

Beneficial

Site access and servicing

Negligible

None required

Negligible

Parking provision â&#x20AC;&#x201C; adjacent communities

Negligible

None required

Negligible

Parking provision â&#x20AC;&#x201C; future residents communities

Moderate

None required, but parking demand to be managed through Parking Management Strategy

Moderate

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

8.348

This Chapter has demonstrated that the completed development has no significant adverse impacts on the local highway network for all road users in 2032 on the assumption that the NDR will be constructed after 2017.

8.349

Travel Planning will be implemented from the inception of the proposed development, during construction, through the marketing and completion of each sale, and during the life of the proposed development.

8.350

The proposed new accesses onto the local highway network can accommodate the vehicles trips in and out of the proposed development without any significant adverse impacts on the forecasted traffic on the radial routes. Therefore the needs of both the future residents, existing neighbours and future users of the highway network are addressed.

8.351

Though the construction impacts are not significant, a CTMP will be implemented to manage and monitor construction traffic impacts.

8.352

The proposed development can be serviced by emergency, refuse and other service vehicles without any significant adverse impacts on the future residents and existing/future residents living alongside the routes utilized by the service vehicles to access the development.

8.353

The future residents of the proposed development will benefit from the internal pedestrian and cycle network that will provide safe and direct connections to employment, retail, education, community, leisure and recreational uses within the redline boundary of the application site.

8.354

Future residents and existing/future residents living alongside the proposed new cycle and pedestrian links to local amenities such education, retail and recreation will benefit from the improved external cycle and pedestrian routes to adjacent neighbourhoods with the long-term aspiration to contribute to the improved cycle links to the Norwich City Centre.

8.355

The future demand for bus services for future residents will be accommodated by the proposed PTS without any adverse impact on existing services.

8.356

The proposed PTS will deliver improved frequency and capacity for existing/future residents living alongside the two key public transport corridors along North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road.

8.357

The only significant adverse traffic impact is a temporary impact on the North Walsham Road/A1042 roundabout before the NDR is constructed.

8.358

The magnitude of the impact is reduced by the construction of the internal road link between North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road, but the residual traffic impact is still significant.

8.359

It is unlikely that physical mitigation to improve highway capacity is possible at this location. However the implementation of the FTP; including AWTP for adjacent

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

295

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

communities that share the same radial routes as the development; and Work Place Travel Planning for the Airport Industrial Area could provide the mitigation to reduce the residual traffic impacts at this location to an acceptable level.

296

Chapter 8.0: Transportation ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site 1

A1151 Wroxham Road

B1150 North Walsham Road

Buxton / Spixworth Road

St. Faiths Road

A1042 Outer Ring Road

A140 Cromer Road

Barkers Lane/Church Lane

White Women Lane

Lodge Lane

Blueboar Lane

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.1 Site Location

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site Dual Carriageway Single Carriageway Junction

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.2 Proposed Alignment of the NDR

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.3 ATC Survey Locations

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.4 Surveyed Junctions

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.5 Existing Norwich First Bus Routes

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.6 Current Norfolk County Council P&R

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.7 Bus Route Amendment Plan

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site Key Pedestrian Routes

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.8 Existing Pedestrian Routes

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.9 Existing Norwich Cycle Routes

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.10 Construction Access Prior to Completion of NDR

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site Consortium Ownership Boundary

Beeston Hall Application Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.11 Regional Construction Delivery Vehicles Routing Options Post NDR

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.12 Wroxham Road - Main Street Junction

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.13 Realigned North Walsham Road Main Street Junction

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.14 Spixworth Road - Main Street Junction

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 8.15 North Walsham Road Junction Realigned Route

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.0 AIR QUALITY INTRODUCTION 9.1

This Chapter presents the findings of a detailed air quality assessment of the likely significant impacts of the proposed development on local air quality during both construction and operational phases. For both phases, the type, source and significance of potential impacts are identified and the measures that should be employed to minimise these impacts are described.

9.2

A glossary of common air quality terminology is included within Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations in Volume 1: Main Text & Figures of this ES.

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT National Planning Policy Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales & Northern Ireland

9.3

The Government's policy on air quality within the UK is set out in the Air Quality Strategy (AQS) for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland published in July 2007 , pursuant to the requirements of Part IV of the Environment Act 1995 . The 1

AQS sets out a framework for reducing hazards to health from air pollution and ensuring that international commitments are met in the UK. The AQS is designed to be an evolving process that is monitored and regularly reviewed. 9.4

The AQS sets standards and objectives for ten main air pollutants to protect health, 1

vegetation and ecosystems. These are benzene (C6H6), 1,3-butadiene (C4H6), carbon monoxide (CO), lead (Pb), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), particulate matter (PM10, PM2.5), sulphur dioxide (SO2), ozone (O3) and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). 9.5

The

air

quality

standards

are

long-term

benchmarks

for

ambient

pollutant

concentrations which represent negligible or zero risk to health, based on medical and scientific evidence reviewed by the Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards (EPAQS) and the World Health Organisation (WHO). These are general concentration limits, above which sensitive members of the public (e.g. children, the elderly and the unwell) might experience adverse health effects. 9.6

The air quality objectives are medium-term policy based targets set by the Government which take into account economic efficiency, practicability, technical feasibility and timescale. Some objectives are equal to the EPAQS recommended

DEFRA, (2007); The Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. DEFRA.

Great Britain. Parliament, (1995); Environment Act 1995 (c.25). HMSO.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

297

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

standards or WHO guideline limits, whereas others involve a margin of tolerance, i.e. a limited number of permitted exceedances of the standard over a given period. 9.7

For some pollutants, there is both a long-term (annual mean) standard and a shortterm standard. In the case of NO2, the short-term standard is for a 1-hour averaging period, whereas for PM10 it is for a 24-hour averaging period. These periods reflect the varying impacts on health of differing exposures to pollutants (e.g. temporary exposure on the pavement adjacent to a busy road, compared with the exposure of residential properties adjacent to a road).

9.8

Of the pollutants included in the AQS, NO2 and PM10 will be particularly relevant to this project as these are the primary pollutants associated with road traffic. Local Air Quality Management (LAQM)

9.9

Part IV of the Environment Act 1995 also requires local authorities to periodically 2

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Review and Assessâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; the quality of air within their administrative area. The Reviews have to consider the present and future air quality and whether any air quality objectives prescribed in Regulations are being achieved or are likely to be achieved in the future. 9.10

Where any of the prescribed air quality objectives are not likely to be achieved the authority concerned must designate that part an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA).

9.11

For each AQMA, the local authority has a duty to draw up an Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) setting out the measures the authority intends to introduce to deliver improvements in local air quality in pursuit of the air quality objectives. Local authorities are not statutorily obliged to meet the objectives, but they must show that they are working towards them.

9.12

The Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) has published technical guidance for use by local authorities in their Review and Assessment work . 3

This guidance, referred to in this Chapter as LAQM.TG(09), has been used where appropriate in the assessment. National Planning Policy Framework

9.13

Published on 27th March 2012, the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) sets out 4

the Government's planning policies for England and how these are expected to be

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA), (2009); Part IV The Environment Act 1995 Local Air Quality Management Review and Assessment Technical Guidance LAQM.TG(09). DEFRA. 3

298

Communities and Local Government, (2012); The National Planning Policy Framework. TSO.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

applied. It replaces Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control , 5

which provided planning guidance for local authorities with regards to air quality. 9.14

At the heart of the NPPF is a presumption in favour of sustainable development. It 4

requires Local Plans to be consistent with the principles and policies set out in the Framework with the objective of contributing to the achievement of sustainable development. 9.15

Current planning law requires that application for planning permissions must be determined in accordance with the relevant development plan (i.e. Local Plan or Neighbourhood Plan). The NPPF should be taken into account in the preparation of 4

development plans and therefore the policies set out within the Framework are a material consideration in planning decisions. 9.16

The NPPF identifies 12 core planning principles that should underpin both plan-making 4

and decision-taking, including a requirement for planning to 'contribute to conserving and enhancing the natural environment and reducing pollution'. 9.17

Under Policy 11: Conserving and Enhancing the Natural Environment the Framework requires the planning system to 'prevent both new and existing developments from contributing to or being put at unacceptable risk or being adversely affected by unacceptable levels of air pollution.’

9.18

In dealing specifically with air quality the Framework states that 'planning policies should sustain compliance with and contribute towards EU limit values or national objectives for pollutants, taking into account the presence of Air Quality Management Areas and the cumulative impacts on air quality from individual sites in local areas. Planning decisions should ensure that any new development in Air Quality Management Areas is consistent with the local air quality action plan.’

Control of Dust and Particulates Associated with Construction

9.19

Section 79 of the Environmental Protection Act (1990) states that where a statutory 2

nuisance is shown to exist, the local authority must serve an abatement notice. Statutory nuisance is defined as: 

'Any dust or other effluvia arising on industrial, trade or business premises and being prejudicial to health or a nuisance'; and

 9.20

'Any accumulation or deposit which is prejudicial to health or a nuisance.’2

Failure to comply with an abatement notice is an offence and if necessary, the local authority may abate the nuisance and recover expenses.

ODPM (former DCLG), (2004); Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control. TSO.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

299

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.21

In the context of the proposed development, the main potential for nuisance of this nature will arise during the construction phase - potential sources being the clearance, earthworks, construction and landscaping processes.

9.22

There are no statutory limit values for dust deposition above which 'nuisance' is deemed to exist - 'nuisance' is a subjective concept and its perception is highly dependent upon the existing conditions and the change which has occurred. However, research has been undertaken by a number of parties to determine community responses to such impacts and correlate these to dust deposition rates.

Local Planning Policy The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk

9.23

The Joint Core Strategy (JCS) was adopted by Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk 6

Councils in March 2011. It sets out the long-term vision and objectives for the area, including strategic policies for steering and shaping development. The strategy sets out a number of objectives, the first of which deals specifically with the environment and climate change. 9.24

Objective 1 aims ‘to minimise the contributors to climate change and address its impact’

which will be achieved through promoting high standards of design and

sustainability to reduce greenhouse gases and adapt to the impact of climate change. Zero and low carbon developments will also be encouraged where ever possible. 9.25

Objective 7 of the strategy deals specifically with transport and aims ‘to enhance transport provision to meet the needs of existing and future populations while reducing travel need and impact’ . The location and design of development will be used to 6

reduce the need to travel especially by private car. Greater use of sustainable modes of transport will also be encouraged by better public transport, footways and cycle networks and by co-locating housing with services, jobs, community facilities. 9.26

Policy 1 deals with protecting environmental assets to address climate change and promote sustainability and requires ‘all development to be located and designed to use resources efficiently, minimise greenhouse gas emissions and be adapted to a changing climate and more extreme weather.’ Under this policy all development is 6

required to ‘minimise the need to travel and give priority to low impact modes of travel.’

Broadland Local Plan (Replacement) Saved Policies

9.27

The Broadland Local Plan aims include an objective to conserve and enhance the rural 7

and built environment. To meet this objective the Plan has a number of environmental

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 6

300

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

priorities, including the need to reduce impacts on the quality of life from traffic, including air and noise pollution.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY Scope of Assessment 9.28

The scope of the assessment has been determined in the following way: 

Consultation with Broadland District Council (BDC) Environmental Health Department;



Review of air quality data for the area surrounding the site and background pollutant maps; and



Review of the traffic flow data, which has been used as an input to the air quality modelling assessment.

9.29

There is the potential for impacts on local air quality during both the construction and operational

phases of the

proposed

development.

Details of the

assessment

methodology and the specific issues considered are provided below.

Construction Phase Methodology 9.30

To assess the potential impacts associated with dust and PM10 releases during the construction phase and to determine any necessary mitigation measures, an assessment based on the latest guidance from the Institute of Air Quality Management (IAQM) has been undertaken. 8

9.31

This approach divides construction activities into the following four categories: 

Demolition;



Earthworks;



Construction; and



Trackout (the transport of dust and dirt from the site onto the public road network).

9.32

The assessment methodology then considers three separate dust effects: 

Annoyance due to dust soiling;



Harm to ecological receptors; and



The risk of health effects due to a significant increase in exposure to PM10.

Broadland District Council, (2006); Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement). BDC.

Institute of Air Quality Management, (2012); Guidance on the Assessment of the Impacts of Construction on Air Quality and the Determination of their Significance. Institute of Air Quality Management. 8

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

301

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.33

9.34

The assessment of risk of dust effects is determined by: ď&#x201A;ˇ

The scale and nature of the works, which determine the risk of dust arising; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The proximity of sensitive receptors.

Risks are described in terms of there being a low, medium or high risk of dust effects for each of the four separate potential activities. This assessment is based on both IAQM criteria and professional judgement. 8

9.35

Mitigation measures are identified where necessary and significance of dust effects determined following such mitigation.

9.36

The overall approach to the assessment of construction related dust effects is outlined in Plate 9.1 below. Plate 9.1 Approach to Dust Assessment

Operational Phase Methodology Impacts from Energy Centre

9.37

The proposed development is at outline planning stage, therefore the proportion of energy that will be generated by renewable or low carbon technology and

302

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

subsequently the size of any on-site CHP plant has yet to be defined. The assessment has therefore considered the impact of installing an 8MW gas-fired CHP within the Energy Centre, as a worst-case. 9.38

Any CHP or gas-fired electric engine will be located within the Energy Centre, which will be sited in the eastern section of the proposed development, just north of the Park and Ride on Wroxham Road. The assessment has considered three different stack heights of 10m, 15m and 20m above ground level to identify the most appropriate height that results in adequate dispersion of emissions.

9.39

Potential impacts on air quality due to NOx emission from the proposed CHP have been predicted using the ADMS 4 dispersion model. This model has been extensively validated against both field and laboratory data sets and against monitoring data from cities throughout the UK. As the unit will be gas-fired there will be negligible emissions of PM10 therefore these have not been assessed.

9.40

It has been assumed for this assessment that the CHP is operating at 100% of its total loading capacity.

9.41

Based on the guidance provided by the Air Quality Modelling and Assessment Unit at 9

the Environment Agency, it has been assumed that 70% of the NO x emitted by the CHP will be converted to NO2. 9.42

The input data used in the assessment are presented below in Table 1.1. As the Energy Centre has yet to be finalised, the exact location of the stack has not been provided. The location of the stack has therefore been assumed to fall within the footprint of the energy centre. Table 9.1 Stack Emissions Modelling Input Parameters Parameter

9.43

8MW CHP

Stack Location (OS Grid Ref)

625658, 312828

Stack Height (m)

Range from 10m to 20m

Stack Diameter (m)

1.28

Stack Temperature (0C)

540

Discharge Volume (m3/s)

32.9

NOx Emissions (g/s)

2.75

Buildings located in close proximity to an exhaust flue can have a substantial impact on the dispersion of pollutants from stack as a result of building downwash, giving rise

Environment Agency website: http://www.environmentagency.gov.uk/static/documents/Conversion_ratios_for_NOx_and_NO2_.pdf [accessed September 2012] 9

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

303

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

to high concentrations close to the base of the buildings. ADMS 4 is able to take account of this impact, but can only include regular shaped buildings within the model. 9.44

The Energy Centre has been included in the model. Detailed information on the building parameters have not been provided therefore the building length, width and height have been assumed based on a building footprint of 800m2 as detailed in the development description provided by Beyond Green . The building parameters are 10

provided in Table 9.2 below and its location is shown in Figure 2.1 Site Layout Plan. Table 9.2 Building Parameters Building

Assumed Building Height (m)

Energy Centre

Length (m)

Width (m)

Traffic Related Impacts 9.45

The prediction of the effects of local traffic on NO 2 and PM10 concentrations has been undertaken using the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges (DMRB) screening model. This is a simple screening tool designed to ascertain where a development may result in significant effects.

9.46

The model uses traffic flow data and vehicle related emission factors to predict road specific concentrations of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and PM10 at sensitive receptors selected by the user. The predicted concentrations of NOx have been converted to NO2 using the LAQM calculator on the DEFRA air quality website . 11

9.47

A summary of the traffic data used in the assessment can be found at Appendix 9.1 in Volume 2: Technical Appendices of this ES. The data includes details of annual average daily traffic flows (AADT), vehicle speeds and percentage HGV for the assessment years considered. A figure showing the location of each automatic count (ATC) location has also been provided at Appendix 9.1.

9.48

Emission factors and background data used in the prediction of future air quality concentrations predict a gradual decline in pollution levels over time due to improved emissions from new vehicles and the gradual renewal of the vehicle fleet. However, recent monitoring carried out in urban areas throughout the UK have found that NO 2 concentrations are not declining as rapidly as previously thought and in some locations concentrations have increased. To account for this, future concentrations of NO2 and PM10 in 2032 have been predicted using baseline 2011 emission factors and

Beyond Green Developments, (2012); Beyond Green â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 120131 BGD-B-D-001 Description of Development (Draft) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Beyond Green developments in Broadland: Description of Development. Beyond Green Developments. 10

304

DEFRA Air Quality Website: http://uk-air.defra.gov.uk [Accessed September 2012]

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

background concentrations taken from the recently published 2010 DEFRA background maps. Further details of background data are provided in paragraph 9.80. 9.49

It is recommended that the model results are compared with measured data to determine whether the model results need adjusting to more accurately reflect local air quality. There is limited monitoring available to allow comparison between predicted and monitored concentrations, however BDC do monitor NO2 concentrations at a site adjacent to the A1042, Catton Lane (BN9), which has been included in the assessment.

9.50

During 2011 an annual mean of 29.2 µg/m3 was recorded at this site. The DMRB model has predicted an annual mean of 26.9 µg/m3 during 2011. The model is therefore under predicting concentrations by 7.9%. LAQM.TG(09) recommends that 3

model predictions should be within 20% (preferably 10%) of monitored concentrations for the model to be predicting with any degree of accuracy. The DMRB model is therefore predicting local NO2 concentrations in good agreement with local monitoring and no adjustment of the predicted results is considered necessary. 9.51

A new link road is proposed to the north of Norwich linking the A47, to the east of Norwich to Norwich International Airport, to the north of Norwich. The proposed road is called the Northern Distributor Route (NDR). The impact of the NDR on traffic flows in the vicinity of the proposed development has been included in the 2032 baseline scenario.

9.52

9.53

The following scenarios have therefore been included in the assessment: 

2011 - Baseline;



2032 – Baseline (including NDR); and



2032 – Baseline (incl NDR) + proposed development.

LAQM.TG(09) does not provide a method for the conversion of annual mean NO 2 3

concentrations to 1-hour mean NO2 concentrations. However, research

has concluded

that exceedances of the 1-hour mean objective are generally unlikely to occur where annual mean concentrations do not exceed 60 µg/m3. Care has been taken to ensure that locations where the 1-hour mean objective is relevant are included in the assessment. 9.54

Quantitative assessment of the impacts on local air quality from road traffic emissions associated with the operation of the development have been completed against the current statutory standards and objectives set out at Appendix 9.2 of this ES for NO2 and PM10.

Significance Criteria

D Laxen and B Marner, (July 2003); Analysis of the relationship between 1-hour and annual mean nitrogen dioxide at UK roadside and kerbside monitoring sites. DEFRA. 12

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

305

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Construction Impacts 9.55

The significance of effects predicted during the construction phase of the proposed development are based on criteria set out in the IAQM guidance. The sensitivity of the area and receptors being assessed are established based on the criteria set out in Table 9.3 below. Table 9.3 Factors defining Sensitivity of Area and Receptors

Receptor Type Sensitivity of Area/Receptors

Very High

High

Medium

Low

9.56

Ecological

Human Receptors

Receptors1



Very densely populated area, more than 100 dwellings within 20 m



Local PM10 concentrations exceed the objective



Contaminated buildings present



Very sensitive receptors (e.g. oncology units)



Works continuing in one area of site for more than a year



Densely populated area



10-100 dwellings within 20m of site



Local PM10 concentrations close to the objective (e.g. annual mean 36-40 µg/m3)



Commercially sensitive horticultural land within 20m



Suburban or edge of town area



Less than 10 receptors within 20m



Local PM10 concentrations below the objective (e.g. annual mean 30-36 µg/m3)



Rural area: industrial area



No receptors within 20m



Local PM10 concentrations well below the objectives (less than 75%)



Wooded area between site and receptors

European Designated site

Nationally Designated site

Locally Designated site

No Designations

only if there are habitats that might be sensitive to dust

As detailed in the Assessment Methodology of this Chapter, each activity during construction is assessed and the risk of the activity giving rise to dust effects are determined as high, medium or low. The risk of dust effects can then be assessed against the sensitivity of the area/receptors as defined in Table 9.3 to ascertain the significance of effects for each activity prior to the implementation of mitigation as detailed in Table 9.4. Table 9.4 Significance of Effects for Each Activity with No Mitigation

306

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Sensitivity of Area/Receptors

Magnitude of Effect

9.57

Very High

High

Medium

Low

High

Substantial adverse

Moderate Adverse

Slight adverse

Medium

Moderate Adverse

Slight Adverse

Negligible

Low

Moderate Adverse

Minor Adverse

Negligible

However, as the implementation of best practice mitigation is standard practice, following the IAQM guidance , the significance of effects is assessed post-mitigation, as 8

detailed in Table 9.5. Table 9.5 Significance of Effects for Each Activity with Mitigation Sensitivity of Area/Receptors

Magnitude of Effect

Very High

High

Medium

Low

High

Slight Adverse

Negligible

Medium

Slight Adverse

Negligible

Low

Negligible

Operational Impacts 9.58

Guidance issued by Environmental Protection UK (EPUK) relating to air quality considerations within the planning process was updated in April 2010 . In this 13

guidance, criterion are detailed which identify the need for an air quality assessment, the type of air quality assessment required, and the significance of any predicted impact. 9.59

The above guidance sets out criteria for assessing air quality impact magnitude. This updated guidance also places greater emphasis on judging overall impacts by means of professional judgement, whilst taking into account the impact magnitude descriptors.

9.60

The determination of impact significance within this assessment has considered both the impact descriptors and the professional judgement of the author. Tables 9.6 and 9.7 identify the assessment criteria from this guidance.

EPUK, (April 2010); Development Control: Planning for Air Quality (2010 Update). EPUK.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

307

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.61

These criteria have been deemed suitable for use in this appraisal, as there are currently no standards or statutory significance criteria available for this purpose. Table 9.6 Definition of Impact Magnitude for Changes in Ambient Annual Mean NO2 and PM10 Annual Mean

Magnitude of Change Large

Increase/decrease > 4 µg/m3

Medium

Increase/decrease 2 – 4 µg/m3

Small

Increase/decrease 0.4 – 2 µg/m3

Imperceptible

Increase/decrease <0.4 µg/m3

Table 9.7 Air Quality Impact Descriptors for Changes to Annual Mean NO2 and PM10 Concentrations at a Receptor. Absolute Concentration in Relation to Objective/Limit Value

Change in Concentration

Small

Medium

Large

Increase with Development Above Objective/ Limit Value WITH Scheme (<40 µg/m3)

Slight Adverse

Moderate Adverse

Substantial Adverse

Just Below Objective/ Limit Value WITH Scheme (36 – 40 µg/m3)

Slight Adverse

Moderate Adverse

Below Objective/ Limit Value WITH Scheme (30-36 µg/m3)

Negligible

Slight Adverse

Well Below Objective/ Limit Value WITH Scheme (<30 µg/m3)

Negligible

Slight Adverse

Decrease with Development

308

Above Objective/ Limit Value WITHOUT Scheme (<40 µg/m3)

Slight Beneficial

Moderate Beneficial

Substantial Beneficial

Just Below Objective/ Limit Value WITHOUT Scheme (36 – 40 µg/m3)

Slight Beneficial

Moderate Beneficial

Below Objective/ Limit

Negligible

Slight Beneficial

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Absolute Concentration in Relation to Objective/Limit Value

Change in Concentration

Small

Medium

Large

Value WITHOUT Scheme (30-36 µg/m3) Well Below Objective/ Limit Value WITHOUT Scheme (<30 µg/m3)

9.62

Negligible

Slight Beneficial

Other factors taken into account in determining the significance of the impacts predicted are summarised in Table 9.8 below. Table 9.8 Factors Taken into Account in Determining Air Quality Significance Factors 

The number of properties affected by slight, moderate or major air quality impacts;



The number of people exposed to levels above the objective or limit value;



The magnitude of the changes and the description of the impacts at relevant receptors;



Whether or not an exceedance of an objective or limit value is predicted to arise in the study area where none existed before, or an exceedance area is substantially increased;



Whether or not the study area exceeds an objective or limit value and this exceedance is removed or the exceedance area is reduced;



Uncertainty, including the extent to which worst-case assumptions have been made; and



The extent to which an objective or limit value is exceeded, e.g. an annual mean NO2 of 41 µg/m3 should attract less significance than an annual mean of 51 µg/m3.

Sensitive Receptors 9.63

LAQM.TG(09) describes in detail typical locations where consideration should be given 3

to pollutants defined in the Regulations. Generally, the guidance suggests that all locations 'where members of the public are regularly present' should be considered. At such locations, members of the public will be exposed to pollution over the time that they are present, and the most suitable averaging period of the pollutant needs to be used for assessment purposes. 9.64

For instance, on a footpath, where exposure will be transient (for the duration of passage along that path) comparison with short-term standards (i.e. 15 minute mean or 1 hour mean) may be relevant. In a school, or adjacent to a private dwelling, however; where exposure may be for longer periods, comparison with long-term standards (such as 24 hour mean or annual mean) may be most appropriate. In general terms, concentrations associated with long-term standards are lower than

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

309

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

short-term standards owing to the chronic health effects associated with exposure to low level pollution for longer periods of time. 9.65

For the completion of this assessment, consideration of the potential impacts of the proposed development on local air quality has been undertaken by predicting pollutant concentrations at receptors in close proximity to the surrounding road network. The details of each receptor are provided below in Table 9.9 and their locations shown in Figure 9.1. Table 9.9 Location of Receptors used in Modelling Assessment Receptor Name

OS Grid Ref

328 Buxton Road

623982, 313936

17.9m Buxton Road (ATC 6

Red Hall Farm Cottages

625076, 313787

9m North Walsham Rd (ATC 7)

280 Wroxham Road

625456, 312357

24.6m Wroxham Rd (ATC 11)

310

Distance to Centre of Nearest Road Links

Receptor Number

128 Wroxham Road

31m Blue Boar Lane (ATC 18)

624838, 311785

16.4m Folcan Road West (ATC 21)

The Vicarage (4 Wroxham Road)

624087, 311151

30.9m Wroxham Road (ATC 11)

53 School Lane

624009, 311182

24.6m Chartwell Rd (ATC 3)

10 Parkland Crescent

129 Constitution Hill

1 George Hill

7 Spixworth Road

14 Spindle Road

21 Mile Cross Lane

201 St Faiths Road

26.9m Wroxham Rd (ATC 11)

47.2m Mousehold Lane (ATC 4)

46.8m Wroxham Rd (ATC 11)

623527, 311324

38.8m Constitution Hill (ATC 10)

623603, 311627

7.1m Constitution Hill (ATC 10)

623398, 311692

3.8m George Hill (ATC 17)

623292, 311310

30.6mm Chartwell Rd (ATC 3)

5.2m George Hill (ATC 17)

17.6m Spixworth Rd (ATC 20) 4.1m Chartwell Rd (ATC 2) 22.2m Spixworth Rd (ATC 20)

622767, 311520

44.7m Mile Cross Lane (ATC 1)

622746, 311460

17.7m Mile Cross Lane (ATC 1)

622898, 312257

17.4m Fifers Lane (ATC 15)

21m St Faiths Rd (ATC 9)

48.3m St Faiths Rd (ATC 9)

12.5m St Faiths Rd (ATC 9)

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Distance to Centre of Nearest Road Links

Receptor Number

Receptor Name

OS Grid Ref

213 St Faiths Road

622924, 312329

12.7m St Faiths Rd (ATC 9) 25m Church St (ATC 16)

1 The Cottages, St Faiths Road

623127, 313381

9.6m St Faiths Rd (ATC 5)

191 White Woman Lane

623656, 312719

17m Spixworth Rd (ATC 20)

1a Lodge Lane

623609, 312742

34 White Woman Lane

27 Wilks Farm Drive

30.8m Lodge Lane (ATC 14) 11.2m Lodge Lane (ATC 14) 33.8m Spixworth Rd (ATC 20)

623708, 312759

8m White Woman Lane (ATC 13)

624315, 312438

11m Bakers Lane (ATC 12)

43.5m Spixworth Rd (ATC 20)

16.6m North Walsham Rd (ATC 10)

Proposed Residential

624624, 312969

4.4m North Walsham Rd (ATC 7)

Proposed Residential

625843, 312878

6.9m Wroxham Road (ATC 8) 25m Country Oark Access Rd (ATC 19)

Proposed Residential

623816, 313215

3.6m Buxton Rd (ATC 6)

Proposed Residential

623142, 313395

2.2m St Faiths Rd (ATC 5)

BASELINE CONDITIONS Broadland District Council 9.66

BDC has carried out detailed assessments of air quality in the Borough and as a result identified exceedances of the annual mean objective for NO2 at the A140/A1042 junction during 2006. In 2008, an AQMA was declared at the junction. However further monitoring during 2008 and 2009 found no exceedances of the objective and the AQMA was revoked in April 2010.

9.67

Air quality throughout the rest of the Borough has been found to be below the relevant UK objective limits.

Automatic Local Monitoring Data

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

311

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.68

No automatic monitoring of pollution concentrations is carried out within the borough of Broadland.

9.69

Norwich City Council (NCC) undertakes automatic monitoring of both NO2 and PM10 within the centre of Norwich. As BDC do not undertake any monitoring of PM 10 data from the Norwich sites are presented here to provide an indication of PM 10 concentrations in the area.

9.70

Details of both monitoring sites and data recorded between 2008 and 2010 are presented below in Table 1.10. The data has been taken from the NCC 2011 Progress Report . 14

Table 9.10 Norwich City Council Automatic Monitoring Locations

Location

Data

Annual Mean Concentrations

Capture

Capture for

(µg/m3)

Within

for

full

AQMA?

monitoring

calendar

period

year 2010

(%)

2008

2009

2010

Norwich Lakenfields

N/A

Norwich Castle Meadow

9.71

The data presented in Table 9.10 shows annual mean PM10 concentrations ‘well below’ the annual mean objective of 40 µg/m3 at both monitoring locations.

9.72

Both sites recorded exceedances of the short term objective limit during 2009 and 2010, however the number of days exceeding 50 µg/m 3 was less than 5 at both sites, ‘well below’ the allowable limit of 35 exceedances in any given year.

9.73

Data capture at the Lakenfields site was only 78% during 2010; therefore, the concentrations presented for this year should be treated with caution.

9.74

As discussed earlier, both sites are located in the centre of Norwich City, therefore are not considered representative of conditions at the development site, however, the data indicates that PM10 concentrations within the Borough of Broadland are also likely to be ‘well below’ the annual mean and short-term objectives.

Non-automatic Local Monitoring Data 9.75

NO2 is measured at 16 locations within the Borough using diffusion tubes. Their locations are shown in Figure 9.2.

312

Norwich City Council, (2011); Air Quality Review and Assessment Annual Progress Report 2011. Norwich City Council.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.76

There are no monitoring sites immediately adjacent to the application site although seven sites are located to the south of the site, to the north and northeast of Norwich and are considered most relevant to this assessment. Details of the sites and concentrations recorded since 2009 are set out in Table 9.11 . 15

9.77

All the diffusion tube data has been bias adjusted using a factor derived from the latest version of the national database of co-location studies (version 03/12) available on the LAQM Support website . A factor of 0.84 was applied to the 2011 monitoring data. 16

Table 9.11 NO2 Diffusion Tube Monitoring (bias corrected, µg/m3)

Site ID

Location

Site Type

OS Grid Ref

Distance to Kerb of Nearest Road (m)

2009

2010

2011

BN4

Hillside Avenue, Thorpe St Andrew

Roadside

626911, 308738

15.5

BN5

Dussindale Drive, Thorpe St Andrew

Roadside

627755, 309440

21.6

BN6

Breck Rd, Sprowston

Roadside

626313, 311010

14.3

BN7

Heath Crescent, Hellesdon

Roadside

621539, 312522

16.6

BN8

Hansell Rd

Roadside

627003, 309849

16.5

BN9

Chartwell Road, Old Catton

Roadside

622938, 311399

29.3

BN10

Yarmouth Road, Thorpe St Andrew

Roadside

625264, 308411

20.6

9.78

The diffusion tube data identified above shows that annual mean NO2 concentrations are ‘well below’ (<30 µg/m3) the annual mean objective at all monitoring locations. The highest concentrations where recorded at BN9, Chartwell Road, which runs approximately 2km south of the application site.

Air Quality Consultants, (2012); 2012 Air Quality Updating and Screening Assessment: Broadland District Council. BDC.

DEFRA LAQM website: http://laqm.defra.gov.uk/bias-adjustment-factors/national-bias.html [accessed September 2012]

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

313

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.79

All the monitoring sites presented in Table 9.11 show a small decline in concentrations between 2009 and 2011. The biggest decline occurred at sites BN9 and BN10.

DEFRA Background Maps 9.80

Additional information on background concentrations in the vicinity of the application site has been obtained from the DEFRA background pollutant maps. New 2010 background

maps

have

recently

been

published

which

provide

background

concentrations between 2010 and 2030. Data for 2011, the base year, is presented in Table 9.12 below. 9.81

The data presented in table 1.12 is an average of background concentrations from the grid squares representing the development site and the road network to the south of the application site. The grid squares included are: 

623500, 313500;



624500, 313500;



625500, 313500;



626500, 313500;



625500, 312500;



624500, 312500;



623500, 312500;



623500, 311500;



624500, 311500; and



625500, 311500.

Table 9.12 Estimated Background Concentrations from DEFRA Maps (µg/m3) Annual Mean Concentration (µg/m3)

Pollutant

9.82

NOx

25.2

NO2

16.3

PM10

16.1

The data presented in Table 9.12 shows that during 2010 estimated annual mean background concentrations of NO2 and PM10 were well below the annual mean objective of 40 µg/m3.

ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS Construction Phase

314

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.83

The application site site covers an area of 207ha, therefore the proposed development is considered to be 'large', following the IAQM guidance . There are also a number of 8

sensitive receptors in close proximity to the site, some of which are 20m from the redline boundary of the application site. It is therefore considered necessary to assess the risk of dust effects occurring during the construction phase. 9.84

The assessment of the application site's risk category is primarily based on the following factors:

9.85

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The scale and nature of the works;

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The proximity of receptors; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Professional judgement.

The application site is located to the north of Old Catton and Sprowston, which are located to the north of Norwich. The site is predominantly agricultural land with a few buildings the will require demolition prior to construction.

9.86

Land uses surrounding the application site include residential properties to the south at Old Catton and Sprowston, a number of which are directly adjacent to the redline boundary. Those located on Westacre Drive, Edgefield Close, The Paddocks and Mountbatten Drive fall within 20m of the redline boundary. The remainder of the site is bounded by agricultural land, with the occasional residential or commercial property such as Park Farm, Fifers Nurseries and Silver Birch, all located to the north of the site.

9.87

There are a number of plantation areas located within the redline boundary of the application site along with Beeston Park. There are also various wooded areas close to the site boundary including Tollshill Wood and Sprowston Wood to the east and Tithe Plantation and Broadwalk Plantation to the north. However, there are no nationally or locally designated ecologically sensitive sites within 2km of the redline boundary. Therefore, the impact of dust emissions on ecologically sensitive receptors has not been considered any further in this assessment.

9.88

Due to the size and nature of the development, as detailed in Chapter 2:0 Proposed Development of this ES, the

proposed development will be built out in 6 phases of

approximately 585 dwellings each. The construction of each phase will take approximately 30-48 months with the whole development completed within 15-20 years. 9.89

The precise behaviour of the dust, its residence time in the atmosphere, and the distance it may travel before being deposited will depend upon a number of factors. These include wind direction and strength, local topography and the presence of intervening structures (buildings, etc.) that may intercept dust before it reaches sensitive locations. Furthermore, dust would be naturally suppressed by rainfall.

9.90

A windrose from Norwich Weather Centre (2011) is provided below in Figure 9.3, which shows that the prevailing wind is from the southwest and west; therefore

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

315

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

properties to the northeast are likely to experience higher dust emissions than those to the southwest. Demolition 9.91

As previously detailed, the development site is predominantly agricultural, however Red Hall Farm, The bungalow, part of Norwich Rugby Club, North Park Cottage and The Lodge all fall within the redline boundary. There may be partial demolition, for instance of farm outbuildings, as part of the construction process, therefore the site would be classed as ‘small’ with regards to demolition activities based on the IAQM guidance . 8

9.92

There are no sensitive receptors within 350m of any potential demolition works therefore the risk of dust effects occurring during demolition is considered to be negligible. Earthworks

9.93

Earthworks will primarily involve excavating material, haulage, tipping and stockpiling. This may also involve levelling of the site and landscaping, although as the site is essentially flat landforming will be minimal.

9.94

Due to the size of the application site, there will be a considerable amount of excavation work throughout the 20 year construction period. Although detailed information is currently unavailable at this early stage in the design process, it is assumed that given the level of excavation required for such a development, a significant number of earth moving vehicles will be active on-site at any given time (> 10), the formation of large earth bunds will be required to store excavated material (< 8m in height) and the movement of a considerable amount of soil and other excavated material will be required to clear the areas under construction. The site is therefore considered to be ‘large’ with regards earthwork activities.

9.95

Given the close proximity of residential properties to the southern boundary, a number of which are within 20m of expected earthwork activities, it is considered that there will be a high risk of dust effects during the earthworks phase. However, as previously discussed, the proposed development will be built out in 6 phases. A ‘High’ risk of impacts is likely to occur during phases that are located close to the southern boundary of the site.

9.96

As the additional phases are built further to the north of the application site, the risk of dust effects at existing receptors is likely be reduced to ‘Medium’, although there is a risk that if properties built within the earlier phases are occupied prior to the completion of later phases, these will become sensitive to dust effects. As a number of these new properties will be close to the subsequent development areas, the risk of effects is considered to remain ‘High’.

316

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.97

Overall, there is considered to be a ‘High’ risk of impacts as a result of earthwork activities. Construction

9.98

Dust emissions during construction will depend on the scale of the works, method of construction, construction materials and duration of build.

9.99

Due to the scale of the proposed development and an anticipated construction period of 15-20 years, the application site is considered to be ‘large’ with regards to construction activities.

9.100

Due to the close proximity of residential properties to the southern boundary of the application site, during the development of the phases which fall adjacent to the southern boundary, the risk of dust effects is considered to be ‘High’. However, as these phases are completed and development progresses to those phases located elsewhere on the site, the risk of dust effects will reduce to ‘Medium’ at existing receptors due to the increased separation distance between activities and existing receptors. However, those phases that become occupied prior to completion of the development will become sensitive to dust effects; therefore the risk of dust effects at new receptors is considered to be ‘High’. Trackout

9.101

Factors influencing the degree of trackout and associated magnitude of effect include vehicle size, vehicle speed, vehicle numbers, geology and duration.

9.102

As a general guidance, significant trackout may occur up to 500m from large sites, 200m from medium sites and 50m from small sites, as measured from the site exit.

9.103

During earthworks and construction of the development it has been assumed that there will be over 100 movements of heavy goods vehicles on the adjacent road network throughout the construction period. No details are currently known regarding the likely haulage routes to be used by construction vehicles accessing the application site, however given the number of vehicles involved and the size of the site, which is likely to include unpaved roads of over 100m in length, the site is classed as being ‘large’ for trackout. Therefore trackout is likely to cause significant impact from dust emissions for up to 500m from the site entrances.

9.104

Given the close proximity of receptors to the adjacent road network there is considered to be a ‘High’ risk of impacts as a result of trackout.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

317

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Summary of Dust Risk Effects 9.105

A summary of the potential dust risk effects prior to mitigation are presented in Table 9.13 below. Table 9.13 Summary of Dust Risk Effects Dust Soiling Effects

Source

9.106

PM10 Effects

Demolition

Negligible

Earthworks

High

Medium

Construction

High

Medium

Trackout

High

Medium

The significance of potential dust impacts post mitigation is identified later in this report.

Operational Phase Energy Centre Impacts 9.107

The impact of NOx emissions from the CHP on local NO2 concentrations is presented below in Table 9.14. As previously detailed, emissions have been predicted from three different stack heights and it has been assumed that 70% of the emitted NO x is converted to NO2.

9.108

Concentrations predicted at each of the 23 receptors detailed in Table 9.9 and at the point of maximum concentrations are provided. Concentrations have been predicted for five meteorological years between 2007 and 2011. The highest impacts resulted from the worst-case meteorological year are presented in Table 9.14. Concentrations predicted for each meteorological year are presented in Appendix 9.3 of this ES

9.109

A contour plot showing predicted annual mean NO2 concentrations arising from the CHP with a 15m stack for 2011 is presented in Figure 9.4. Table 9.14 Predicted Annual Mean Nitrogen Dioxide Concentrations from the CHP (Âľg/m3)

Receptor Number

318

10m Stack Height NO2 (2008)1

15m Stack Height

20m Stack Height

Significance

NO2 (2010)1

Significance

NO2 (2009)1

Significance

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

10m Stack Height

Receptor Number

15m Stack Height

20m Stack Height

0.6 (2010)1

negligible

0.6

negligible

0.2

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.2

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

0.1

imperceptible

3.0

negligible

1.6

negligible

1.1

negligible

0.1

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

0.0

imperceptible

Point of Maximum Concentration

7.5

Slight Adverse

2.0 (2011)1

negligible

1.2 (2011)1

negligible

9.110

number in brackets represents meteorological year resulting in worst-case increase

The data presented in Table 9.14 shows that at the selected existing and proposed receptors detailed in Table 9.9 emissions from the CHP will result in an imperceptible change in annual mean NO2 concentrations with the exception of receptor 3 and receptor 21.

9.111

Receptor 3 is located at 280 Wroxham Road, to the southeast of the Energy Centre. The CHP is predicted to result in an increase in annual mean NO 2 of 0.6 Âľg/m3 at this

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

319

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

receptor, with a 10m and 15m stack, under 2010 meteorological conditions. This is classed as a ‘small’ change in air quality based on the EPUK guidance on significance. As NO2 concentrations are predicted to be ‘well below’ (< 30 µg/m 3) the objective at this receptor (see Table 9.15) this is considered to be a Negligible impact on air quality. 9.112

At receptor 21, NO2 concentrations are predicted to increase by 3 µg/m3 with a 10m stack under 2008 meteorological conditions. This is classed as a ‘medium’ change in air quality but with a negligible significance as concentrations are ‘well below’ the annual mean objective (see Table 9.15). With a 15m and 20m stack NO2 concentrations are predicted to increase by 1.1-1.6 µg/m3, a ‘small’ change in air quality, with a negligible significance.

9.113

At the point of maximum, which is predicted to the northeast of the Energy Centre for all three stack heights, annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to increase by 7.5 µg/m3 with a 10m stack (at OS grid ref 625729, 312879). This is classed as a ‘large’ change in air quality. The point of maximum concentration falls within the proposed development in an area where residential properties are proposed. An increase of this size is therefore considered to result in a Slight Adverse impact where NO2 concentrations are ‘well below’ the annual mean objective.

9.114

With a 15m stack NO2 concentrations are predicted to increase by 2 µg/m3 at a point, also within the redline boundary of the application site where residential are proposed (OS Grid Ref 625811, 312960). An increase of this size is classed as ‘small’ with a Negligible impact.

9.115

Emissions from a 20m stack are also predicted to result in a ‘small’ change in air quality with a negligible significance at the point of maximum concentration (OS Grid 625872, 313042).

9.116

Based on the predicted change in NO2 concentrations it is recommended that a 15m stack is used at the Energy Centre in conjunction with an 8MW CHP, which would result in a Negligible impact on local air quality. However, it should be noted that at this stage in the assessment, the Energy Centre has not been defined and the results based on installing an 8MW CHP are a worst-case. If the final plant specification is smaller the impacts on local air quality will be lower.

9.117

The above results emissions arising from the 15m stack, as presented in Table 9.14, have been considered in conjunction with traffic related impacts within Table 9.15 to provide an overall prediction of operational impacts of the proposed development.

320

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Traffic Related Impacts NO2 Concentrations 9.118

Annual mean NO2 concentrations predicted at the selected receptor locations are presented below in Table 9.15.

9.119

The modelling assessment shows that predicted annual mean NO2 concentrations are ‘well below’ the annual mean objective of 40 µg/m3 at all receptors under the 2011 and 2032 base scenarios, with the exception of receptor 6, where an annual mean of 30.4 µg/m3 is predicted in 2032. Impacts at Existing Receptors

9.120

Traffic generated by the proposed development is predicted to increase annual mean NO2 concentrations by a maximum of 3.0 µg/m3, which is classed as a ‘medium’ change in air quality based on the EPUK guidance . This increase is predicted at 13

receptor 8, 129 Constitution Hill. As annual mean NO2 concentrations are predicted to remain ‘well below’ the annual mean objective, with the proposed development in place, an increase of this size is considered to be Negligible. 9.121

At all other existing receptor locations (receptors 1 to 19) traffic generated by the proposed development is predicted to result in a ‘small’ or ‘imperceptible’ change in air quality therefore there will be a Negligible impact on local NO2 concentrations.

9.122

The combined impact from traffic generated by the proposed development and emissions from the proposed Energy Centre is predicted to be negligible at all existing receptors. With the addition of emissions from the CHP the highest total impact is still predicted at receptor 8, with an increase of 3 µg/m 3. As discussed above this is considered to be a Negligible impact on local air quality.

9.123

Exceedence of the 1-hour objective for NO2 is also unlikely based on the predicted annual mean concentrations. Guidance referred to earlier in the report indicates that exceedance of the 1-hour objective is unlikely where the annual mean concentration is below 60 µg/m3. Impacts at Proposed Receptors

9.124

The ADMS model is predicting annual mean NO2 concentrations ‘well below’ the annual mean objective at proposed residential receptors (Table 1.15 Receptors 20 – 23) under all assessment scenarios, with the exception of receptor 21. The increase in traffic predicted along Wroxham Road as a result of the proposed development will result in an increase in NO2 concentrations of 1 µg/m3, resulting in an annual mean of 30.4 µg/m3. With the addition of emissions from the CHP, an annual mean concentration of 33 µg/m3 is predicted at this receptor. This is comfortably below the annual mean

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

321

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

objective and does not prose a constraint to development of the application site for residential purposes. Table 9.15 Predicted Annual Mean Nitrogen Dioxide Concentrations (Âľg/m3) Receptor Number

2011 Base

2032 Base incl NDR

2032 Base + Development Traffic

Increase with Development1

Significance

18.5

18.6

0.1 (0.1)

imperceptible

21.2

22.7

24.7

2.0 (2.1)

negligible

24.1

26.1

26.7

0.6 (1.2)

negligible

21.6

22.8

23.1

0.3 (0.5)

negligible

23.3

25.2

25.7

0.5 (0.6)

negligible

27.7

30.4

30.9

0.5 (0.6)

negligible

24.5

24.8

26.4

1.6 (1.7)

negligible

24.8

23.2

26.2

3.0 (3.0)

negligible

19.1

18.3

18.6

0.3 (0.3)

imperceptible

28.9

31.3

32.2

0.9 (0.9)

negligible

25.1

25.5

26.1

0.6 (0.6)

negligible

25.4

26.9

27.5

0.6 (0.6)

negligible

29.3

27.3

27.8

0.5 (0.5)

negligible

24.7

23.9

24.7

0.8 (0.8)

negligible

16.5

0.0 (0.0)

imperceptible

18.5

18.1

18.4

0.3 (0.3)

imperceptible

19.1

18.6

18.9

0.3 (0.3)

imperceptible

19.7

19.3

19.4

0.1 (0.1)

imperceptible

24.7

22.4

24.8

0.4 (0.5)

negligible

21.5

23.2

25.3

2.1 (2.2)

negligible

23.7

29.4

30.4

1.0 (2.6)

slight adverse

19.9

20.0

0.0 (0.0)

imperceptible

16.6

0.0 (0.0)

imperceptible

number in brackets represents the total increase in NO2 due to operation of proposed development i.e. it includes traffic emissions and emission from the proposed CHP as presented in Table 1.14 for a 15m stack

322

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

PM10 Concentrations 9.125

Predicted annual mean PM10 concentrations at the selected receptor locations are presented below in Table 9.16.

9.126

The predicted annual mean PM10 concentrations are predicted to be ‘well below’ the 40 µg/m3 objective at all receptors under all three assessment scenarios. Impacts at Existing Receptors

9.127

Traffic generated by the proposed development is predicted to result in a maximum increase in annual mean PM10 concentrations of 0.5 µg/m3 at existing receptors (Table 1.16 Receptors 1-19). This is classed as a ‘small’ change in air quality based on the EPUK guidance . As concentrations will remain ‘well below’ the objective with the 13

development in place this is considered to be a negligible impact. 9.128

The number of exceedances of 50 µg/m3 as a 24-hour mean PM10 concentration has been calculated from the annual mean, following the approach set out by DEFRA in LAQM TG(09) : 3

A = -18.5 + 0.00145 x annual mean3 + (206/annual mean) where A is the number of exceedances of 50 µg/m3 as a 24-hour mean PM10 concentration. 9.129

Based on the above approach, the maximum number of days >50 µg/m3 PM10 is predicted to be 2 with or without the proposed development in place. The proposed development are therefore having no impact on short-term PM10 concentrations. Impacts at Proposed Receptors

9.130

Annual mean and short-term PM10 concentrations are predicted to be ‘well below’ the objectives at proposed residential receptors adjacent to the existing road network (Table

1.15

Receptors

20–23)

under

all

assessment

scenarios.

Local

PM10

concentrations under the ‘with’ development scenario do not prose a constraint to development of the application site for residential purposes. Table 9.16 Predicted Annual Mean PM10 Concentrations (µg/m3) Receptor Number

2011 Base

2032 Base incl NDR

2032 Base + Development Traffic

Increase with Development

Significance

16.6

16.5

0.0

imperceptible

17.1

17.3

17.7

0.4

negligible

17.8

18.2

0.0

imperceptible

17.2

17.4

0.0

imperceptible

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

323

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Receptor Number

2011 Base

2032 Base incl NDR

2032 Base + Development Traffic

Increase with Development

Significance

17.6

17.8

17.9

0.1

imperceptible

18.5

18.9

19.0

0.1

imperceptible

17.9

17.8

18.1

0.3

imperceptible

18.0

17.5

18.1

0.6

negligible

16.7

16.5

16.6

0.1

imperceptible

18.7

19.0

19.1

0.1

imperceptible

17.9

18.0

0.1

imperceptible

18.1

18.2

18.3

0.1

imperceptible

18.8

18.2

0.0

imperceptible

17.8

17.5

17.7

0.2

imperceptible

16.2

16.1

0.0

imperceptible

15.6

16.4

16.5

0.1

imperceptible

16.7

16.5

15.6

0.0

imperceptible

16.8

16.7

0.0

imperceptible

18.0

17.3

17.8

0.5

negligible

17.2

17.4

17.9

0.5

negligible

17.6

18.6

18.8

0.2

imperceptible

16.8

0.0

imperceptible

16.2

0.0

imperceptible

Cumulative Impacts Operational Impacts 9.131

No other developments in the vicinity of the application site have been considered in this assessment, however, the impact of the proposed NDR has been included in the 2032 baseline scenario.

9.132

No data has been provided for 2032 without the NDR in place; therefore, a direct comparison between the baseline scenario and the ‘with NDR’ and ‘with NDR plus Development’ cannot be carried out as the future year assessments include an element of traffic growth not related to the NDR.

324

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.133

However, comparison between the 2011 baseline and 2032 ‘with NDR’ shows a decline in pollution concentrations at a number of receptors (receptors 8, 9, 13, 14, 16, 17, 18 and 19) due to traffic being diverted from the existing road network along the new link road. With the addition of the proposed development, annual mean NO 2 concentrations are predicted to remain below those predicted in the 2011 base scenario for the majority of these receptors.

MITIGATION MEASURES Construction Phase 9.134

It is recommended that the following 'best practice' measures be implemented, as appropriate during the construction phase: 

Ensure effective site planning locating layout machinery and dust causing activities away from sensitive receptors;



Erect solid screens or barriers around the redline boundary of the application site where possible, in particular along those boundaries running adjacent to existing residential properties i.e. the southern boundary of the site;



Ensure bulk cement and other fine powder materials are delivered in enclosed tankers and stored in silos with suitable emissions control systems;



Vehicles carrying loose aggregate and workings should be sheeted at all times;



All vehicles should switch of engines when not in use i.e. no idling vehicles should occur on-site;



All vehicles should be effectively washed or cleaned before leaving the application site;



Install a wheel washing system;



No site runoff of water or mud should be allowed;



Stockpiles should be kept for the shortest time possible and if necessary, the use of sprinklers and hoses for dampening of exposed soil and materials should be employed;



Observation of wind speed and direction prior to conducting dust-generating activities to determine the potential for dust nuisance to occur, avoiding potentially dust-generating activities during periods when wind direction may carry dust into sensitive areas and avoiding dust-generating operations during periods of high or gusty winds;



Stockpiles of soils and materials should be located as far as possible from sensitive properties, taking account of prevailing wind directions and seasonal variations in the prevailing wind;

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

325

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Completed earthworks should be covered or vegetated as soon as is practicable;



Regular inspection and, if necessary, cleaning of local highways and site boundaries to check for dust deposits (and removal if necessary);



Visual inspection of site perimeter to check for dust deposition (evident as soiling and marking) on vegetation, cars and other objects and taking remedial measures if necessary;



Minimise surface areas of stockpiles (subject to health and safety and visual constraints regarding slope gradients and visual intrusion) to reduce area of surfaces exposed to wind pick-up;



Use of dust-suppressed tools for all operations;



Avoid dry sweeping of large areas;



Install hard surface haul routes through the application site, which are regularly damped down with fixed or mobile and regularly cleans;



Ensure low vehicle speeds across the site at all times;



Ensure that all construction plant and equipment is maintained in good working order; and

 9.135

No unauthorised burning of any material anywhere on-site.

Construction vehicles should be kept clean and sheeted when on public highways. Timing of large-scale vehicle movements to avoid peak hours on the local road network will also be beneficial.

9.136

It is recommended that liaison with the Local Authority be maintained throughout the construction process, and any incidents which lead to excessive elevation of dust deposition and/or PM10 concentrations at neighbouring sensitive receptors are reported to the Environmental Health Department. If complaints are received from local residents, these will be documented in a diary or log held on site by the Site Manager. A nominated member of the construction team (e.g. Site Manager) will also act as a point of contact for residents who may be concerned about elevated deposition of dust.

9.137

The overall sensitivity of the application site is considered to be medium, based on the IAQM guidance . The overall significance of potential dust impacts based on this 8

guidance and professional judgement are considered to be Negligible following the implementation of appropriate and best practice mitigation measures as detailed above.

Operational Phase 9.138

The proposed development is predicted to result in a Negligible impact on NO2 and PM10 concentrations as a result of additional traffic movements along the public highway, therefore no mitigation is considered necessary.

326

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.139

An assessment of potential emissions from the proposed Energy Centre has been carried out to predict the impact of NOx emissions on local air quality. Three stack heights were considered in the assessment which found that a 15m stack would result in a negligible impact on local air quality. It is therefore recommended that a 15m stack is installed at the energy centre if an 8MW CHP is selected. However, it should be noted that at this stage in the assessment, the Energy Centre has not been defined and the results are based on installing an 8MW CHP as a worst-case. If the final plant specification is less than 8MW, impacts on local air quality are likely to be lower.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS Construction Phase 9.140

The greatest potential for dust nuisance problems to occur will generally be within 200m of the construction site perimeter. There may be limited incidences of increased dust deposited on property beyond this distance.

9.141

By following the mitigation measures outlined within this appraisal the impact will be substantially minimised. Residual impacts are therefore considered to be Negligible.

Operational Phase 9.142

The proposed development is predicted to result in a negligible change in NO2 and PM10 concentrations, residual impacts are therefore considered to be Negligible.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS 9.143

An air quality impact assessment has been carried out to assess both construction and operational impacts of the proposed development.

9.144

An assessment of the potential impacts during the construction phase has been carried out. This has shown that during this phase of the proposed development, releases of dust and PM10 are likely to occur during site activities, particularly during demolition activities. Through good site practice and the implementation of suitable mitigation measures, the impact of dust and PM10 releases may be effectively mitigated and the resultant impacts are considered to be Negligible.

9.145

The ADMS 4 dispersion model has been used to predict the impact of emissions from the proposed energy centre on local air quality. The assessment considered three stack heights (10m, 15m and 20m) and found that a stack height of 10m would result in a Slight Adverse impact on local NO2 concentrations at the point of maximum concentrations,

which

represented

proposed

residential

properties

within

the

application site. Emissions from the 15m and 20m stack were predicted to result in a negligible change in local air quality at both existing and proposed sensitive receptors, including at the point of maximum concentration.

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

327

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

9.146

Based on the results of the modelling assessment it is recommended that a 15m stack is installed at the Energy Centre in conjunction with an 8MW CHP. However, it should be noted that at this stage in the assessment, the Energy Centre has not been defined and the results are based on installing an 8MW CHP as a worst-case. If the final plant specification is less than 8MW impacts on local air quality are likely to be lower.

9.147

The DMRB screening model has been used to assess the operational impacts associated with the proposed development. The assessment has shown that the proposed development will result in a Negligible impact on NO2 and PM10 concentrations at existing receptors adjacent to the local road network.

9.148

With the addition of emissions predicted by the 8MW CHP with a 15m stack, the overall operation impacts of the proposed development are predicted to be Negligible at existing receptors.

9.149

NO2 and PM10 concentrations are predicted to be below the objectives for both pollutants at proposed residential receptors adjacent to the existing highway. Emissions from the proposed CHP will not result in a significant increase in NO 2 concentrations within the application site and air quality will remain below the objective limits across the site with the Energy Centre in place. Based on the above information, it is considered that air quality does not pose a constraint to the development of the application site as proposed.

328

Chapter 9.0: Air Quality ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

23 22

16 18

14 13

9 11 12

4 8 7

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 9.1 Receptor Locations Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 9.2 Diffusion Tube Monitoring Locations in Broadland Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 9.3 Windrose for Norwich Weather Centre (2011) Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 9.4 Annual mean NO2 Concentrations Predicted with a 15m Stack with 2011 Meteorological Data (Âľg/m3) Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

10.0 NOISE & VIBRATION INTRODUCTION 10.1

This Chapter considers the noise and vibration effects, encompassing both the effects of the existing noise and vibration environment on the future occupants of the project site as well as the impact of construction and occupation of the project on existing noise and vibration sensitive receptors in the surrounding area.

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT National and International Context Legislative Framework 10.2

The applicable legislative framework is summarised as follows: 

Part III of the Environmental Protection Act 19901 which requires local authorities to serve abatement notices where the noise is emitted from any premises, or vehicles, machinery and equipment in the street, that constitutes a statutory nuisance;



Part III of the Control of Pollution Act 19742, which gives local authorities the power to control noise from construction sites either by prior consent (Section 61) or by service of notice (Section 60); and



Additional statutory powers to control noise exist outside the planning system. The granting of planning permission does not remove the need to comply with these controls.

National Planning Policy Framework 10.3

The

National

Planning

Government on 27

Policy

Framework

(NPPF))

was

published

Central

March 2012 and replaces all previous National Policy Documents

including all Planning Policy Statements (PPSs) and Planning Policy Guidance Notes (PPGs), as well as selected circulars. The NPPF represents the overarching document for National Planning Policy. In respect of noise, the NPPF contains general advice and refers to other guidance, all of which is discussed in Appendix 10.1 in Volume 2: Technical Appendices of this ES.

Great Britain. Parliament (1990); Environmental Protection Act. OPSI.

Great Britain. Parliament (1974); Control of Pollution Act. OPSI.

Communities and Local Government, (2012); The National Planning Policy Framework. TSO.

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

329

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

10.4

The Noise Policy Statement for England of March 20104 provides a more overarching policy statement on the approach to noise in England and the interpretation of the various guidance documents on noise. The NPPF refers directly to this document. National/International Guidance

10.5

World Health Organisation (WHO) Guidelines for Community Noise5 contains the most comprehensive and up-to-date guidance on the assessment of environmental noise. The WHO guidelines contain a matrix of guideline values for specific health effects from noise within different environments.

10.6

British Standard (BS) 8233: 1999 Sound Insulation and Noise Reduction for Buildings6 is based closely on the WHO guidelines for community noise in terms of the noise limits.

10.7

BS4142: 1997 Rating of Industrial Noise Affecting Mixed Residential and Industrial Areas7 may be employed for the assessment of noise effect for fixed plant and equipment. In terms of the proposed development, such plant will not be chosen or locations identified until a later stage of the construction process, depending on the requirements of the final operator/tenants of any commercial premises (at the Neighbourhood Centre, for example).

10.8

BS5228: 2009 Part 1: Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Open Sites8 provides guidance on assessing noise from construction sites.

10.9

BS6472: 2008 Guide to Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings9 and BS7385: 1993 Guide to Damage Levels from Ground Borne Vibration10 provide guidance on the effect of vibration on both humans and buildings.

10.10

A full explanation of all of the above guidance and standards and their application is provided in Appendix 10.1 of this ES.

DEFRA, (2010); National Policy Statement for England (NPSE). DEFRA.

, Berglund, Lindvall, Schwela (eds), (1999); World Health Organisation Guidelines for Community Noise. WHO.

British Standard Institution, (1999); British Standards 8233: Sound Insulation and Noise Reduction for Buildings. BSi.

British Standards Institution, (1997); British Standard 4142: Method of Rating Industrial Noise Affecting Mixed Residential and Industrial Areas. BSi 8

British Standards Institution, (2009); British Standard 5228: Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Open Sites â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Part 1: Noise. BSi 9

British Standards Institution, (2008); British Standard 6472: Guide to Evaluation of Humman Exposure to Vbration in Buildings. BSi. 10

British Standards Institution, (1993); British Standard 7385 Part 2: Guide to Damage Levels from Ground Borne Vibration. BSi.

330

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Local Planning Policy 10.11

There are no specific policies on noise in The Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement)

or the Broadland, Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and

South Norfolk . There is a general thrust in both documents, however, on the 12

reduction and mitigation of the impacts of development on the environment generally. This is in line with the national policies discussed above, so it is not considered that any local policies alter the assessment methodology or assessment of specific noise and vibration impacts.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY Consultation 10.12

A meeting was held with Suzie Flatt, an Environmental Health Officer at Broadland District Council, in January 2012. At this meeting, the scope of the noise assessment within the ES was discussed, and the baseline noise measurement locations were agreed. It was also discussed that the project would be modelled using SoundPLAN™ software and that this would include the Norwich Airport noise contours (using the worst-case future (2015) contours, published in April 2005. Noise from ground operations at the airport was also discussed and it was agreed that this noise would be included in the baseline noise measurements at the western edge of the application site.

Identification of Sensitive Receptors 10.13

Noise from a discrete source dissipates with distance, so the receptors most affected by noise are those nearest to the noise source. In this case, these are existing properties in the Sprowston and Old Catton area, namely: 

Properties along Buxton Road, North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road;



The general larger populated areas of Old Catton and Sprowston, to the south of the development site;



Other isolated properties in the more rural areas surrounding the development site; and



Properties further afield affected by alterations to the transport network (i.e. the Northern Distributor Road (NDR)).

Broadland District Council, (2006); Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement). BDC.

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 12

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

331

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

10.14

For each noise source being considered, the assessment is undertaken to the nearest worst-case receptor location.

10.15

For road traffic noise, the computer models extend over a wide area and represent areas exposed to change in traffic as a result of the proposed development. The change in noise level would be experienced at all properties in that location, irrespective of distance from the road, but topography and other factors are taken into account in the computer models.

SoundPLAN™ Computer Modelling 10.16

SounPLAN™ noise modelling software has been employed in this assessment to enable thorough and detailed testing of, in particular, the effects of changes in the road traffic noise environment and the design of the development itself in relation to surrounding roads and Norwich Airport and noise effects on the residential development.

10.17

The software is 3-dimensional and takes account of topography and intervening structures. Road traffic noise sources have been modelled using traffic data supplied by SKM Colin Buchanan transportation consultants.

10.18

The following scenarios from the transport assessment have been modelled for the noise assessment:

10.19



2012 Baseline (existing noise environment);



2032 Baseline + NDR (future baseline); and



2032 Baseline + proposed development + NDR (future “with development”).

For the assessment of impacts, the following have been assessed: 

10.20

Change from Scenario 3 to Scenario 2 – Impacts against future baseline.

The scenario 1 models (2012 baseline) are compared to noise survey data to verify the models.

Noise Surveys 10.21

Noise surveys have been undertaken at a number of locations around the application site as shown in Figure 10.1. The locations were selected to represent the baseline noise environment affecting the project and that at the surrounding sensitive receptors. The measurement locations used are: 

Position 1 – Land between Buxton Road and St. Faith‟s Road, west of Silver Birches;



Position 2 – Beeston Park, adjacent to Beeston St, Andrews Hall;



Position 3 – Grounds

of Redmayne View, Sheltered housing/care home,

Mountbatten Drive; and

332

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

 10.22

Position 4 – St. Mary and St. Margaret‟s Church, Sprowston.

The purpose of the noise surveys is two-fold. Firstly to establish the baseline environment as it exists now and secondly to verify the computer models. It should be noted, however, that the „baseline used in the computer modelling represents a future, with committed development, and 2015 Norwich Airport contours baseline which may be different to that measured by surveys at the current time. In addition, the noise models employ traffic data from an Average Annual Weekday Traffic (AAWT) measure, which may not be fully represented by the shorter term noise surveys. It is considered that the computer modelling is more reliable than short-term surveys in establishing both the baseline situation and future impacts.

10.23

24-hour unattended noise monitoring positions were established at the locations described above. A plan showing the measurement locations can be found in Figure 10.1.

10.24

The monitoring was undertaken over continuous periods from 22nd to 29th February and 3rd to 7th April 2012 (depending on location). The weather was variable over the long-term periods, but generally warm and clear with light winds. Conditions were considered suitable for environmental noise monitoring.

10.25

Noise levels were measured using Norsonic type NOR 140 and NOR 118 sound level meters. All instruments were calibrated at the beginning and the end of the survey periods and no significant drift was noted.

10.26

For the assessment of changes in road traffic noise on the wider network, the baseline is established by the future baseline traffic flows, with impacts being determined by assessing future, with development, traffic flows. This impact is assessed by consideration of the “change” in level as opposed to the absolute level that exists now or will exist with the development operational.

Effect Significance 10.27

The significance of likely noise effects has been determined with criteria developed from best practice techniques and expert knowledge. Effect significance is derived from measures of the magnitude of the effect and the sensitivity of the receiving environment.

10.28

There are no known published standard criteria for determining the significance of noise effects. There are however several regulations, guidelines and standards relating to noise produced from different sources including roads and railways, industrial sites, construction operations and occupational exposure, as discussed in the Planning Policy & Legislative Context section above.

10.29

In determining whether an effect on a receptor is significant, reference has therefore been made to a wide range of criteria relating to the nature of the receptors, expected

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

333

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

duration of exposure and the predicted increase in noise level over and above baseline noise levels or recommended noise values.

Sensitivity of Receiving Environment 10.30

The sensitivity of the receiving environment is classified in accordance with the table below. Table 10.1 Classification of Significance of Impacts Significance

Definition

High

Receptors of greatest sensitivity to noise such as world heritage sites and churches

Medium

Noise sensitive receptors such as dwellings, hospitals, schools, places of quiet recreation

Low

Receptors with some sensitivity to noise such as offices, other workplaces and play areas

Negligible

Receptors of very low sensitivity to noise or marginal to the zone of influence of the proposals

Significance of Impact 10.31

In general, human receptors (in residential areas) would be classified as of medium sensitivity. The significance of noise effects on receptors of medium sensitivity (be they beneficial, neutral or adverse) are classified in accordance with the table below. Table 10.2 Classification of Significance of Impacts Significance

334

Definition

Major

Greater than 10 dBA change in sound level or sound produced in excess of 10 dBA above the baseline levels or recommended noise guideline values

Moderate

Greater than 5 and less than 10 dBA change in sound level or sound produced between 5 and 10 dBA above baseline levels or recommended noise guideline values.

Minor

Greater than 3 and less than 5 dBA change in sound level or sound produced between 3 and 5 dBA above baseline levels or recommended noise guideline values.

Negligible

Less than 3 dBA change in sound level or sound level produced less than 3 dBA above the baseline levels or recommended noise guideline values.

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Duration of Impact 10.32

Noise effects can vary in duration and are classified in the following table (in accordance with Chapter 1.0: Introduction & Assessment Methodology in Volume 1: Main Text & Appendices of this ES). Table 10.3 Classification of Duration of Impacts Definition

Significance Temporary

The period over which the impact is experienced lasts for the period of construction or less

Short-term

Less than 5 years (but longer than the full period of construction)

Medium-term

5â&#x20AC;&#x201C;10 years

Long-term

The impact remains for a substantial time, for the duration of the operation of the development

Geographical Significance 10.33

Effects can also be classified according to the extent of the effect as shown in the table below (in accordance with Chapter 1.0: Introduction & Assessment Methodology, in addition to Borough and District classification). Because of the way noise dissipates with distance, in almost all cases, noise effects are of local significance only. Table 10.4 Classification of Different Geographical Extents Definition

Significance Local

The site and its immediate surroundings

Borough

Within the Borough/Local Authority/Parish

District

The wider area of the County

Regional

The region (i.e. East of England)

National

United Kingdom

International

Europe and beyond

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

335

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

BASELINE CONDITIONS Noise Surveys 10.34

The noise climate of the area generally is as would be expected for this location, and is principally dominated by road traffic noise during the day, from a variety of roads in the area. Aircraft noise contributes to the noise climate in certain locations. At night, noise levels are reduced, but road traffic is still a significant noise source and this controls the background noise climate through the night.

10.35

The full results of the baseline noise surveys are presented at Appendix 10.2 of this ES, and are summarised in Table 10.1. The noise levels in terms of LAeq are the logarithmic average of the for the 16 hour daytime or 8 hour night time periods over the survey duration. The LA90 figures are the minimum recorded levels during each day or night period and the LAMAX figures are a 90th percentile level (i.e. 90% of the levels recorded were lower than this). This is a typical „design level.‟ Table 10.5 Baseline Survey Results

Location

Daytime LAeq,T dB

Daytime LA90 dB (Min)

Night time LAeq,T dB

Night time LA90 dB (Min)

Night time LAmax dB*

55.0

25.8

52.0

20.0

82.5

57.0

30.5

45.9

19.9

67.4

50.0

32.4

42.2

26.3

58.5

56.4

37.5

43.1

27.5

61.5

*90 percentile value for design purposes.

SoundPLAN™ Models 10.36

The results of the SoundPLAN™ computer modelling for the 2012 baseline (Scenario 1) and the 2032 future baseline (Scenario 2) are shown in Figures 10.2 and 10.3 respectively. It should be noted that these models contain traffic noise for the major routes and aircraft noise, but do not take account of other localised sources. The models form the baseline against which future change in noise levels as a result of the proposed development are assessed.

Vibration 10.37

Short sample measurements of vibration levels were undertaken at each measurement location during at the time of setting-up the noise surveys. The measured levels were all below the instrument threshold values. Vibration levels were therefore:

336

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Vibration Dose Value (VDV) = < 0.001m/s1.75; and



Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) = < 0.1m/s.

Proposed Development 10.38

The SoundPLAN™ models of the future, with development noise environment account for road traffic on existing roads, altered and new highways (i.e. the NDR) and the roads within the proposed development. The Norwich Airport 2015 contours have been included also. Residential developments are not, of themselves, inherently noisy and the principal impacts are likely to be from construction activities and changes in road traffic in the area generally. Road traffic and aircraft noise impacts on the proposed development are also assessed in relation the residential elements and the schools sites.

POTENTIAL IMPACTS Construction Phase 10.39

This is a large project and the proposed development would be phased accordingly (as detailed in Chapter 2.0: Proposed Development and Chapter 3.0: Development Programme & Construction). For each phase, it is expected that demolition and construction will take place according to the following summary process:

10.40



Establishment of site office and safety and security measures;



Demolition of existing buildings and structures (where applicable);



Foundation construction and earthworks; and



Building construction.

The assumed fixed and mobile plant and equipment associated with the development include; excavators, breakers, crushers, dumpers, concrete crushing plant, mobile and tower cranes, compressors, piling rigs (if necessary), power tools and a variety of delivery vehicles.

10.41

General construction site operations would normally take place during the following hours:

10.42



Monday to Friday: 0800-1800 hours;



Saturdays: 0800-1300 hours; and



Sundays and bank holidays: No noisy working.

In day-to-day operations, it is assumed that no activity will be undertaken outside these hours which could be expected to give rise to noise noticeably above current prevailing background noise levels at nearby properties.

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

337

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

10.43

Error! Reference source not found. provides a list of noise levels that would be expected from various construction plant that is typically used for residential development, including the given sound power levels and percentage on time that the plant is assumed to be working. Table 10.6 Construction Plant Sound Power Level

On-time

Compressors

100dBA

50%

Generators

122dBA

50%

Dump Trucks

103dBA

75%

Wheeled excavator

108dBA

75%

Asphalt spreader

108dBA

25%

Road rollers

96dBA

25%

Batching plant

104dBA

60%

Lorry mounted concrete pump

109dBA

50%

Poker vibrators

122dBA

50%

Truck mixer

111dBA

50%

Hand held Pneumatic drill

118dBA

50%

Dozer

113dBA

75%

Pneumatic breaker

114dBA

50%

Grader

112dBA

25%

Scrapers

108dBA

25%

Dump trucks

103dBA

25%

Compressors

100dBA

25%

Asphalt spreaders

108dBA

25%

Road rollers

96dBA

25%

Plant Residential Units

Access Road

10.44

To allow for shor- term noisy operations, any one hour period during the working day should not exceed 75dB LAeq,1hr on the redline boundary of the application site.

10.45

The nearest noise sensitive properties are in relatively close proximity to the boundaries of the application site, albeit the site is large and construction activity near to the boundaries will be limited in scope and duration. There are residential properties

338

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

to the south in Sprowston and Old Catton and also on Buxton Road, North Walsham Road and Wroxham Road. These are residential receptors which are considered to be of medium sensitivity. The noise effects from demolition and construction activities could be at least 10 dB in excess of the guideline thresholds without mitigation, and this would have a Major Negative impact without proper controls in place to mitigate these effects, but would be temporary or short-term in duration. 10.46

Vibration may be detectable at nearby residences, especially during any piling operations. However, it is uncommon for the development of residential or mixed-use developments to be such that vibration levels are high enough to cause building damage in the surrounding area. The levels required to be generated before structural damage occurs are high, and are unlikely to be reached with the proposals to agree limits with the local authority and monitor levels. The effect, where vibration during piling is detectable, is therefore considered Moderate Negative.

Operational Phase Effects 10.47

The following potential effects of the existing noise climate on the project have been identified and are assessed within the SoundPLANâ&#x201E;˘ models: ď&#x201A;ˇ

10.48

Road traffic noise.

For noise emanating from the proposed development, new residential or mixed-use developments are not in themselves inherently noisy and do not generally produce significant noise on operation, other than the generation of road traffic. Suitability of the Site for Residential Development

10.49

The SoundPLANâ&#x201E;˘ model in Figure 10.3 shows the 2023 future baseline noise environment against which the application site should be designed. The site can be suitable for residential development, subject to mitigation measures to provide an adequate level of protection against noise.

10.50

Without mitigation measures of any kind, the effects on future occupiers of the proposed residential development could, in theory, be exposed to levels 3-5 dB above the guideline thresholds, which could be described as a Moderate Negative impact, where the development layout and mitigation measures do not to take account of the noise environment. Such a situation would not arise, however, and mitigation measures are discussed below.

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

339

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Noise Effects from Proposed Development 10.52

The SoundPLAN™ model in Figure 10.5 shows the change in noise environment as a result of the proposed development only when compared to the future baseline (Figure 10.4).

10.53

As can be seen in Figure 10.5, in relation to existing noise sensitive receptors adjacent to the road network, the increase in noise levels, as a result of the project, would have a Negligible effect, being less than 3 dB. In accordance with guidance in Appendix 10.1, this is potentially inaudible and therefore the effect is therefore considered negligible. This model includes the effect of the NDR. Table 10.7 contains a summary of effects before mitigation. Table 10.7 Impacts before Mitigation Impact

Geographical Significance

Type of Impact

Level of Significance

Duration of Impact

Construction Phase - Noise

Local

Adverse

Major

Temporary/Shortterm

Construction Phase – Vibration

Local

Adverse

Major

Temporary/ Short-term

Operational Phase – Proposed Residences

Local

Adverse

Moderate

Long-term

Operational Phase – Existing Receptors

Local

Adverse

Negligible

Long-term

MITIGATION AND ENHANCEMENT MEASURES Construction pHASE Construction Noise 10.54

by planning conditions. This would enable agreement on construction equipment, construction methods, working hours, construction traffic routing etc. to be reached between the Contractor and the local authority in advance of any construction works commencing. 10.55

Good practice procedures will be followed in order to mitigate noise effects. Typical measures include:

340

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Use of hoarding around active construction areas of each phase to assist in the screening of noise;



Hydraulic demolition and construction to be used in preference to percussive techniques where practical (the assessment assumes a worst-case percussive technique);



All plant and equipment to be used for the works will be properly maintained, silenced where appropriate and operated to prevent excessive noise and switched off when not in use and where practicable;



Plant will be certified to meet relevant current legislation and Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Open Sites (BS 5228 ) standards; 8



All trade contractors will be made familiar with current noise legislation and the guidance in BS 5228 (Parts 1 and 2)

which will form a prerequisite of their

appointment; 

Loading and unloading of vehicles, dismantling of equipment such as scaffolding or moving equipment or materials around the site will be conducted in such a manner as to minimise noise generation;



Deviation from approved method statements will be permitted only with prior approval from the Principle Contractor and other relevant parties. This will be facilitated by formal review before any deviation is undertaken;



Noise complaints or exceeding of action levels will be reported to the Contractor and immediately investigated; and



Wherever possible, plant and equipment will be switched off when not in use.

Construction Vibration 10.56

Best practicable means of preventing, reducing and minimising vibration will be adopted in agreement with the local authority. It is possible that this aspect of the works could be regulated by an agreement under Section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974 , or by planning conditions. This would enable agreement on construction 1

equipment, construction methods, working hours, construction traffic routing etc. to be reached between the Contractor and the local authority in advance of any construction works commencing. 10.57

Good practice procedures (as adopted for noise control) will be followed in order to mitigate vibration impacts.

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

341

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Operational Phase Suitability of the Site for Residential Development 10.58

The first principle in the design approach is the location of the dwellings away from the noisiest areas of the site, principally those close to the main transport corridors. Alternatively, the built form of the proposed development can be used to provide acoustic screening to garden areas to ensure access to amenity space below the 55 dB LAeq,

16 Hr

target level. Again, the Development Masterplan has shown how this can be

achieved. 10.59

In relation to aircraft noise, no development is proposed inside the 57 dB 2015 contour. This will ensure noise levels in gardens from aircraft noise would be within World Health Organisation Guidelines. In respect of noise from ground operations at the airport, the noise surveys at the westernmost point of the proposed development have shown that such noise will not result in an adverse impact on the proposed dwellings. Night-time levels are slightly elevated above those that would be expected. This is not of concern, however, and would be addressed by the mitigation measures proposed.

10.60

For the remaining facades exposed to levels where faรงade noise control may be necessary, certain double-glazing arrangements will be necessary, in some case with additional acoustic protection, as follows.

10.61

Across the entire development, thermal double-glazing will be provided as a matter of course to meet the thermal requirements of the Building Regulations. Thermal doubleglazing, with different pane thicknesses would provide sufficient acoustic protection. Extra acoustic protection should be incorporated into the thermal double-glazing system, through the fitting of acoustic hoods to the trickle ventilators.

10.62

For faรงades closest to the western edge of the proposed development (i.e. nearest to the airport), living rooms will be provided with the thermal double-glazing and acoustic ventilation specified above. For bedrooms in these areas, it is recommended that an intermediate weight acoustic glazing system be provided.

10.63

For faรงades where the acoustic glazing is required, ventilation to habitable rooms should be provided by an acoustically treated mechanical or passive ventilation system, either on an individual room basis or via a whole building system.

10.64

It should be noted that the advice above is based on the design and parameters of the proposed development and is to demonstrate that an acceptable environment can be achieved. Modelling of a final layout and design specifications for acoustic treatment can be undertaken at reserved matters stage. Approval of the details of such matters can be required by planning condition if felt necessary.

342

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Noise Effects of the Proposed Development 10.65

In respect of the noise generated by the proposed development, no specific mitigation measures are required.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS Construction Phase Construction Noise 10.66

Post mitigation, the residual effect of noise is considered to be moderate adverse as a worst-case, however this will be temporary in nature and limited to construction hours only and only where construction activity occurs at the boundaries of the site in close proximity to existing residents. In reality, and for the majority of the time, the residual effects of construction noise will be Minor Negative, and temporary or short-term. Construction Vibration

10.67

In terms of airborne vibration, the mitigation measures applied to control noise from the demolition and construction of the proposed development will also be effective in controlling airborne vibration. With the applicant to agree limits with the local authority and monitor levels, the residual effects from both types of vibration is considered to be Minor Negative, and temporary or short-term.

Operational Phase Suitability of the Site for Residential Development 10.68

There is no reason, with the site being so large, that noise should be a barrier to development of the site for residential purposes, subject to the mitigation measures discussed. The residual impact on the proposed residential development, postmitigation, would be Negligible/Negative. Noise Effects of the Proposed Development

10.69

No mitigation is proposed, and the residual effects would be Negligible/Negative.

10.70

Table 10.8 summarises each of the potential effects, their significance and the residual effect once mitigation measures have been instigated.

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

343

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 10.8 Residual Effects Mitigation Measure

Type of Impact

Level of Significance

Duration of Impact

Construction Phase - Noise

Management, screening, method statements etc.

Adverse

Minor

Temporary/Shortterm

Construction Phase – Vibration

Management, screening, method statements etc.

Adverse

Minor

Temporary/ Short-term

Operational Phase – Proposed Residences

Design, layout, screening where necessary.

Adverse

Negligible

Long-term

None

Adverse

Negligible

Long-term

Impact

Operational Phase – Existing Receptors

CUMULATIVE EFFECTS & INTERACTIONS 10.72

Noise effects are generally localised and individual developments only have cumulative effects (with the exception of traffic increases on the wider network) if they are close in proximity and affecting the same receptors.

10.73

To assess the worst-case, future position, the change in noise level between the 2032 baseline position and the 2032 Baseline + Proposed Development + NDR has been assessed. This represents a worst-case future cumulative impact and this has formed the basis of the assessment in this part of the ES.

10.74

As can be seen in Figure 10.5, in relation to existing noise sensitive receptors adjacent to the road network, the increase in noise levels, as a result of this worst-case cumulative assessment, would have a negligible effect, being less than 3 dB. In accordance with guidance in Appendix 10.1 of this ES, this is potentially inaudible and therefore the effect is therefore considered negligible.

10.75

Proposed mitigation measures within the proposed development will adequately protect against any potential noise effects arising from the traffic associated with any currently proposed or committed developments.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS 10.76

can

concluded

that,

all

respects,

the

development

will

result

Negligible/Negative noise and vibration impacts. This applies to existing receptors, and those proposed to be developed as part of the proposed development.

344

Chapter 10.0: Noise & Vibration ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON

POSITION 1 Land between Buxton Road and St. Faith’s Road, West of “Silver Birches” 52”40’24.86”N, 1”18’18.23”E

POSITION 3 Grounds of “Redmayne View” Sheltered Housing/Care Home, Mountbatten Drive. 51”40’05.41”N, 1”18’51.21”E

Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site Consortium Ownership Boundary

Beeston Hall Application Area

POSITION 2 - Beeston Park - Adjacent to “Beeston St. Andrews Hall.” 52”40’31.77”N, 1”20’08.18”E

POSITION 4 St. Mary and St. Margaret’s Church, Sprowston. 52”39’49.54”N, 1”19’30.21”E

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 10.1 Measurement Locations

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 10.2 Baseline - Road Traffic + Aircraft Contours

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 10.3 2032 Baseline with NDR & Aircraft Contours (without Development)

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 10.4 2032 With Development & NDR + Aircraft Contours

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 10.5 2032 With Development Vs 2032 Baseline

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

11.0 SOIL

CONDITIONS,

GROUNDWATER

GROUND

CONTAMINATION INTRODUCTION 11.1

This Chapter considers whether the proposed development scheme will affect existing soil conditions as a resource, as well as groundwater and ground contamination

11.2

This Chapter should be read in conjunction with the WYG Desk-Study presented in Appendix 11.1 in Volume 2: Technical Appendices, and the Land Research Associates Baseline Study presented in Appendix 11.2 of this ES. This Chapter should also be read in conjunction with Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk in Volume 1: Main Text & Figures of this ES.

11.3

The baseline situation is considered before the likely effects of the proposed development on ground condition are identified during both the construction and operational phases of the development. Mitigation measures to reduce any negative effects are identified as appropriate, before the residual environmental effects are assessed

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT National Legislation Environmental Protection Act (1990) 11.4

Specific UK legislation on contaminated land is principally contained in Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act (EPA) 1990 , (amended by the Environment Act 1995 ). 1

The principles are summarised in recently updated DEFRA Circular 01/2006 . This 3

legislation is based on a ‘suitable for use’ approach to contamination where remedial action is only required if there are unacceptable risks to human health or the environment, taking into account the use of the land and its environmental setting. Statutory Guidance in support of the EPA describes a risk assessment methodology using a source-pathway-receptor methodology. 11.5

The legislation places a responsibility on the Local Authority to determine whether any land in its area is contaminated by consideration of whether:

DEFRA, (2006)’ Environmental Protection Act 1990: Part IIA. Contaminated Land. Defra Circular 01/2006. DEFRA. .

1995 No. 1301. OPSI. Great Britain. Parliament, (1995); Environment Act 1995 (Commencement No. 15) Order 1999: Statutory Instrument 1995 No. 1301. OPSI. 2

DETR, (2000); DETR Circular 02/2000, Contaminated Land: Implementation of Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act 1990. DEFRA 3

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

345

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Significant harm is being caused;



There is significant possibility of significant harm being caused;



Significant pollution of controlled waters is being caused; or



There is significant possibility of such pollution being caused.

Water Resources Act (1991) 11.6

The national regulatory controls and restrictions used to protect the water environment are set out in the Water Resources Act (WRA) 1991 . 4

11.7

Under Section 85 of the WRA , it is an offence to cause or knowingly permit any 4

poisonous, noxious or polluting matter to enter into Controlled Waters, which include groundwater and surface waters. 11.8

Furthermore under Section 161 of the WRA , the Environment Agency (EA) has the 4

power to serve a Works Order on a person where it appears that poisonous, noxious or polluting matter is likely to enter or to be present in any Controlled Water. The Works Order will specify the actions to be taken to mitigate the risk and timescale for the works to be carried out. 11.9

The Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010 which came into 5

force on 6th April 2010 replace those parts of the WRA that relate to the regulation of discharges to Controlled Waters. Under the Regulations, water discharge activities relate to discharges to surface waters that are Controlled Waters and Groundwater. The Building Act (1984) 11.10

National regulatory controls applied to protect substructures against the soil environment are contained in the Building Act 1984

supported by the Buildings

Regulation 2000 and their Approved Documents, particularly Document C1; Site Preparation and Resistance to Contaminants . Amongst other requirements, it 7

stipulates that the ground to be covered by a building shall be reasonably free from material that might damage the building or affect its stability. It also stipulates that reasonable precautions should be taken to avoid danger to health and safety caused by contaminants on or in the ground covered or to be covered by the building and associated land.

346

Great Britain. Parliament, (1991); Water Resources Act. OPSI

Great Britain. Parliament, (2010); Environmental Permitting (England and Wales) Regulations 2010. OPSI

Great Britain. Parliament, (1984); Building Act 1984. OPSI.

ODPM, (2004); Document C1: Site Preparation and Resistance to Contaminants. HMSO.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

National Planning Guidance National Planning Policy Framework 11.11

The Government’s policy on the approach to be taken to soils and best and most versatile agricultural land is given in the The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) , which states that: 8

‘Local planning authorities should take into account the economic and other benefits of the best and most versatile agricultural land. Where significant development of agricultural land is demonstrated to be necessary, local planning authorities should seek to use areas of poorer quality land in preference to that of a higher quality.’ (Paragraph 112)

‘The planning system should contribute to and enhance the natural and local environment by: Protecting and enhancing valued landscapes, geological conservation interests and soils; [and] Preventing both new and existing development from contributing to or being put at unacceptable risk from, or being adversely affected by unacceptable levels of 8 soil, air, water or noise pollution or land instability.’ (Paragraph 102) 11.12

Pollution in the context of paragraph 102

is defined as anything that affects the

quality of land, air, water or soils. Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control 11.13

Whilst the EPA details the likely risks posed by existing land conditions, potential risks 1

arising from a change in land use are principally managed through the planning regime. Historic land contamination is a material planning consideration that must be taken into account at various stages in the planning process, including proposals for the future use and redevelopment of the site. 11.14

Government guidance on the development of contaminated land is contained within Planning Policy Statement 23: Planning and Pollution Control (PPS23) . PPS23 provides 9

guidelines for complying with national legislation on contamination, land, air and water quality management as well as remediation of land. PPS23 states that: 'Any consideration of the quality of land can present risks to human health and the environment which adversely affect or restrict the beneficial use of land, but development presents an opportunity to deal with these risks successfully...’

'The remediation of land affected by contamination through the granting of planning permission (with the attachment of the necessary conditions) should secure the

Communities and Local Government, (2012); The National Planning Policy Framework. TSO.

DCLG (Former ODPM), (2004); Planning Policy Statement 23 Planning and Pollution Control. TSO.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

347

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

removal of unacceptable risk and make the site suitable for its use. As a minimum, after carrying out the development and commencement of its use, the land should not be capable of being determined as contaminated land under Part IIA of the EPA 1990’. 11.15

Safeguarding our Soils: a Strategy for England

aims to ensure that soil functions are

sufficiently understood in the planning system and that soils are better managed through all stages of construction. An Environment Agency document, Soil - a Precious Resource:

Our

Strategy

for

Protecting,

Managing

and

Restoring

Soil

has

complementary aims.

Local Planning Guidance The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk 11.16

The site is located within Broadland District Council and Norfolk County Council. The local planning policy relevant to the site is the Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk, adopted March 2011 . 12

Spatial Planning Objectives 11.17

Spatial Planning Objective 4 ‘To promote regeneration and reduce deprivation’

states

that growth will be used to regenerate under-used Brownfield land. 11.18

Spatial Planning Objective 9 ‘To protect, manage and enhance the natural, built and historic environmental including key landscapes, natural resources and areas of natural habitat of nature conservation value’

states that the use of previously developed land

will be prioritised to minimise the loss of agricultural land and the countryside. The scale of development will require the development of significant Greenfield areas and where this is necessary, development must provide environmental gains. Area Wide Policies 11.19

The Area wide Policy 1 Addressing climate change and protecting environmental assets

includes that development will protect groundwater sources and protect

mineral and other natural resources identified through the Norfolk Minerals and Waste Development Framework . 13

11.20

The Area wide Policy 2 Promoting good design

includes the need to design

development to avoid harmful impacts on key environmental assets.

DEFRA, (2009); Safeguarding our Soils: a Strategy for England. DEFRA.

Environment Agency, (2007); Soil - a Precious Resource: Our Strategy for Protecting, Managing and Restoring Soil. EA.

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 12

348

Norwich County Council, (2011); Norfolk Minerals and Waste Development Framework. NCC.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

11.21

The Area wide Policy 3 Energy and water

covers the requirement of ensuring that

water quality is protected or improved with no significant detriment to areas of environmental importance.

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY Groundwater and Ground Contamination Guidance and Legislation 11.22

Statutory and non-statutory guidance documents and research publications are available which can be used for assessing risks to Human Health and Controlled Waters from the development of contaminated land. DEFRA and the Environment Agency developed the Contaminated Land Exposure Model (CLEA)

in 2002 intended to be

used as the common basis for contamination assessment in the United Kingdom. 11.23

The contaminated land assessment regime in the UK is currently going through a period of review. Existing statutory and non-statutory guidance documents and research publications are available which can be used for assessing risks to Human Health and Controlled Waters from the development of land.

11.24

Current UK guidance is provided in Environment Agency Science Reports and an updated CLEA framework

15,16,17,18,19,20 ,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28

. This framework sets out three

Environment Agency, (2002); Technical background to the CLEA model. Environment Agency.

Environment Agency, (2009); Science Report SC050021/SR3. Updated technical background to the CLEA model. Environment Agency. 15

Environment Agency, (2009); Human Health toxicological assessment of contaminants in soil. Science Report - Final SC050021/SR2. January 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 16

Environment Agency, (2009); Updated technical background to the CLEA model. Science Report - SC050021/SR3. January 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 17

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for inorganic arsenic in soil. Science Report SC050021/arsenic SGV. May 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 18

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for nickel in soil. Science Report SC050021/nickel SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 19

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for mercury in soil. Science Report SC050021/mercury SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 20

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for selenium in soil. Science Report SC050021/selenium SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 21

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for benzene in soil. Science Report SC050021/benzene SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 22

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for toluene in soil. Science Report SC050021/benzene SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 23

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for ethylbenzene in soil. Science Report SC050021/ethylbenzene SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 24

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for xylenes in soil. Science Report SC050021/xylenes SGV. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 25

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for cadmium in soil. Science Report SC050021/cadmium SGV. June 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 26

Environment Agency, (2009); Soil Guideline Values for phenol in soil. Science Report SC050021/phenol SGV. June 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 27

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

349

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

standard land uses for which generic assessment criteria are derived for individual contaminants: residential, allotments and commercial/industrial. 11.25

An assessment of the risks posed by soil and groundwater contamination to Controlled Waters is presented in the Environment Agency’s Research and Development Publication, Remediation Targets Methodology; Hydrogeological Risk Assessment for Land Contamination

the

Assessment

and

and Research and Development Publication 95 – Guidance on Monitoring

Natural

Attenuation

and

Contaminants

Groundwater . 30

Significance Criteria 11.26

Impact assessment refers to the change that is predicted to take place to the existing condition of the environment as a result of the proposed development.

11.27

The significance of an impact generally determined as the combination of the ‘sensitivity and/or value’ of the affected environmental receptor and the predicted ‘extent’ and/or ‘magnitude’ of the impact or change. The assessment of significance ultimately relies on professional judgement, although comparing the extent of the impact with criteria and standards specific to each environmental topic can guide this judgement. Details of criteria specific to this assessment are defined in Table 11.1 and Table 11.2. Table 11.3 outlines the significance matrix.

Environment Agency, (2009); Using Soil Guideline Values. Better Regulation Science Programme. Science Report SC050021/SGV introduction. March 2009. Environment Agency. Bristol 28

Carey, M. A., Marsland, P.A and Smith, J.W.M, (2006); Remedial Targets Methodology. Hydrogeological Risk Assessment for Land Contamination. Environment Agency Research and Development Publication, Environment Agency, Bristol 29

Carey, M.A., Finnamore, J.R., Morrey, M.J and Marsland, P.A., (2000); Guidance on the Assessment and Monitoring of Natural Attenuation of Contaminants in Groundwater. Environment Agency Research & Development Publication 96. Environment Agency, Bristol 30

350

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 11.1 Receptors Sensitivity/Value for Ground Conditions and Contamination Receptor Sensitivity/Value Very High

High

Medium

Low

Description 

Internationally important mineral resources



Land use sensitive to contamination (e.g. residential with private gardens, allotments or nurseries)



Construction workers involved in extensive disturbance of the ground



Geology of national importance, e.g. Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI)



High economic value mineral resource, or nationally important



End use of play area or public open space



Construction workers involved in some disturbance of the ground



Regionally important geological exposure or feature



Mineral resource regionally important



Commercial or industrial workers



Construction workers involved in limited disturbance of the ground



Locally important geological exposure or feature



Mineral resources widely available elsewhere



Site users for car parking



Construction workers involved in minimal disturbance of the ground

Table 11.2 Magnitude of Impact for for Ground Conditions and Contamination Assessment Magnitude of Impact

Description

Major

Changes in land quality such as contamination resulting in exceedance of Statutory objectives and/or breaches of legislation

Moderate

Changes in soil characteristics so that it becomes phytotoxic to certain species

Minor

The proposed development would cause a small change to existing environmental conditions (for example, negligible changes in pH)

Negligible

The proposed development would cause no discernible change to existing environmental conditions

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

351

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 11.3 Significance Matrix Magnitude of Impact Receptor Sensitivity/Value

Major

Moderate

Minor

Negligible

Very High

Substantial

Moderate

Minor

High

Substantial

Moderate

Minor

Negligible

Medium

Moderate

Minor

Negligible

Low

Minor

Negligible

Soil Conditions as a Resource Guidance and Legislation 11.28

Agricultural land quality and soil resources were accurately assessed by means of a desk study of agricultural climate and a detailed survey involving observations of soil and land characteristics at the intersects and midpoints of a 200m grid. This work is described more fully in a separate technical report included in Appendix 11.2 of this ES. Using the Revised Guidelines and Criteria for Grading the Quality of Agricultural Land

by the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF), each observation

point was assigned a land grade, and the classification of land at each location was then translated into maps of land grades and soil resources with the help of ground observations during the survey and satellite imagery. Significance Criteria 11.29

There is no nationally agreed scheme for classifying the effects of development on agriculture or soils and the approach used in this Chapter has been developed over a number of years. Effects of a project can be: adverse, causing negative effects to a receptor; beneficial, resulting in advantageous or positive effects to a receptor; or negligible. The significance of any positive or negative effect can be assessed as either ‘major’ (i.e. significant), ‘moderate’, ‘minor’ or ‘negligible’ according to the magnitude of the effect of the proposed development and the sensitivity of the receptor, as set out in Table 11.4 below.

Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, (1998); Revised Guidelines and Criteria for Grading the Quality of Agricultural Land. MAFF. 31

352

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 11.4 Significance of Effects Sensitivity of Receptor Receptor sensitivity/Value

11.30

High

Medium

Low

High

Major

Moderate

Medium

Moderate

Minor

Low

Minor

Negligible

Under the current legislative and planning policy framework, soil is considered to be of â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;mediumâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; sensitivity in terms of the national interest. Best and most versatile agricultural land (i.e. grades 1, 2 & 3a on MAFFâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Agricultural Land Classification system ) is considered to be a finite national resource, is given special consideration 31

in national policy, and can be considered to be of higher sensitivity than land in grades 3b, 4 and 5. The actual sensitivity category assigned will vary regionally. In areas where best and most versatile land is not uncommon, grade 1 and 2 land can be considered to be of high sensitivity, sub-grade 3a of medium sensitivity, sub-grade 3b and grades 4 and 5 of low sensitivity. In areas of the country with little best and most versatile land, sub-grade 3a might be of high sensitivity and sub-grade 3b of medium sensitivity. The disposition of the best and most versatile land, e.g. as narrow strips within poorer land or as continuous blocks extending over one or more fields, will also influence the significance of loss. 11.31

The magnitude of effect on best and most versatile land will depend on the amount to be taken by the development. The former MAFF did not require to be consulted on applications that affected less than 20ha of best and most versatile land, so the loss of areas smaller than this threshold is considered to have a negligible effect on the national stock of best and most versatile land. Losses of over 80ha of best and most versatile land are equivalent to the size of a medium to large farm and are considered to be of high effect. The judgement-based classification adopted for effect on best and most versatile land is given in Table 11.5 below. Table 11.5 - Magnitude of Effect on Best and Most Versatile Land Magnitude of Adverse Effect

Effect

High

>80 ha

Medium

40-80 ha

Low

20-40 ha

Negligible

<20 ha

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

353

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

BASELINE CONDITIONS 11.32

The existing baseline conditions of topography, land use, geology, land contamination and environmental receptors have been determined through a review of information taken from the following sources: 

Broadlands District Council;



Norfolk County Council;



Environment Agency;



British Geological Survey;



Ordnance Survey Maps;



Envirocheck Report (Landmark information Group, 2011);



Web-based research;



WYG Desk-top Site Appraisal Report (at Appendix 11.1 of this ES); and



Archaeological Desk-Based Assessment of Land North-East of Norwich, Norfolk (at Appendix 7.1 of this ES).

11.33

Specific relevant consultation carried out during preparation of this Chapter is summarised in Table 11.6 below. Table 11.6 Summary of Consultation undertaken for Ground Conditions and Contamination

Institution Broadlands District Council

Source of Information Planning Department contacted November 2011 Environmental Health- Stuart Moore, Pollution Control Officer contacted 28th November 2011 Website accessed December 2011 to February 2012

354

Environment Agency

Website accessed December 2011 to February 2012

Magic

Website accessed December 2011 to February 2012

Nature on the Map

Website accessed December 2011 to February 2012

Landmark Information Group

Envirocheck Report dated 13th September 2012 for Red Hall Bungalow, Beeston, Norwich, NR12 7BL (Order No. 36047725_1_1).

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Current Land Use 11.34

The land is predominantly rural with some residential development and established commercial farm holdings.

11.35

The application site is accessible by three roads; North Walsham Road which runs centrally from north to south across the site; Beeston Lane which runs centrally across the site connecting with North Walsham Road; and Buxton Road situated further to the west. Additionally, St Faiths Road runs north to south and forms part of the western boundary of the site and Church Lane runs parallel with the south section of North Walsh Road. Wroxham Road (A1151) forms part of the eastern boundary of the site. Other tracks and private access driveways are located within the site leading from public roads up to developments and fields within the site.

11.36

The majority of the application site is divided into fields, each of which covers an area ranging between 5 to 25ha. Forested areas including those associated with Beeston Park and the Springs are situated centrally within the site and on the east side of the site respectively.

11.37

Several small-scale residential developments (one and two-storey brick buildings) are situated adjacent to roads, notably nearby the junction between Buxton Road and Beeston Lane.

Topography 11.38

The application site is low lying and relatively flat. The highest topographic contour is 30m Above Ordnance Datum (AOD) and lies across the southern section of the site, with a gentle gradient sloping towards the north and northeast of the site towards the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;The Springsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; which are a series of connected ponds and lakes draining to the northeast.

Site History 11.39

Historical maps dating back to c.1880 show land within the redline boundary of the application site as predominantly rural, with limited development restricted to farm holdings and detached residential developments. Very little changes have occurred to these areas over the past century. Roads that transgress the site and define the site boundaries typically follow the routes of roads and tracks established during the early development of the land.

11.40

Historical maps show land surrounding the application site has been predominantly rural, until the 1940s when RAF Rackheath is shown to the east of the site with technical buildings bordering the site. RAF Rackheath was disbanded and reclaimed for agriculture purposes post WWII with all associated buildings and hard stand areas removed. Norwich Airport was developed c.1960 and remains to this day, runways and

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

355

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

taxiing routes border the site to the west. Suburbs north of Norwich have encroached towards the southern boundary. Development to the south included an industrial area which is denoted as factories during c.1940 to 1970 located approximately 1km from the southwest boundary.

Geology 11.41

The desk-based information indicates the application site is underlain by Superficial Deposits overlying the Crag Group Deposits which in turn overly the White Chalk. Superfical deposits (Happisburgh Glaciogenic Formation, Lowestoft Formations and Brickearth) are all typically variable in composition with both predominantly coarse and fine grained horizons.

11.42

Crag Group Deposits (including the Wroxham Crag Formation) comprise gravels interbedded with sands, silts and clays. The deposits are glacial in origin with highly variable lithology. The underlying White Chalk comprises chalk with flints. The area is not known for metastabilty within the chalk and the BGS National Geoscience Information Service have the classed the application site as having a very low collapsible stability hazard potential.

Hydrogeology 11.43

According to the EA Groundwater Vulnerability Maps, much of the application site is underlain by a Secondary Aquifer (Class A) associated with the Superficial Deposits and Crag Group Deposits. The underlying White Chalk is classified as a Primary Aquifer.

11.44

The application site is not located within a Source Protection Zone (SPZ). The area adjacent to the east of the site lies within Zone III (Total Catchment) of an EA SPZ. The Zone II Boundary (Outer SPZ) lies northeast of the site; approximately 200m away.

11.45

There are no licensed groundwater abstractions recorded on the application site. However, during a site walkover, a groundwater well was identified at Park Gall Farm within the stable yard. It is unknown whether this well is currently used for groundwater extraction.

Hydrology 11.46

Rackheath Springs is situated on the fringes of the northeast boundary of the application site and comprises a fishery consisting of two interconnecting ponds measuring approximately 2.0ha and 1.5ha. The ponds are situated along the route of a tributary to the River Waveney flowing from north to south towards Norwich.

356

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Ground Contamination 11.47

Sources of ground contamination identified at the application site includes potential Made Ground, although likely to be limited and localised to areas that have been developed, as well as commercial agricultural activities undertaken on the site.

Ground Gases 11.48

Potential sources of ground gases (notably carbon dioxide and methane) are limited to any Made Ground present at the application site, as well as buried organic material associated with farming activities.

Radon 11.49

The application site is recorded to lie within an area where the risk from Radon is generally considered as low. Less than 1% of the homes are above the UK â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Action Levelâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;.

Asbestos Containing Material 11.50

From a review of available information, there has been limited development that has occurred on the application site. Much of the development still remains and therefore demolition material associated with historical buildings is unlikely to exist; as such the presence of Asbestos Containing Materials (ACMs) is considered to be low.

11.51

There is a potential for Made Ground to exist as a result of historical development within localised areas. Made Ground is inherently heterogeneous and the risk of encountering asbestos containing material in any Made Ground cannot be ruled out.

Unexploded Ordnance 11.52

The Zetica Regional Bomb Risk Map for Norfolk shows the application site to be in on the edge of an area considered to have high bomb risk. High risk areas are those that show a high density of bombing hits (50+ bombs per 1,000 acres) and abundant potential WWII targets. In high risk-regions, further action to mitigate UXB risk is considered essential . 32

Sensitive Land Uses 11.53

The application site in its entirety is listed by DEFRA to be in a Nitrate Vulnerable Zone.

Zetica website: http://www.zetica.com [accessed January 2012]

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

357

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

11.54

The Norfolk Broads is listed as an environmentally sensitive area. The southern extend to the boundary of the Broads is situated approximately 600m north of the redline boundary of the application site.

Soil and Soil Quality 11.55

The National Soil Map

at 1:250,000 scale shows the application area to incorporate

sandy and loamy soils of the Newport 3 soil association and predominantly loamy soils of the Wick 2 association, with shallow soils over gravel in places. Almost 100 soil descriptions undertaken across the application area confirm the general categorisation. Permeable loamy soils passing downwards to less permeable, heavier layers are associated with permeable soils over sand are shown on Figure 11.1 Soils. Detailed descriptions of these soils are given in Appendix 11.2 of this ES.

Agricultural Classification 11.56

The MAFF Agricultural Land Classification system

grades land into five grades: 1

(excellent quality) to 5 (very poor quality). Grade 3 is subdivided into sub-grades 3a and 3b. Land in grades 1 to 3a is termed the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;best and most versatileâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;. The principal factors influencing long-term limitations to agricultural use have been used to classify the land of LRA application area and are shown on Figure 11.2, and the results are described fully in Appendix 11.1 of this ES. 11.57

The application area includes land of grades 2 and 3 with best and most versatile agricultural land (grade 2 and sub-grade 3a) occupying 98% of the agricultural land. 85% of the agricultural land is in arable use growing crops of wheat, barley, sugar beet, oilseed rape, potatoes and parsnips. The remainder is mainly grass paddocks.

11.58

Table 11.7 shows the areas and proportion of the different land grades.

Hodge, C. A. H. et al, (1984); Soil and their use in Eastern England. Soil Survey of England and Wales Bulletin No 13 (and accompanying map) 33

358

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 11.7 Areas within the Survey Area occupied by the Different Land Grades Area (ha)

Percentage of Agricultural Fields

Percentage of Application Area

109.7

Sub-grade 3a

66.1

Sub-grade 3b

3.2

Grade/Sub-grade Grade 2

Other land

52.6

Total

231.6

100

Environmental Receptors 11.59

Environmental receptors within the proposed development site and its surroundings susceptible to be affected by contamination hazards are summarised in Table 11.8. Table 11.8 Susceptible Environmental Receptors for Ground Contamination

Receptor

Category Human

Future Site Users

Properties Potential exposure and contact with contamination to future site users within landscaped areas Toxic and explosive ground gases may build up in confined areas during site operations as a result of construction design

Construction Workers

Potential exposure and contact with contamination to construction workers during construction activities such as reworking of made ground, excavations etc. Toxic and explosive ground gases may build up in confined spaces during construction activities

Controlled Waters

Groundwater

Secondary Aquifer associated with the Crag Deposits Principal Aquifer associated with the White Chalk

Surface Water

Rackheath Springs (interconnected ponds) are located along the northeast boundary of the site

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

359

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS 11.60

This section identifies the likely significant impacts resulting from the proposed development application and considers impacts during site preparation, construction and operational phases. This section has been split up into the impacts on Groundwater and Ground Contamination, and Soil Conditions as a Resource.

Groundwater and Ground Contamination Construction Phase Human Health 11.61

The proposed development and its surroundings represent a high sensitivity environment with respect to human health, due to the presence of residential properties and public open space.

11.62

The construction activities will include significant disturbance of the ground during earthworks and installation of foundations, with associated dust generation. Although significant widespread contamination is unlikely to exist, the magnitude of the potential impact is estimated as moderate due to the uncertainty with regards to the level of the contamination in discrete areas, and without the benefit of any mitigation measures in place.

11.63

The overall significance of the effect on human health is estimated as Moderate Negative. Controlled Waters

11.64

The application site and it surroundings represent a high sensitivity environment with respect to controlled waters due to the presence of Secondary and Principal Aquifers beneath the site. The presence of Clay Deposits may limit the migration pathway to the deeper Principal Aquifer however; it is likely that the two water bodies are in some hydraulic continuity. The site is not located in a designated SPZ and there are no licensed water abstractions on-site.

11.65

The foundation solution for the proposed development has not yet been confirmed, however, both foundations and earthworks have the potential to disturb and mobilise any potential contaminants and may increase a vertical migration due to generation of preferential pathways into perched groundwater. In addition, potential leakages or spillage of stored fuels and chemicals in the construction site during earthworks could lead to the release of contaminants that may migrate to controlled waters. Although it is anticipated that concentrations of contaminants in the soil are low, site-specific ground investigation is not currently present (although is planned as part of the mitigation strategy), and uncertainty exists with regards to the potential presence of

360

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

contamination and its leachability in discrete areas and therefore the magnitude of potential impact is estimated as minor. 11.66

The overall significance of the effect of construction works on contamination impact to controlled waters is estimated as Minor Negative. Operational Phase Human Health

11.67

The proposed development and its surroundings represent a high sensitivity environment with respect to human health due to both a commercial and residential end use with play and public open spaces. Significant contamination is not expected at the application site due to the limited known historical development although there is some uncertainly with regards to ground conditions in localised areas. Therefore, the magnitude of the potential impact is estimated as minor.

11.68

The overall significance of the effect on human health is estimated as Minor Negative. Controlled Waters

11.69

The application site and its surroundings represent a high sensitivity environment with respect to controlled waters due to the presence of Secondary and Principal Aquifers beneath the site. The presence of Clay Deposits may limit the migration pathway to the deeper Principal Aquifer however, although it is likely that the two water bodies are in at least partial hydraulic continuity. The site is not located in a designated SPZ and there are no licensed water abstractions on-site.

11.70

It is anticipated that concentrations of contaminants in the soil are generally low although site-specific ground investigation is not currently present. As such, until site investigations are carried out as part of the mitigation works, uncertainty remains with regards to the presence of potential contamination and its leachability in localised areas of the site. Therefore the magnitude of potential impact is estimated as minor overall.

11.71

The overall significance of the effect on controlled waters is as assessed to be Minor Negative.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

361

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Soil Conditions as a Resource Construction Phase Soils 11.72

Construction will involve the stripping of topsoils, storing them for future use, and using the resource to create gardens, structural landscape and areas for enhancement of biodiversity. Loss of valuable soil resources can occur if topsoils (typically 350 mm thick) are not first stripped from areas to be disturbed and topsoil quality will deteriorate if moved when wet. Much of the application area will become sealed by buildings and pavings but, in areas to be used for gardens and landscaping, there is a high risk of over-compaction of subsoil and reduced permeability as a result of trafficking by construction vehicles.

11.73

Potential effects on soil functions are summarised in Table 11.9 below. Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land

11.74

In parallel with the displacement of soils will be the progressive loss of best and most versatile agricultural land with some fields perhaps becoming severed from their normal access routes.

11.75

The potential effects on crop production are summarised in Table 11.9 below. Table 11.9 Potential Effect of Construction on the Soil and Land Functions Soil or Land Function

Potential Effect on the Proposed Land Uses Built Environment

Landscape support

Gardens and Landscaping

Mainly Negative

Negligible

Food and fibre production

Negative

Transformation and buffering

Negative

Supporting habitats/biodiversity

Negative

Positive

Storing and transmitting water

Negative

Negligible

MITIGATION MEASURES Introduction 11.76

The key objective of mitigation is to avoid, offset or deduce the significant negative effects of the proposed development. Mitigation can be carried out through design or management and the strategy should be informed by the following hierarchy of options:

362

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Avoidance;



Reduction;



Compensation;



Remediation; or



Enhancement.

Groundwater and Ground Contamination 11.77

Mitigation measures relating to groundwater and ground contamination have been split into design phase, construction phase and operational phase.

11.78

A site specific ground investigation will be undertaken to investigate the ground conditions of the application site. The investigation will consider the geology, ground contamination sources, ground gases and groundwater regimes.

11.79

The ground investigation will aim to generate site specific data that will be used to refine the Preliminary Conceptual Site Model that will be used to assess risks to human health and the environment including Controlled Waters. It is understood that there have been no other ground investigations on the application site.

11.80

11.81

Mitigation measures in the context of Groundwater and Ground Contamination are separated into design, construction and after completion, which should be adhered to in accordance with best practice procedures. Design Phase

11.82

The following measures have been identified, which will be incorporated at the detailed design stage: 

Specification of concrete used in foundations and building structures will be selected based on the results of soil and groundwater sulphate analyses. Guidance is provided by the Building Research Establishment (BRE) series Concrete in Aggressive Ground ; 34



Installation of service pipes will be suitable to the site ground conditions in consultation with the local water provider. Vapour protection measures in building foundations will be installed if required;

BRE, (2006); Concrete in Aggressive Ground. BRE.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

363

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



If piles are proposed, the Piling Method Statement will be prepared incorporating principles of Piling in Contaminated Ground

to minimise potential migration along

piling shafts. The piling specification will require approval by the EA; 

Ensure appropriate audit trail, testing frequency and verification to ensure chemically suitable materials across the site, in particular in landscaped areas and imported materials; and



Design substructure with an appropriate level of protection to ground gases where necessary.

Construction Phase 11.83

A ground investigation will be undertaken to investigate the ground conditions at the site. The investigation will further consider the geology, ground contamination sources, ground gases and the groundwater regimes. A Ground Contamination Interpretative Report will be prepared, a subsequent risk management strategy will be developed, and remediation method statement where required on completion of the ground investigation to address any pollutant linkages identified.

11.84

A Demolition/Refurbishment Asbestos Survey will be undertaken to identify the presence or absence of any ACMs within existing site structures. Any ACMs will be removed by appropriate licensed specialist prior to any demolition and substructure construction.

11.85

A specialist contractor will undertake an unexploded bomb desk-based assessment and a further investigation if an assessment if required.

11.86

The following measures detailing provisions for environmental protection will be included in the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and followed during construction: 

Measures for the management of site drainage accidental spills and storage of materials

establishment

prevent of

pollution

emergency

surface

response

and

procedures

ground in

water

accordance

(including with

guidelines and provision and maintenance of spill containment equipment); 

Risk to construction workers to be dealt with by the Principal Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible for site health and safety and will manage the risk through control of suitable Health and Safety measures including provision of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), education of the workforce and inductions for all site staff and visitors;



Good site practice measures with regards to the on-site storage, handling and transfer of fuels, chemicals and waste material;

364

Wescott, (2001); Piling in Contaminated Ground. CMB.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Adherence to EA Pollution Prevention Guidelines;



Regulation of Health and Safety Rules including provision welfare facilities;



A Material Management Plan will be put in place for managing all excavated soils prior to transfer to a treatment centre, disposal by a suitably licensed contractor or re-use on-site. All copies of the paper work and transfer notes will be retained on-site;



Verification testing will be carried out for landscape areas and imported materials; and



An environmental watching brief during site enabling works in key areas where contamination is suspected or known.

Soil Conditions as a Resource Soils 11.87

The Construction Code of Practice for Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Sites

provides guidance on good practice in soil handling. Soil management to be employed on the proposed development will include: 

Avoidance of traffic in areas that do not need to be disturbed;



Careful stripping of topsoils (using suitable soil-handling equipment) from areas to be disturbed, ensuring no mixing with the subsoils;



Storing soils in temporary low stockpiles, protected from contamination by other materials and sown with grass if being stored for more than 6 months;

11.88



Spreading topsoils only onto subsoil that has been de-compacted; and



Using any surplus topsoil beneficially elsewhere.

These measures, and the soil and land functions that they are designed to protect, are summarised in Table 11.10 below.

DEFRA, (2009); Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Site. Department of the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. 36

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

365

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 11.10 - Design Measures to Avoid or Reduce the Main Effects of Construction on Soil and Land Functions Design Measures

Soil/Land Function Landscape support

Retention of stripped topsoil. Minimising soil compaction in landscaped areas. Avoidance of traffic on undisturbed areas

Production of food & fibre

None possible in disturbed land

Transformation & buffering

Maximising use of porous surfaces. Minimizing soil compaction

Supporting habitats/biodiversity

Creating landscape and habitat areas and minimizing soil compaction in them. Avoidance of traffic on undisturbed areas

Storing and transmitting water

Maximising use of porous surfaces. Minimizing soil compaction in landscaped areas

Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land 11.89

While the application site is being developed, new accesses will be created to agricultural fields that become severed from their normal access routes. Operational Phase

11.90

The Environmental Management System (EMS) will include site maintenance, storage of fuels, chemicals, waste management and emergency response procedures to protect the soil and groundwater from operational activities.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS Groundwater and Ground Contamination Introduction 11.91

Whilst a degree of impact during the construction phase of the proposed development is anticipated, the adoption of the mitigation measures discussed above would reduce the magnitude impacts on land quality to a Negligible level. During construction, potential risks will be managed through appropriate design and construction techniques together with appropriate site management procedures.

11.92

The implementation of risk management measures to mitigate identified areas of contamination within the application site will be undertaken throughout the site enabling and construction phase of the proposed development, such that existing pollutant linkages will have been broken prior to the operational phase of the proposed development.

366

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

11.93

The sealing of soils within areas built on or paved and the eventual loss of best and most versatile land from agricultural use cannot be mitigated.

11.94

Activities during the operation phase of the proposed development have the potential to create additional contaminant sources on the application site. However, it is considered likely that the magnitude of impacts due to contamination during the operational phase of the proposed development will be Negligible as site operations will be undertaken under appropriate operational management procedures.

11.95

The risk to future site occupants will be managed through appropriate design measures incorporated into the proposed development. As discussed previously, a ground investigation will be undertaken for the application site and the information generated will be used to inform the risk management measures required in the context of the design details of the proposed development.

11.96

Provided the mitigation measures outlined above are adopted, the overall significance of the environmental effects during the construction phase of the proposed development with respect to land quality is considered Negligible.

11.97

The overall significance of the environmental effects of the proposed development with respect to land quality during the operational phase is considered Negligible as above-ground activities are unlikely to affect ground conditions and are likely to improve surface water discharge quality and a reduction in potential existing ground contamination and ground gases, due to the historic and current land uses, to affect environmental receptors.

11.98

Residual impacts in the context of Groundwater and Ground Contamination are separated into design, construction and after completion which should be adhered to in accordance with best practice procedures. Construction Phase

11.99

A summary of residual impacts on ground conditions underlying the site during construction are summarised in Table 11.11 below. Table 11.11 Summary of Residual Effects during Construction Residual Effect Description of Effect Duration

Significance

Construction workers may come into contact with contaminated soils/waters through ingestion/exposure inhalation pathways

Short-term

Negligible due to use of appropriate PPE

Contaminated soils may migrate to off-site properties as airborne dust, surface run-off etc

Long-term

Negligible as appropriate mitigation measures will be implemented following a sitespecific risk assessment. Pollutant linkage will be

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

367

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Residual Effect Description of Effect Significance

Duration

broken by hardstanding and cover systems in soft landscaped areas Ground gases can accumulate in confined spaces. This can be inhaled by residents/future site users/neighbours, leading to potential asphyxiation

Long-term

Negligible as appropriate mitigation measures will be implemented following a sitespecific risk assessment

Contaminated soils/water could affect services via direct contact

Long-term

Negligible as any significant contamination identified will be remediated and appropriate materials used in the provision of services

Contaminated soils/water could affect site structures via direct contact

Long-term

Negligible as any significant contamination will be remediated and concrete will be selected to be resistant to chemical attack

Mobilisation of contaminants during earthworks and creation of preferential pathways during substructure construction affecting groundwater quality

Long-term

Negligible as appropriate mitigation measures will be implemented following a site specific risk assessment

Operational Phase 11.100 A summary of the residual impacts on ground conditions underlying the proposed development during operation are summarised in Table 11.12. Table 11.12 Summary of Residual Effects during Operation Residual Effect Description of Effect Duration Spillages from above ground activities such as stored chemicals may be transported in surface runoff followed by migration to groundwater as well as off-site

368

Long-term

Significance Negligible as an appropriate environmental management plan will be put in place and the management of the buildings will be to best practice standards

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Soil Conditions as a Resource Soils 11.101 Where subsoils of gardens and landscape areas remain over-compacted, rainfall fails to percolate beyond the base of the topsoil and run-off increases, increasing pressure on sustainable urban drainage systems. The lack of a full soil profile into which roots can proliferate not only affects the performance and visual quality of the vegetated areas, but also reduces soil moisture deficits in summer so that moisture repletion occurs sooner in autumn, further exacerbating the soilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ability to absorb excess rainfall. The consequence is increased hydraulic and sediment loadings to watercourses and an increased risk of flooding. Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land 11.102 179ha of agricultural land, all but 3ha of it in the best and most versatile category, will be removed from agricultural use.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS 11.103 The existing baseline conditions of topography, land use, geology, land contamination and environmental receptors have been determined through a review of desk-based information. 11.104 The application site is predominantly undeveloped open land with some residential development and established commercial farm holdings. 11.105 Historically, the land within the redline boundary of the application site has been predominantly rural with limited development restricted to farm holdings and detached residential developments. Very little changes have occurred to these areas over the past century. Roads that transgress the site and define the boundaries typically follow the routes of roads and tracks established during the early development of the land.

Groundwater and Ground Contamination 11.106 There is the potential for localised soil and groundwater contamination and ground gases to be present on the application site. Limited information is available on the nature of this although it is not anticipated to be significant or widespread. 11.107 A number of environmental receptors have been identified. These include human health (future site users and construction workers), land and property (soils, materials and site structures) and controlled waters comprising of a Secondary Aquifer and Principal Aquifer beneath the site as well as surface water features comprising of Rackheath Springs (interconnected ponds) along the northeast boundary of the application site.

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

369

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

11.108 The likely significant impacts from the proposed development have been identified and potential effects of the proposed development have been considered. The effects on the relevant environmental receptors have been estimated as Minor Negative, in the absence of mitigation measures. 11.109 The mitigation measures proposed in the study will initially be refined through a targeted ground investigation that will be undertaken to confirm the ground conditions at the application site. The ground investigation will consider the geology, ground contamination

source,

ground

gases

and

groundwater

regimes.

The

ground

investigation results will be used to further inform of the risks to human health and the environment as well as Controlled Water, and determine the risk management in the context of the design details of the proposed development. Following the site-specific ground investigation, a risk assessment will be undertaken and, if required, remediation works will be recommended to reduce the risks from any potential contamination to identified receptors. 11.110 Providing the mitigation measures are adopted, the overall significance of the environmental effects during the construction phase of the proposed development and after completion with respect to groundwater and contamination is considered Negligible.

Soil Conditions as a Resource 11.111 The development of land to the northeast of Norwich will remove 179ha of land from agricultural use of which 176ha is in the best and most versatile category and mainly in arable use. Soil functions will be severely compromised over most of the site through sealing by roads and buildings. However, this will be partly mitigated by ensuing that the soils within domestic gardens and open space are in the best possible condition. 11.112 The effects are summarised in Table 11.13. Table 11.13 Overall Effect of the Proposed Development on Soil and Agricultural Quality Effect

Receptor Best and most versatile agricultural land

Major Negative

Soil ecosystem services/functions

Major Negative in built areas Minor Positive in landscape areas

370

Chapter 11.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Ground Contamination ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 11.1 Soils

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area Redline Boundary of Application Site Grade 2 Land Subgrade 3a Land Subgrade 3b Land Woodland, Sports Fields, Farmsteads

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 11.2 Agricultural Land Quality

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

12.0 WATER RESOURCES & FLOOD RISK INTRODUCTION 12.1

This Chapter presents the findings of an assessment of the potential impacts on Water Resources & Flood Risk that may arise as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed development.

12.2

Relevant planning policy and legislative context have been identified, along with an assessment of the construction and operational impacts as a result of the proposed development against the current baseline conditions. Where relevant, mitigation measures and an assessment of residual impacts are contained below.

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT National Legislation 12.3

Water resources in England and Wales are protected under the Water Resources Act (1991)1, the Environment Act (1995)2, and the Water Act (2003)3 and through a number of European Directives, e.g. the Groundwater Directive (2006/118/EC)4 and the Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC)5. A number of regulations also protect water

resources

within

England

and

Wales,

including

the

Water

Resources

(Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations (2003)6, the Groundwater Regulations (1998)7 and the Anti-Pollution Works Regulations (1999)8. 12.4

The Water Resources Act (1991)1 provides legislation with regards to the regulation of sewers and drains. This Act supersedes clauses contained within the Water Act (1989)9 regarding adoption of sewers. The Flood Water and Management Act (2010)

provides

legislation relating to the comprehensive management of flood risk for people, homes and businesses introducing new requirements affecting development and use of land.

Great Britain, Parliament, (1991); Water Resources Act 1991. HMSO.

Great Britain, Parliament, (1995); Environment Act 1995 (c.25). HMSO

Great Britain, Parliament, (2003); Water Act 2003. HMSO.

The Council for European Commission, (2006); Groundwater Directive (Directive 2006/118/EC on the Protection of Groundwater Against Pollution and Deterioration). OJ L372/19 5

The Council for European Commission, (2006); Water Framework Directive (Directive 2000/60/EC). OJ L372/1

Great Britain, Parliament, (2003); The Water Resources (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 2003. SI 2003/164. HMSO. 7

Great Britain. Parliament, (1998); Groundwater Regulations. SI 1998/2746. HMSO.

Great Britain. Parliament, (1999); The Anti-Pollution Works Regulations 1999. SI 1999/1006. HMSO.

Great Britain. Parliament, (1989); Water Act 1989. HMSO.

Great Britain. Parliament, (2010); Flood and Water Management Act. HMSO

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

371

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Within the 2010 Act there are amendments to the Water Industry Act 1991 to provide a named customer and clarify who is responsible for paying the water bill, the purpose of which is to reduce debt in the water industry. 12.5

The Highways Act (1980)11 provides the Highway Authority with the authority to adopt a highway, its street furniture and drainage system by agreement. The Land Drainage Act (1991)12 determines consent issues relating to discharges to a watercourse.

National Planning Policy National Planning Policy Framework 12.6

The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF)

requires that flood risk should be

considered in the planning and development process in order to reduce any future flood damage to property and loss of life. This emphasises the importance of managing and reducing flood risk in the land use development and planning process by taking account of flood risk and the impacts of climate change. 12.7

This is done at a strategic level with Local Planning Authorities (LPAs) preparing Strategic Flood Risk Assessments (SRFA) in consultation with the Environment Agency EA. This is then used by the LPA to inform sustainability appraisals to the Local Development Documents (LDDs). The SFRA is initially used to refine information on areas that may flood, taking into account all sources of flooding and the impacts of climate change, in addition to the information depicted on the EA Flood Zone Mapping.

12.8

The Technical Guidance note

that accompanies the NPPF divides flood risk areas into

three flood risk zones. Zone 1 areas have little or no risk with an annual probability of flooding of less than 0.1% per year. Zone 2 areas have a fluvial risk of flooding of between 0.1 and 1% a year and Zone 3 areas are considered to be at high risk with a fluvial risk of flooding of greater than 1% a year. 12.9

The NPPF

requires all development proposals in Zones 2 and 3 to be accompanied by

a Flood Risk Assessment (FRA), which should include: ď&#x201A;ˇ

The vulnerability to flooding from other sources as well as from river and sea flooding;

ď&#x201A;ˇ

372

The vulnerability to flooding over the lifetime of the development;

Great Britain. Parliament, (1980); Highways Act 1980. (c.66). HMSO

Great Britain, Parliament, (1991); Land Drainage Act 1991 (c. 59). HMSO.

Communities and Local Government, (2012); The National Planning Policy Framework. TSO.

Communities and Local Government (2012); Technical Guidance to the National Planning Policy Framework. TSO

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



The potential to increase flood risk elsewhere through the addition of hard surfaces, the effect of the new development on surface water run-off, and the effect of the new development on the depth and speed of flooding to adjacent and surrounding property; and



A demonstration that residual risks of flooding, after existing and proposed flood management and mitigation measures are taken into account, including flood defences, flood resilient and resistant design, escape/evacuation, effective flood warning and emergency planning, are considered to be acceptable.

12.10

Where the risk of flooding from rivers or the sea is classified as low but the development is over a hectare in size, a FRA is still required but should be focused on the management of surface water run-off. Development that increases the amount of impermeable surfaces can result in an increase in surface water run-off, which in turn can result in increased flood risk both on-site and elsewhere within its catchment. This is particularly important for larger scale sites, which have the potential to generate large volumes of surface water run-off. A site may also still be at risk from other sources of flooding (e.g. groundwater and overland run-off), which is not considered in the mapping of Flood Zones. Policy and Practice for the Protection of Groundwater

12.11

The EA’s approach relating to groundwater is outlined in their Policy and Practice for the Protection of Groundwater (1998)15. The document contains the conceptual method for risk-based decision making and developing policy statements in activity areas such as the control of groundwater abstraction and diffuse pollution of groundwater. The policy is presented as a framework within which decisions should be placed and sets out the EA’s broad approach to existing risks and new developments. The

policy

underpinned

published

groundwater

vulnerability

maps

and

groundwater protection zones. 12.12

The protection of key groundwater resources, and, in particular, those used for public drinking water supply, is accompanied by the establishment of Source Protection Zones (SPZ). The SPZ provides an indication of the potential risk of pollution, which is dependent on the local soil and geological conditions and the depth of the water table. Generally, the closer a polluting activity or release is to a groundwater source, the greater the risk. Three zones (an inner, outer and total catchment) are usually defined, although a fourth zone (zone of special interest) can also be defined. These zones are used to control the activities and discharges in the area to protect the aquifer.

Environment Agency, (1998); Policy and Practice for the Protection of Groundwater. TSO.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

373

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Regional Policy The East of England Plan: Regional Spatial Strategy for the East of England 12.13

The East of England Plan16 is comprised of separate chapters relating to a number of areas, including East of England’s Places, People, Economy, Environment and Transport. The following policy has been identified within the East of England Plan, which relate specifically to water resources and flood risk. POLICY ENV1: Green Infrastructure ‘Green infrastructure should be developed so as to maximise its biodiversity value and, as part of a package of measures, contribute to achieving carbon neutral development 16

and flood attenuation.’

POLICY WAT2: Water Infrastructure ‘The Environment Agency and water companies should work with OFWAT, EERA and the neighbouring regional assemblies, local authorities, delivery agencies and others to ensure timely provision of the appropriate additional infrastructure for water supply and waste water treatment to cater for the levels of development provided through this plan, whilst meeting surface and groundwater quality standards, and avoiding adverse impact on sites of European or international importance for wildlife. A co-ordinated approach to plan making should be developed through a programme of water cycle and river cycle studies to address the issues of water supply, water quality, wastewater treatment and flood risk in receiving water courses relating to development proposed in this RSS.’

POLICY WAT4: Flood Risk Management ‘Coastal and river flooding is a significant risk in parts of the East of the England. The priorities are to defend existing properties from flooding and locate new development where there is little or no risk of flooding. Local Development Documents should: 

Use Strategic Flood Risk Assessments to guide development away from floodplains, other areas at medium or high risk or likely to be at future risk from flooding, and areas where development would increase the risk of flooding elsewhere;



Include policies which identify and protect flood plains and land liable to tidal or coastal flooding from development, based on the Environment Agency’s

374

Government Office for the East of England, (2008); The East of England Plan. TSO.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

flood maps and Strategic Flood Risk Assessments supplemented by historical and modelled flood risk data, Catchment Flood Management Plans and policies in Shoreline Management Plans and Flood Management Strategies, including ‘managed re-alignment’ where appropriate; 

Only propose departures from the above principles in exceptional cases where suitable land at lower risk of flooding is not available, the benefits of development outweigh the risks from flooding, and appropriate mitigation measures are incorporated; and



Require that sustainable drainage systems are incorporated in all appropriate developments.

Areas of functional floodplain needed for strategic flood storage in the Thames Estuary should be identified and safeguarded by local authorities in their Local Development Documents.

Local Policy 12.14

The Planning and Design Group of North Norfolk District Council has published a document produced by Millard Consulting entitled ‘Strategic Flood Risk Assessment’

which outlines their approach to combating flood risks within the local area, outlining the sources of flooding in North Norfolk and the methodology used in producing the SFRA (flood potential) maps and the assessment of the suitability of Sustainable Drainage systems. The report was produced in partnership with several other Norfolk Local Authorities (Broadland, Broads Authority, Norwich, North Norfolk and South Norfolk). In essence, this document reinforces the national requirements and does not generate any additional criteria to review in respect of the consideration of soils, groundwater and contamination. The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk 12.15

Broadland District Council, Norwich City Council and South Norfolk Council that forms the Greater Norwich Development Partnerships (GNDP) recently adopted the Joint Core Strategy

, despite an on-going legal challenge, as one of the main Development Plan

Documents within the Local Development Framework. In light of a High Court judgement, following this legal challenge, the status of the affected policies reduced and the GNDP Councils are now required to remit the parts of the JCS affected by the ruling to pre-submission stage. The parts of the JCS to be remitted are the Growth

Millard Consulting, (2007); Strategic Flood Risk Assessment, North Norfolk

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 18

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

375

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Triangle, and housing proposals in the Broadland part of the Norwich Policy Area, both of which are of relevance to the development proposed by this application. 12.16

Nevertheless, the proposed development has been assessed against these policies as they remain material considerations in the determination of the application until such time as they are updated or confirmed as sound following the further Sustainability Appraisal work that the Council is now undertaking.

12.17

Furthermore, despite the current policy uncertainty, it is considered that the remitted policies for the Growth Triangle describe the most appropriate strategy to deliver growth in Broadland and Greater Norwich.

The evidence base for growth to the

northeast of Norwich and particularly for this site is very strong and the applicants are optimistic that when compared transparently with other alternative options, it will once again emerge as the preferred strategy. 12.18

As such, the relevant JCS

content to flood risk and water management is included in

this section. The JCS superseded the Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement) 2006 that included ‘CS9 Flood risk issues in all development proposals’. This change from Local Plan to JCS has resulted in no changes to policy regarding water resources. An overview of the JCS states: ‘We have to plan places and design and renovate buildings so they are more energy efficient and less carbon dependent, where walking and cycling is an option for many more journeys and our trees, plants, streams, ponds and rivers, play a vital role in bringing down temperatures, promoting diversity and preventing flooding.’

12.19

With Objective 1 of the Spatial Planning Objectives, this goes on to say: ‘New development will generally be guided away from areas with a high probability of flooding. Where new development in such areas is desirable for reasons of sustainability (e.g. in the city centre), flood mitigation will be required and flood protection will be maintained and enhanced.’

12.20

Of the policies contained within the Strategy, the following was identified as being of relevance with respect to flood risk (this replaced ‘CS9 Flood risk issues in all development proposals’ in the Broadland District Local Plan . 19

Core Strategy Policy 1: Addressing climate change and protecting environmental assets ‘To address climate change and promote sustainability, all development will be located and designed to use resources efficiently, minimise greenhouse gas emissions and be adapted to a changing climate and more extreme weather. Development will therefore:

376

Broadland District Council, (2006); Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement). BDC.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton



Be located to minimise flood risk, mitigating any such risk through design and implementing sustainable drainage; and



Minimise water use and protect groundwater sources.’

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY 12.21

The methodology used to undertake this assessment has involved the following stages: 

Review of national, regional and local legislation, policy and guidelines;



Establishing

the

baseline

conditions

using

historical

and

current

survey

information; 

Identify potential impacts from construction and operational development;



Assess the significance of identified impacts;



Identification of suitable and appropriate mitigation measures, for the construction and operational stages of the proposed development;



Develop mitigation strategy through consultation and design; and



Evaluation of the significance of any residual impacts.

Information Sources 12.22

Information regarding the application site and the current environmental baseline has been gathered through a desk-study and baseline studies (including the Flood Risk Assessment at Appendix 12.1 of this ES).

Significance Criteria 12.23

The methodology for assessment of impact significance and mitigation is based on assessing both the magnitude of the changes expected and the sensitivity of the receptors which the changes would affect. Table 12.1 and Table 12.2 detail the criteria used to access these factors including the magnitude of change and receptor sensitivity and Table 12.3 shows how this affects the impact significance. Impacts to potential receptors can be negative or positive.

12.24

The impact significance criteria used in this Chapter is the same approach outlined in Chapter 1.0: Introduction & Assessment Methodology of this ES. Alongside these significance criteria the magnitudes of change, receptor sensitivity and impact significance have been described below and are applicable to water resources.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

377

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 12.1 Magnitude of Change Magnitude of Change

Criteria

Large

Wholesale changes to watercourse channel, route or hydrology. Changes to site resulting in an increase in run-off with flood potential, and also significant changes to soil erosion/sedimentation patterns. Major changes to the water chemistry of surface run-off and groundwater.

Medium

Some fundamental changes to the course and hydrology. Changes to site resulting in an increase in run-off within system capacity. Moderate changes to soil erosion/sedimentation patterns. Moderate changes to the water chemistry of surface run-off and groundwater.

Small

Minor changes to the water courses. Changes to site resulting in slight increase in run-off well within the drainage system capacity. Minor changes to soil erosion/sedimentation patterns. Minor changes to the water chemistry of surface run-off and groundwater.

Negligible

No change to watercourses, run-off and soil erosion and sedimentation patterns and water chemistry.

Table 12.2 Receptor Sensitivity Magnitude of Change

378

Criteria

High

Water body of very good chemical or biological quality. Includes: designated bathing waters, shellfish and salmonid fisheries. A source used for public water supply. SSSI, SPA/SAC, Ramsar Site or highly sensitive aquatic ecosystem.

Moderate

Water body of high amenity value including areas of bathing and where water immersion sports are regularly practised. Water body of ‘good or fairly good’ chemical and biological quality and/or non-public water supply or cyprinid fishery. Water body of nature conservation importance at the regional level or a moderately sensitive aquatic ecosystem e.g. SNCI.

Low

Water body of ‘fair’ chemical or biological quality. A source in close proximity to a source protection zone or abstraction point. Water body of moderate amenity value, including public parks, boating or where a popular footpath passes adjacent to the watercourse, or where the receiving water course passes through a housing development or town centre. Also non-contact water sports. Water body of particular local social/cultural/educational interest. Water body of low amenity value with only casual access, e.g. along a road.

Negligible

Low sensitivity aquatic ecosystem. Water of ‘poor’ or ‘bad’ chemical or biological quality. Water body of no amenity value, seldom used for amenity purposes, in a remote or inaccessible area.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 12.3 Impact Significance x

Magnitude of Change Receptor Sensitivity

Large

Medium

Small

Negligible

High

Severe

Major

Moderate

Minor

Moderate

Major

Moderate

Minor

Low

Moderate

Minor

Negligible

Minor

Negligible

BASELINE CONDITIONS 12.25

There are no formal surface water sewer networks, ditches or watercourses currently on the site and therefore the site discharges all surface water by infiltration and evapotranspiration. There is an area approximately 0.5km to the east of the application site boundary, known as The Springs and Dobs Beck, which has several watercourses and wet areas.

Geology 12.26

Chapter 9.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Contamination of the ES states that the application site is underlain by Superficial Deposits overlying the Crag Group Deposits which in turn overly the White Chalk. Superfical deposits (Happisburgh Glaciogenic Formation, Lowestoft

Formations and

Brickearth) are

all

typically variable in

composition with both predominantly coarse and fine grained horizons. 12.27

Crag Group Deposits (including the Wroxham Crag Formation) comprise gravels interbedded with sands, silts and clays. The deposits are glacial in origin with highly variable lithology. The underlying White Chalk comprises chalk with flints. The area is not known for metastabilty within the chalk and the BGS National Geoscience Information Service have the classed the site as having a very low collapsible stability hazard potential.

Groundwater 12.28

As outlined in Chapter 9.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Contamination, and according to the EA Groundwater Vulnerability Maps, much of the site is underlain by a Secondary Aquifer (Class A) associated with the Superficial Deposits and Crag Group Deposits. The underlying White Chalk is classified as a Primary Aquifer. Figure 12.1 shows the Groundwater Vulnerability Zones and Figure 12.2 the Aquifer Status.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

379

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

12.29

The application site is not located within a SPZ. The area adjacent to the east of the site lies within Zone III (Total Catchment) of an EA SPZ. The Zone II Boundary (Outer SPZ) lies northeast of the site; approximately 200m away.

12.30

There are no licensed groundwater abstractions recorded on the site. However, during a site walkover, a groundwater well was identified at Park Gall Farm within the stable yard. It is unknown whether this well is currently used for groundwater extraction.

Surface Hydrology 12.31

The only natural surface water features on the site are Rackheath Springs, situated on the fringes of the north east boundary of the site, comprising a fishery consisting of two interconnecting ponds measuring approximately 2.0ha and 1.5ha. The ponds are situated along the route of a tributary to the River Waveney flowing from north to south towards Norwich.

Flood Risk 12.32

EA Flood Maps show the application site to lie in Flood Zone 1; land assessed as having a less than 1 in 1,000 annual probability of river or sea flooding (<0.1%) as shown on Figure 12.3 Risk of Flooding From Rivers and Sea.

12.33

NPPF Table 2, taken from the Technical Guidance to the NPPF 14 confirms the ‘flood risk vulnerability classification’ of a site depending on the proposed usage. This classification is used to determine whether:

12.34



The proposed development is suitable for the flood zone in which it is located, and



Whether an Exception Test is required for the proposed development.

In this case the proposed development is for a residential led (approximately 3,500 units) mixed use scheme, including schools and commercial and retail space, with a strong emphasis on the creation of a sustainable community.

12.35

The proposed on-site land uses classifies the application site as being ‘Less Vulnerable’, ‘More Vulnerable’ and ‘Water Compatible’ with respects to its vulnerability to potential impacts of flooding. NPPF Tables 2 and 3, above, shows that development classed as ‘more vulnerable’, ‘less vulnerable’ and ‘water compatible’ is appropriate for Flood Zone 1.

12.36

A FRA has been undertaken and can be found at Appendix 12.1 in Volume 2: Technical Appendices of this ES.

380

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS Construction Phase Surface Water 12.37

The construction of the development of the application site will result in large areas of impermeable hard standing and roof area, resulting in the increase of volumes of surface water run-off both during and after construction. However, the proposed surface water drainage strategy will discharge the water to ground maintaining the existing drainage regime on the site. Therefore there will be no exacerbation of off-site flood risk as a result of the proposed development, and as such, will result in a Negligible impact. Groundwater

12.38

The EAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Groundwater Source Protection Zone Maps, available on the EAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s website

indicate the risk of contamination to groundwater sources such as wells, boreholes and springs used for public drinking water supply. The shape and size of a zone depends on the ground conditions, how the groundwater is abstracted, and other environmental factors. 12.39

The mapping confirms that the application site lies outside Groundwater Source Protection Zone 3 (Total Catchment) but lies over a Major Aquifer with a high groundwater vulnerability. This means that while the groundwater (aquifer) directly below the site is not extracted for potable water, the ground conditions above the aquifer are permeable and therefore there is a potential for the movement of contaminants through the strata and pollution the aquifer. A surface water drainage strategy has been developed in consultation with the EA, and takes this into account, and as such there is considered to be a Negligible impact to groundwater. Increased Sediment Loads

12.40

Any flows generated within the application site will be directed towards the proposed surface water drainage strategy. The on-site drainage system will include a 30% increase in rainfall intensities to take account of climate change over the lifetime of the proposed development. Therefore, the proposed development results in a Negligible impact. Dust and Debris

www.environment-agency.gov.uk

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

381

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

12.41

Construction has the potential to release dust and debris that may be blown into adjacent watercourses. Increased dust levels in watercourses may reduce the levels of light reaching aquatic plant and animal species. Debris blown into watercourses can decrease the recreational and aesthetic quality of the resources.

12.42

The resultant significance of the potential impact on The Springs and Dobs Beck is deemed to be small with a Negligible overall significance for the application site. The proposed development will result in a Negligible impact. Accidental Leaks and Spillages of Hazardous Substances

12.43

During construction, there is an elevated risk of potential leaks or accidental spillage of hazardous chemicals used on-site migrating to nearby surface watercourses and resulting in an adverse impact. Whilst this is considered to be highly unlikely, during the construction, should any large quantities of hazardous substances be accidentally spilled a significant risk of acute toxicity may arise in the ponds of Rackheath Springs or the connected tributary to the River Waveney, via surface run-off. The magnitude of any change may be considered to be small, with an overall impact significance of Negligible.

12.44

The nature of the proposed development is such that there will be minimal or no storage of hydrocarbons, or hazardous substances, and therefore the risks associated with accidental leaks and spillages of these are considered to be Negligible to Minor Negative. Flood Risk

12.45

The proposed development will not result in any changes to the level of impermeable surface during the construction process. As such, the proposed development will result in a Negligible impact.

Operational Phase 12.46

As a large-scale, masterplanned development which will come forward in phases over 15-20 years, the scheme will be promoted via a multi-stage consent process beginning with an outline planning application, with all matters except access reserved to detailed stages of design. Full details of the proposed development and planning history context are contained within Chapter 2.0: Proposed Development of this ES. Surface Water

12.47

The construction of the development of application site will result in large areas of impermeable hard standing and roof area, resulting in the increase of volumes of surface water run-off both during and after construction. However, the proposed surface water drainage strategy will discharge the water to ground maintaining the

382

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

existing drainage regime on the site. Therefore there will be no exacerbation of off-site flood risk as a result of the development, and as such, will result in a Negligible impact. Groundwater 12.48

The EAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Groundwater Source Protection Zone Maps, available on the EAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s website20 indicate the risk of contamination to groundwater sources such as wells, boreholes and springs used for public drinking water supply. The shape and size of a zone depends on the ground conditions, how the groundwater is abstracted, and other environmental factors.

12.49

The mapping confirms that the application site lies outside Groundwater Source Protection Zone 3 (Total Catchment) but lies over a major aquifer with high groundwater vulnerability. This means that while the groundwater (aquifer) directly below the site is not extracted for potable water, the ground conditions above the aquifer are permeable and therefore there is a potential for the movement of contaminants through the strata and pollution the aquifer. The proposed surface water drainage strategy which has been developed in consultation with the EA, takes this into account, and as such there is considered to be a Negligible impact to groundwater. Increased Sediment Loads

12.50

Any flows generated within the developed site will be directed towards the proposed surface water drainage strategy. The on-site drainage system will include a 30% increase in rainfall intensities to take account of climate change over the lifetime of the development. Therefore, the proposed development results in a Negligible impact. Dust and Debris

12.51

There will be minimal dust or debris generated by the proposed development once the site is operational. The resultant significance of the potential impact is deemed to be small with a Negligible overall significance for the application site. The proposed development will result in a Negligible impact. Accidental Leaks and Spillages of Hazardous Substances

12.52

The nature of the proposed development is such that there will be minimal or no storage of hydrocarbons, or hazardous substances, and therefore, the risks associated with accidental leaks and spillages of these are considered to be Negligible to Minor Negative.

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

383

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Flood Risk 12.53

The proposed development will result in an increase to the level of impermeable surface once operational. However, the proposed development has been designed to accommodate for the additional run off through the existing on-site drainage system. This results in a Negligible impact on flood risk.

MITIGATION MEASURES Construction & Operational Phases Surface and Groundwater 12.54

Specific mitigation measures are required, the details of which are given in Chapter 9.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Contamination of this ES, and include good site practice to ensure that earth moving operations that have the potential to give rise to contaminated drainage will be undertaken in compliance with British Standards 6031: Code of Practice for Earthworks . 21

12.55

In addition, where excavation activities identify potential for contamination to be present within the overlying soils, any water resulting from excavations will be collected

and

analysed.

Should

testing

indicate

that

the

collected

water

contaminated, it will be disposed of following consultation with the EA and in accordance with the relevant waste legislation; clean water will be discharged through the existing drainage systems. 12.56

Should any localised hotspots of contamination be identified, then any piled foundations will be pre-cast, and ground improvement techniques will be used to allow shallow concrete footings to be used above the shallow groundwater.

12.57

Intrusive ground operations will have due regard to the guidelines provided in the following publications: 

Piling and Penetrative Ground Improvement Methods on Land Affected by Contamination: Guidance on Pollution Prevention (NC/99/73)22;



Guidelines for Safe Investigation by Drilling of Landfills and Contaminated Land 23; and



EA Pollution Prevention Guidelines.

British Standards Institution, (1987); British Standards 6031: Code of Practice for Earthworks. BSi.

Environment Agency, (2001); Piling and Penetrative Ground Improvement Methods on Land Affected by Contamination: Guidance on Pollution Prevention (NC/99/73). EA 22

Thomas Telford/British Drilling Association, (1993); Guidelines for Safe Investigation by Drilling of Landfills and Contaminated Land. Thomas Telford/British Drilling Association 23

384

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

12.58

A Construction Management Plan (CMP) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will

produced,

described

Chapter

3.0:

Development

Programme

Construction of this ES, which the Principal Contractor will implement during the duration of the construction stage. The CMP and EMP both consider all relevant areas of environmental management during the construction phase; it is considered that these plans remain appropriate, and will therefore be implemented as part of the construction for the proposed development. Measures that will be implemented include: 

Appropriate storage of all potentially contaminative materials (e.g. fuels and any chemicals used during the construction phase) in a designated secure bunded area;



Spill control measures to minimise impacts associated with accidental spillage;



Any soil arisings are visually inspected for contamination;



Classification of excavated soils prior to disposal;



Control of the height of soil stockpiles to minimise wind erosion;



Stage site preparation of site activities to minimise disturbance;



Earth moving operations undertaken in compliance with BS 6031; and



Contaminated material and any other material to be removed off-site to be disposed of in accordance with the Environmental Protection Act24. Sections 33 and 34 and the Environmental Protection (Duty of Care) Regulations 199125.

12.59

However, material encountered during excavation works that has the potential to be contaminated will be disposed in accordance with relevant legislative and beset practice guidance, removing the potential source of contamination. Accidental Leaks and Spillages of Hazardous Substances

12.60

The Contractor will be required to undertake site activities in accordance with the CMP and EMP, which include a detailed mitigation strategy to minimise the risk of accidental leaks and spillages of hazardous substances. This sets out how construction activities will be undertaken in accordance with the Pollution Prevention Guidelines published by the EA.

12.61

The CMP and EMP have been prepared and will be implemented to manage the environmental impacts of the construction process and include a detailed mitigation

Great Britain. Parliament, (1990); Environmental Protection Act 1990. HMSO.

Great Britain. Parliament, (1991); The Environmental Protection (Duty of Care) Regulations 1991. SI 1991/2839. HMSO. 25

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

385

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

strategy to minimise the risk of accidental leaks and spillages of hazardous substances. All construction and installation activities including those carried out by subcontractors and suppliers would be supervised, or regularly checked through the completion of site inspections by the Principal Contractorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Environmental Manager, to ensure that requirements identified in risk assessments or method statements have been implemented. The frequency and extent of this supervision would vary according to the degree of competence displayed by the workforce and the level of risk to the environment. Construction phase operations would be carried out in accordance with guidance contained within the EA PPGs. Flood Risk 12.62

Redevelopment of the site must be undertaken by using Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) that meet EA Regulations6. Implementation of SuDS for new developments is generally viewed as potentially more beneficial than conventional drainage systems for a number of reasons such as: (1) better control of water discharge rates and volumes; (2) water quality improvements through the reduction of pollutants; (3) recharge of aquifers; and (4) amenity improvement and facilitation of wildlife habitat.

12.63

Flood risk and other environmental damage can be managed by minimising changes in volume and rate of surface water run-off from development sites through the use of SuDS, this being complementary to the control of development within the floodplain. SuDS will not alleviate flooding in an area prone to flooding, however if properly designed SuDS have the potential to prevent the surface water run-off from new development increasing the off-site flood risk.

12.64

The proposed surface water strategy which has been developed in consultation with the EA, seeks to replicate the existing greenfield run-off regime by returning the rainfall run-off generated by the development to ground via infiltration devices.

12.65

Low infiltration rates were recorded at shallow depth (1m â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2m below ground level) on the site, as described within the Flood Risk Assessment at Appendix 12.1 of this ES. Therefore the proposed strategy combines infiltration basins and blankets which are designed to act as longer term retention areas, in combination with deep bore soakaways. To reduce the level of impermeability across the proposed development, replicable opportunities for on-plot SuDS have been assessed with the outcome that all the private roads, parking courts and driveways will be specified as permeable paving. An assessment of the potential contribution to the network from greenfield open spaces will also be undertaken at the detailed design stage.

12.66

To ensure that the preliminary surface water drainage design remains conservative, no other on-plot Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) have been included at this stage,

386

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

as their exact locations will only be known during the detailed design stage. However, in accordance with the SuDS Manualâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (C697)

requirement for multiple treatment

stages for run-off prior to discharge, there is an aspiration to include swales and bioretention areas within the proposed developmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s final layout to provide additional attenuation and water quality benefits to highway run-off. 12.67

In order to reduce the level of impermeability across the proposed development replicable opportunities for on-plot SuDS have been assessed with the outcome that all the private roads, parking courts and driveways will be specified as permeable paving.

12.68

These permeable pavements will be sized to attenuate up to and including a 1 in 100 year + 30% climate change rainfall event with no surface flooding. Where half drain down times of over three days are predicted due to low infiltration rates a high level overflow from the pavements will be provided to the surface water drainage network. This high level overflow will only be utilised during rainfall events subsequent to the 1 in 100 year + 30% climate change rainfall event.

12.69

Sizing of the pavements will be undertaken at detailed design following additional soakage testing to confirm the infiltration rate available within each plot.

Residual impacts Construction Phase 12.70

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Operational Phase 12.71

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS 12.72

This Chapter on Water Resources & Flood Risk has confirmed that there are no existing water features on-site, that the application site is within a low probability of flooding and the proposed uses on-site are acceptable in accordance with the requirements of the NPPF . 13

Woods-Ballard, B, Kellagher, R, Martin, P, Jefferies, C, Bray, R, Shaffer, P (2007)

The SUDS manual CIRIA C697 (ISBN: 978-0-86017-697-8)

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

387

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

12.73

It is considered that the proposed development will result in an overall Negligible impact at both the construction and operational phases. Nonetheless, this Chapter has summarised a range of mitigation measures that have been and will be put in place for the construction of the proposed development, which is considered sufficient to mitigate against any potential impacts.

388

Chapter 12.0: Water Resources & Flood Risk ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Redline Boundary of Application Site

Major Aquifer High Major Aquifer Intermediate Major Aquifer Low Minor Aquifer High Minor Aquifer Intermediate Minor Aquifer Low

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 12.1 Groundwater Vulnerability Zones Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Redline Boundary of Application Site

Major Aquifer High Major Aquifer Intermediate Major Aquifer Low Minor Aquifer High Minor Aquifer Intermediate Minor Aquifer Low

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 12.2 Aquifer Status Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Redline Boundary of Application Site Flooding from rivers or sea without defences Extent of extreme flood Flood defences (Not all may be shown*) Areas benefiting from flood defences (Not all may be shown*)

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON FIGURE 12.3 Risk of Flooding From Rivers and Sea Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the ordnance survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC INTRODUCTION 13.1

This Chapter presents a review of the relevant national, regional and local policy objectives with regard to social and economic considerations, and details the current social and economic conditions of the application site and surrounding area to establish the base case against which the significance of the socio-economic effects from the proposed development are examined.

13.2

This Chapter identifies the likely socio-economic impacts generated from the proposed development, and assesses their significance, and the need for mitigation.

The

Chapter covers some matters that are addressed in the Social and Economic Development Statement submitted as part of the outline application materials, but has been prepared independently of that Statement.

PLANNING POLICY & LEGISLATIVE CONTEXT 13.3

A number of social

and

economic policy documents, area

assessments and

regeneration strategies have been produced, by a range of organisations, which together set the social and economic policy context for the area. The key policy documents relevant to the study area, in descending order of national, regional to local scale, are: 

National Planning Policy Framework1 (NPPF);



Local Government Act 20002;



Safer Places – The Planning System and Crime Prevention3;



Regional Spatial Strategy for the East of England4 (EEP);



Greater Norwich Development Partnership (GNDP) Joint Core Strategy (JCS) for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk5; and



Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement)6.

Department for Communities and Local Government, (2012); National Planning Policy Framework. DCLG.

HM Government,(2000); Local Government Act 2000. (c.22), London: HMSO.

ODPM & The Home Office, (2004); Safer Places – The Planning System and Crime Prevention. TSO.

Government Office for the East of England, (2008); The East of England Plan. TSO.

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 5

Broadland District Council, (2006); Broadland District Local Plan (Replacement). Updated March 2011. BDC.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

389

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

National Level National Planning Policy Framework 13.4

The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF)1 was published on the 27 March 2012. It replaces most existing national planning policy previously contained in Planning Policy Statements (PPSs) and Planning Policy Guidance (PPG).

13.5

The

NPPF

includes

transitional

arrangements

for

the

new

system.

Planning

applications must be determined in accordance with locally adopted Core Strategies and Local Plans, unless material considerations indicate otherwise. 13.6

For the purposes of decision-taking, the policies in adopted Core Strategies, and Local Plans should not be considered out-of-date simply because they were adopted before the publication of the NPPF . However, policies in the NPPF are material considerations 1

which will be taken into account. Further, until 27 March 2013, councils (and any other decision-takers such as the Planning Inspectorate) may continue to give full weight to relevant policies in their Core Strategies and Local Plans even if there is a limited degree of conflict with the NPPF. 13.7

For adopted Local Plans and Core Strategies, due weight should be given to relevant policies according to their degree of consistency with the NPPF (the closer the policies 1

in the plan to the policies in the NPPF, the greater the weight that may be given). 13.8

The NPPF sets out the three dimensions to sustainable development, requiring equal weight to be given to the economic, social and environmental roles that the planning system should play. Of specific relevance to this Chapter are: 

‘An economic role – contributing to building a strong, responsive and competitive economy, by ensuring that sufficient land of the right type is available in the right places and at the right time to support growth and innovation; and by identifying and

coordinating

development

requirements,

including

the

provision

infrastructure; 

A social role – supporting strong, vibrant and health communities, by providing the supply of housing required to meet the needs of present and future generations; and by creating a high quality built environment, with accessible local services that reflect the community’s needs and support its health, social and cultural well-being.’1

13.9

The NPPF also sets out twelve Core Planning Principles, of which the following are relevant to this Chapter: 

‘…proactively drive and support sustainable economic development to deliver the homes, business and industrial units, infrastructure and thriving local places that the country needs. Every effort should be made objectively to identify and then

390

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

meet the housing, business and other development needs of an area, and respond positively to wider opportunities for growth… 

…promote mixed use developments, and encourage multiple benefits from the use of land in urban and rural areas, recognising that some open land can perform many functions (such as wildlife, recreation, flood risk mitigation, carbon storage or food production);



…take account of and support local strategies to improve health, social and cultural well-being for all, and deliver sufficient community and cultural facilities and services to meet local needs.’1

13.10

The following NPPF policies are identified as being of relevance to this Chapter and the 1

proposed development: 

1. Building a strong, competitive economy – Local planning authorities (LPAs) are required to: o

Support existing business sectors and identify and plan for new and emerging sectors;

Facilitate flexible working practices such as the integration of residential and commercial uses within the same unit;



4. Promoting sustainable transport – LPAs are required to: o

Aim for a balance of land uses within their area so that people can be encouraged to minimise journey lengths for employment, shopping, leisure, education and other activities;

Where practical, particularly within large-scale developments, locate within walking distance of most properties, key facilities such as primary schools and local shops;



6. Delivering a wide choice of high quality homes – LPAs are required to: o

Plan for a mix of housing based on current and future demographic trends, market trends and the needs of different groups in the community (such as, but not limited to, families with children, older people, people with disabilities, service families, and people wishing to build their own homes);

Identify the size, type, tenure and range of housing that is required in particular locations, reflecting local demand;



8. Promoting healthy communities – LPAs should seek to achieve places which: o

Promote opportunities for meetings between members of the community who might not otherwise come into contact with each other, including through mixed-use developments, strong neighbourhood centres and active street frontages which bring together those who work, live and play in the vicinity;

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

391

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Ensure safe and accessible environments where crime and disorder, and the fear of crime, do not undermine the quality of life or community cohesion;

Provide safe and accessible developments, containing clear and legible pedestrian routes, and high quality public space, which encourage the active and continual use of public areas;

Ensure the provision and use of shared space, community facilities (such as local shops, meeting places, sports venues, cultural buildings, public houses and places of worship) and other local services to enhance the sustainability of communities and residential environments;

Promote an integrated approach to the location of housing, economic uses and community facilities and services;

Ensure a sufficient choice of school places is available to meet the needs of existing and new communities; and

Ensure access to high quality open spaces and opportunities for sport and recreation, which can make an important contribution to the health and wellbeing of communities1.

Local Government Act 2000 13.11

Central Government recognised that as the first tier of local government, local councils have a vital role to play in improving local services and invigorating local democracy. As such, the Local Government Act 20002 was introduced to give powers to local authorities to promote economic, social and environmental well-being within their boundaries. This is enacted through Section 2(1) of the Act, known as the ‘well-being power’.

13.12

The well-being power enables local authorities to do anything they consider likely to promote or improve the economic, social or environmental well-being of their area. The breadth of the power is such that councils can regard it as a ‘power of first resort’ that is rather than searching for a specific power elsewhere in statute in order to take a particular action, councils can instead look to the well-being power in the first instance. However, the power is limited to that which is likely to promote or improve the well-being of the area and does not involve raising money. Further, what councils propose must be neither explicitly prohibited, nor explicitly subject to limitations nor restrictions, on the face of other legislation.

13.13

The well-being power has been used by councils for a variety of purposes from enabling the formulation of a district agreement on establishing a Waste Transfer

392

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Station to providing additional Police Community Support Officers and its use as a 7

power of first resort has been born out in the Courts (R (J) v Enfield LBC and R (Khan) v Oxfordshire CC) . Lord Justice Dyson confirmed in the Enfield case that the section 8

‘has a broad purpose’ and the scope of the powers ‘should not be narrowly construed’. The power is to ‘do anything’ which an authority considers is likely to achieve one or more of the promotion or improvement of the economic, social or environmental wellbeing of their area. Safer Places – The Planning System and Crime Prevention 13.14

This guidance3 highlights both the need to consider crime prevention as part of the design process and the contribution that good quality design can make to creating places where people want to live, work and enjoy themselves in, in the knowledge that they can do so safely.

13.15

The guidance provides examples of planning and design interventions that can block, weaken or divert any one of the causes of the Conjunction of Criminal Opportunity

(CCO), which is considered to be circumstances whereby a criminal event happens, such that: ‘When a predisposed, motivated and resourceful offender encounters, or engineers, a conducive crime situation. The situation in turn comprises a suitable target in a favourable environment, in the absence of people who might prevent the crime and in the presence of those who might promote it.’ 13.16

The attributes of safe, sustainable places are stated as: 

‘Access and movement: places with well-defined routes, spaces and entrances that provide for convenient movement without compromising security;



Structure: places that are laid out so that crime is discouraged and different uses do not cause conflict;



Surveillance: places where all publicly accessible spaces are overlooked;



Ownership: places that promote a sense of ownership, respect, territorial responsibility and community;



Physical

protection:

places

that

include

necessary,

well-designed

security

features;

DCLG, (2008); Practical use of the Well-being Power. www.communities.gov.uk/documents/localgovernment/pdf/ 10614461.pdf 8 9

Sellers, S., (2009); Promoting well-being - caution rules again? Wragge & Co. www.wragge.com/alert_4625.asp

Ekblom, P., (2001); The Conjunction of Criminal www.crimereduction.homeoffice.gov.uk/learningzone/cco.htm.

Opportunity:

framework

for

crime

reduction.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

393

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton



Activity: places where the level of human activity is appropriate to the location and creates a reduced risk of crime and a sense of safety at all times;



Management and maintenance: places that are designed with management and maintenance in mind, to discourage crime in the present and the future.’3

13.17

Since the publication of the guidance, the CCO has been further developed as a crime reduction tool into the 5I’s Framework incorporating: intelligence, intervention, implementation, involvement and impact . However, the design and planning aspects 10

of the guidance remain relevant.

Regional Policy The East of England Plan: Regional Spatial Strategy for the East of England 13.18

The East of England Plan (EEP)4 identifies Norwich as a key centre for development and change (Policy SS3).

13.19

In terms of housing in Broadland District, the EEP4 requires at least 12,200 dwellings to be constructed in Broadland District between 2001 and 2021 under Policy H1. Policy NR14 requires provision of 33,000 net additional dwellings in the period 2001 to 2021 in the Norwich Policy Area (NPA). The NPA covers the urban area of Norwich, the first ring of villages, and Wymondham. Policy H1 seeks to promote the provision of accommodation that reflects demographic, housing and social needs.

13.20

Policy E14 sets an indicative target of a net increase of 35,000 jobs in the Greater Norwich area over the period 2001 to 2021. Policy E2 seeks to ensure that Local Development Documents allocate an adequate range of sites to accommodate the targets of Policy E1.

13.21

The preparation of Local Planning Policy documents by the Local Authorities must be in accordance with the policies of the EEP4.

Local Policy The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk 13.22

The GNDP JCS5 was adopted at full Council meetings on 22 March 2011 by Broadland District Council (BDC), Norwich City Council and South Norfolk Council. The Inspectors’ report on the examination of the Development Plan Document (DPD), published on 25 February 2011, found the document to be sound, and to provide an appropriate basis for the planning of the area over the next 15 years to 2026.

Ekblom, P. (2003); 5Is framework: a practical tool for transfer and sharing of crime prevention knowledge illustrative guide. www.crimereduction.homeoffice.gov.uk/learningzone/5isguide.htm

394

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.23

A period to allow for legal challenge to the High Court followed the decision to adopt as part of the statutory process. On 4 May 2011 a legal challenge was made by Mr Stephen Heard’s solicitors to the adoption of the JCS by Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk . Despite this legal challenge the JCS remains adopted and part of the 5

Development Plans for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. 13.24

However, with regard to the north-east growth triangle, Justice Ouseley considered there to be a procedural flaw in the designation as the only major growth location in the district. To remedy this, the relevant parts of the JCS dealing with the northeast 5

growth triangle have been remitted to the pre-submission stage in the plan preparation process. 13.25

The GNDP Councils published the JCS for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk: Proposed Submission content in August 2012 for public consultation. The proposed submission content has been produced to address the Judgment made by Mr Justice Ouseley and is not a review of the whole JCS but a reconsideration of only those parts of the JCS which were remitted to the Regulation 19: Publication of a Local Plan Stage (previously known as the ‘pre-submission stage’) by the Judgment and Court Order.

13.26

Due to the absence of one of the JCS: Proposed Submission content’s supporting documents’ Appendices it was re-published in September 2012 and to ensure that people have sufficient time to review the full document, the consultation was extended to November 2012.

13.27

Thus, in the interim the north-east growth triangle policies are material considerations as draft policies.

13.28

The following JCS policies have been identified as being of relevance to this Chapter 5

and the proposed development, where policies have been remitted this has been noted: Spatial Planning Objectives 

Objective 2: To allocate enough land for housing, and affordable housing, in the most sustainable settlements: o

The type, size and tenure, including affordable housing, will meet the needs identified by the Greater Norwich Sub Regional Housing Assessments;

People will have alternatives to using cars and new housing, employment and services will be planned so they are grouped together wherever possible;

Appropriate densities will make sure land is used efficiently and community needs will be met;



Objective 3: To promote economic growth and diversity and provide a wide range of jobs:

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

395

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Enough land for employment development will be allocated to meet the needs of inward investment, new businesses and existing businesses wishing to expand or relocate;

Mixed-use development, live/ work units and diversification schemes will be encouraged to reduce the need for local people to commute long distances to work;

As the employment needs of the area are so diverse it is essential to provide jobs for all people in the community;



Objective 4: To promote regeneration and reduce deprivation: o

Growth will be used to bring benefits to local people, especially those in deprived communities, to regenerate communities, local economies, underused

brownfield

land

and

neighbourhoods by creating

safe,

healthy,

prosperous, sustainable and inclusive communities; 

Objective 5: To allow people to develop to their full potential by providing educational facilities to support the needs of a growing population: o

Within Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk there is a need to improve, expand and develop new education provision to serve an increasing population and higher educational aspirations;



Objective 6: To make sure people have ready access to services: o

Wherever new homes or jobs are to be developed, existing supporting services must either already be adequate or will be provided at the right stage of a new development. This will ensure existing and future residents and workers will have access to the services they need;



Objective 8: To positively protect and enhance the individual character and culture of the area: o

Adequate public open space, sport and recreational facilities, as well as access to the countryside, is needed locally to make sure everyone can take part in community activities;



Objective 10: To be a place where people feel safe in their communities: o

People will have a stronger sense of belonging and pride in peoples’ surroundings. There will be reduced crime and the fear of crime. Better community facilities, better road safety and design of new developments will help to reduce crime;



Objective 11: To encourage the development of healthy and active lifestyles: o

Within Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk the accessibility of open space, the countryside, sports and recreational facilities will be improved. People will

396

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

also be offered the best opportunities to make healthy travel choices as part of their daily lives; and o

By working with NHS Norfolk and Norfolk County Council, medical and social facilities will be properly planned for new developments and will be accessible to all5.

Area Wide Policies 13.29

The above Spatial Planning Objectives are supported by the following policies: 5



Policy 4 – Housing Delivery;



Policy 5 – The Economy;



Policy 7 – Supporting Communities; and



Policy 8 – Culture, Leisure and Entertainment.

Policies for Places 13.30

As the proposed development at North Sprowston & Old Catton (NS&OC) is within the Growth Triangle, the following place specific policies , where relevant, have been 5

remitted. As such, they are not adopted but are considered to be a material consideration: 

Policy 9: Strategy for growth in the Norwich Policy Area – Housing need will be addressed by the identification of new allocations to deliver a minimum of 7,000 dwellings by 2026 continuing to grow to around 10,000 dwellings eventually in the Old Catton, Sprowston, Rackheath and Thorpe St Andrew growth triangle;



Policy 10: Locations for major new or expanded communities in the Norwich Policy Area. Major growth in the Old Catton, Sprowston, Rackheath, Thorpe St Andrew growth triangle. In addition, each major development location will: o

Deliver healthy, sustainable communities with locally distinctive design and high quality green infrastructure within the development and contributing to the surrounding network;

Provide

for

wide

range

housing

need

including

giving

serious

consideration to the provision of sites for Gypsies and Travellers; o

Seek to achieve a high level of self containment through the provision of services to support the new development while integrating well with neighbouring communities;

Include new or expanded education provision addressing the needs of the 019 age range, local retail and other services, community, police and recreational facilities, small-scale employment opportunities and primary healthcare facilities; and

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

397

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

The developers of major Strategic Growth Locations will be required to ensure there is an ongoing commitment to support community development throughout the period until the development is completed.

13.31

Specifically, Policy 10 makes the following remitted reference to the application site: ‘Old Catton, Sprowston, Rackheath, Thorpe St Andrew growth triangle: This location will deliver an urban extension extending on both sides of the Northern Distributor Road. Complete delivery of the extension is dependent on implementation of the Northern Distributor Road. However, there is scope for partial delivery, the precise extent of which will be assessed through the Area Action Plan. The structure of the local geography suggests that this new community will take the form of a series of inter-related new villages or quarters and will include: 

At least 7,000 dwellings (rising to a total of at least 10,000 dwellings after 2026);



A district centre based around an accessible ‘high street’ and including a new library, education and health facilities. This may be provided by building on the proposed centre at Blue Boar Lane or by the creation of a second district centre elsewhere in the Growth Triangle. The development will also require new local centres;



New pre-school provision and up to six new primary schools plus a new secondary school with an initial phase to open as early as possible. To facilitate early provision the early phases of development will concentrate on family housing;



New employment allocations for local needs including expansion of the Rackheath employment area…;



Permeability and community integration across the Northern Distributor Road and with existing communities. This will be crucial for the successful development of the area….’5

Broadland Local Plan (Replacement) Saved Policies 13.32

The JCS notes at paragraph 2.11 that the JCS is a ‘high level strategy and most of the policies in the currently adopted Local Plans will continue to apply. However, some of the policies in those plans are of a more strategic nature and will no longer be relevant.’5 This is the case with the Broadland District Plan , of which several policies 6

have been superseded. However, the following are still extant and considered to be relevant: 

‘Policy

GS3-

‘In

considering

all

development

proposals,

the

following

considerations will be taken into, as well as any specifically related to the nature of the development proposed. Development will not be permitted where there are unacceptable effects in terms of:-

398

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

a) Its accessibility to all members of the community, including those with a physical disability...

e) Residential amenity…

h) The loss of the best and most versatile agricultural land (namely land classified as Grades 1, 2 or 3A as defined by the Agricultural Land Classification).’



Policy GS4 – ‘New development will be permitted only where utilities, services and social infrastructure are or can be made adequate, or where agreement is reached to ensure that suitable improvements will be made at an appropriate stage in the implementation of the development.’



Policy RL2 – ‘Additional sports and recreational facilities of an appropriate scale, to serve local needs will be permitted. Provided that there is no significant noise disturbance to residents or noise pollution in the surrounding environment. Facilities which can be demonstrated to meet a deficiency in the area acknowledged by the District Council after consultation with Sport England (East) will be particularly welcome.’



Policy RL5 – ‘The District Council will endeavour to ensure that adequate open space for outdoor playing purposes sufficient to meet the N.P.F.A. minimum standard of 2.4ha per 1000 population is made available within the district to meet both existing and future needs.’



Policy RL6 – ‘Proposals for new recreation open space areas will be permitted where: o

a) The area is within two kilometres of the settlement it is intended to serve;

b) The area is in scale appropriate to the size and function of the settlement it is intending to serve;

c) The area is located and set out in a manner that minimises disturbance to the residential amenity of any adjoining dwellings; and

d) Any building are modest in scale limited to providing ancillary facilities, such as changing rooms.’



Policy RL7 – ‘In developments of five dwellings or more developers will be expected to make provision for and provide for the future maintenance of land suitable for both formal and informal outdoor recreational pursuits. The provision f formal recreation and children’s play should comply with the Council's minimum standard of 2.4ha (6ac) of outdoor playing space per 1000 population.’



Policy CS1 – ‘Community facilities and services will be permitted in appropriate locations. For proposals outside settlement limits it will be necessary to demonstrate that a need exists. Proposals involving the loss of a community

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

399

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

facility will only be permitted where it has been demonstrated that the facility no longer provides a viable community use, or its replacement is provided for.’ 6

ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY Scope of the Assessment 13.33

The following bullet points represent the key issues identified within the EIA Scoping Report submitted to BDC on 15th September 2011, which are considered herein within the chapter. BDC adopted a Scoping Opinion on 19 th October 2011 and did not identify any further requirements with regards to the scope of assessment for the socioeconomic element of the ES. This does not preclude BDC from subsequently requesting additional information in connection with the ES, however, it does indicate that the proposed scope as detailed within the EIA Scoping Report was considered to adequately cover the potential effects of the proposed development. 

A desk-top review of current socio-economic conditions in the assessment area, including the prevailing baseline industry and economic conditions;



Calculation of the forecast total population and child yield for the proposed development, and assessment of how these impact on: o

School places provision;

Children's play space

provision (that

should

provided

within the

development); o

Open space provision;

Primary healthcare provision including GP Surgeries;

Economic impacts of the proposed retail and commercial elements and any resultant socio-demographic implications;

Housing need and affordability;

The

quantum

construction

work

and

its

anticipated

employment

generation; o

The quantum of operational employment opportunities generated on-site; and



The overall scheme aims in relation to a variety of additional socio-economic components, such as improving the quality of life for users of the site and its immediate surroundings; and meeting established social and economic policy objectives.

400

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Wider Impacts – Construction Phase 13.34

The construction process, and the potential environmental impacts arising through the various activities, may be of concern to local residents in terms of noise and vibration, dust nuisance, health and safety, construction traffic, waste management and visual impacts. The application of good practice during demolition and construction, and detailed mitigation measures to remove, reduce or mitigate in other ways ‘disturbance’ during these phases, are assessed within their appropriate technical chapters of this ES.

Extent of the Study Area 13.35

It is important when undertaking an assessment of the social and economic effects that the geographical scope of the assessment is clearly understood.

13.36

The proposed development is essentially the formation of a substantial new or extended community within the predominantly rural BDC administrative area. However, it is also on the north-eastern fringe of Norwich City Council’s (NCC) administrative area and will, effectively, be an urban extension to the City. The existing area of the application site supports very few inhabitants, being mainly agricultural in nature. Consequently, drawing an understanding of the baseline from just the existing area within the application site would reveal very little about the prevailing socio-economic conditions. It is the proposed development’s intention to knit with the existing communities adjacent and therefore, understanding their socioeconomic conditions would be of great benefit.

13.37

Consequently, in terms of geographical scope the socio-economic assessment has focussed upon the administrative districts of Broadland and Norwich, to gain an understanding of the majority of socio-economic conditions.

13.38

For many aspects of the socio-economic assessment but in particular housing, reference has been made to the Greater Norwich Development Partnership (GNDP) area. This comprises the administrative districts of Norwich, Broadland, and South Norfolk. Therefore, reference has been made to all three administrative areas where relevant.

13.39

The Old Catton, Sprowston, Rackheath and Thorpe St Andrew Growth Triangle is a proposed major growth location that is located to the northeast of Norwich, within Broadland. As previously stated, the parts of the JCS dealing with the north-east growth triangle have been remitted to the pre-submission stage in the plan preparation process. Therefore, as the Growth Triangle area is larger than the application site but within the Broadland District area, it is not typically addressed as a specific geographic area within this Chapter. The majority of the baseline and other subsequent impact considerations are made at the District level.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

401

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.40

For comparison purposes and to understand the wider context of the baseline conditions reviewed, the following additional geographic scopes have been considered: 

County area of Norfolk;



The East of England region; and



National averages for England, Great Britain, or the United Kingdom dependent upon data availability to provide context.

13.41

A large amount of data, particularly that which originates from the census, is provided in aggregated output area (OA) geographies; the most common of which is the Lower Super Output Area (LSOA).

13.42

LSOAs are typically formed of neighbourhoods of approximately 1,500 people, with the next level of census output geography being Middle Super Output Areas (MSOAs), which are formed of an average of 7,500 persons. A full explanation of LSOAs and MSOAs may be found at Appendix 13.1.

13.43

Four middle super output areas (MSOAs), cover the application site but also extend to the main community areas to the site’s north, south, east and west as set out below:

13.44



Broadland 005 – north of the application site;



Broadland 009 – west of the application site;



Broadland 012 – south and northeast of the application site; and



Broadland 013 – southeast of the application site.

However, MSOAs are not regularly used in statistical analysis and therefore, where necessary data will be used from LSOAs and either aggregated to the identified MSOAs level or reported at the LSOA level where aggregation would not be feasible.

13.45

This consideration of output area geographies allows a more refined assessment of local impacts where these would be of particular relevance to the application site.

13.46

Finally, some further geographic areas have been referenced where data availability is only available at those levels. These include parishes, police force areas and typical school catchments based on distance radii. Where these areas have been included within the assessment, they have been specifically referenced.

13.47

In terms of the geographical extent of effects, the following definitions have been adopted for the purposes of this socio-economic assessment: 

Local level: relating to the application site and its environs as generally established by the four identified MSOAs;



District level: relating to the adjoining districts of Broadland and Norwich City;



Sub-County level: Relating to the GNDP area of Norwich, Broadland and South Norfolk;

402

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton



County level: relating to Norfolk;



Regional level: Relating to the East of England; and



National level: relating to England, Great Britain or the UK as described.

Method of Baseline Data Assessment 13.48

The assessment of socio-economic effects has consisted of the following key steps: 

A policy review to provide an outline of the relevant local and regional, social and economic objectives for the area;



A desk-top review of all available information on current socio-economic conditions in the assessment area, including the prevailing baseline conditions to establish the base case;



A local area survey of the existing facilities;



Appraisal

the

additional

benefits

resulting

from

the

new

residential

accommodation, and high quality commercial floor space that will be provided within the application site; and 

Benchmarking the overall project aims against a variety of additional socioeconomic components, such as improving the quality of life for users of the site and its immediate surroundings, and how these meet established social and economic policy objectives.

Assessment Modelling 13.49

No specific comprehensive quantitative, socio-economic assessment methodology exists, and as such a quantitative analysis of the potential social and economic benefits has been undertaken using the ‘Additionality Guide’, a standard method of assessing the effects of projects published by English Partnerships . Additionality is considered 11

to be the difference between the reference case position (what would happen anyway) and the position if the project (the proposed development) were implemented. 13.50

The English Partnerships guidance recommends accounting for the following factors when assessing additionality: 

Leakage: The number or proportion of outputs that benefit those outside of the project’s target area;



Displacement: The number or proportion of project outputs accounted for by reduced outputs elsewhere in the target area; and

English Partnerships, (2008); Additionality Guide 3rd Edition, English Partnerships.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

403

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton



Economic Multiplier Effects: Further economic activity (jobs, expenditure or income) associated with additional local income, local supplier purchases and longer term development effects that should be accounted for within project’s benefits.

13.51

Further details regarding the application of additionality assessments are provided in the assessment section.

13.52

The significance of these effects has then been evaluated in a qualitative manner, using professional judgement and applying the criteria below as a standard.

Significance Criteria 13.53

The assessment of potential effects as a result of the proposed development, has taken into account both the construction and operational phases. The significance level attributed to each effect has been assessed based on the magnitude of change due to the proposed development, and the sensitivity of the affected receptor/receiving environment to change. Magnitude of change and the sensitivity of the affected receptor/receiving environment are both assessed on a scale of major, moderate, and minor. Significance of Impacts

13.54

The definition and terms used to describe the significance of impacts are set out in Chapter 1.0: Introduction & Assessment Methodology in Volume 1: Main Text & Figures of this ES. They comprise: 

Major Positive or Negative Impact - where the development would cause a significant improvement or deterioration to the existing environment;



Moderate Positive or Negative Impact - where the development would cause a marginal improvement or deterioration to the existing environment;



Minor Positive or Negative Impact - where the development would cause a barely perceptible improvement or deterioration to the existing environment; and



Negligible - no discernible improvement or deterioration to the existing environment.

13.55

A distinction between direct and indirect; short and long-term; permanent and temporary; primary and secondary; positive and negative; and cumulative impacts; has been made, where applicable. Agricultural Businesses

13.56

As agricultural uses dominate the application site and the proposed development will have a largely irreversible effect on the use of the land for this purpose, particular consideration has been given to the assessment of any impacts upon agriculture. This

404

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

is especially due to the interrelated nature of the land versus the economic viability of local agricultural businesses. 13.57

Thus, in considering the magnitude of the effect on agricultural businesses, it is necessary to consider if the change in use from agricultural to a non-agricultural is of economic benefit to the business. For example, an owner-occupied farm collaborating with a planning application might cease to become viable as an independent agricultural holding but financial benefits could enable the owner to retire from farming or buy a larger farm or more land elsewhere. In that instance the effect on the occupant (as opposed to the agricultural holding) would be beneficial. Adverse effects will mainly arise through removal of all or part of land rented by a farm business or by removal of small parts of an owner-occupied farm where the financial gain is insufficient to allow restructuring. Table 13.1 gives examples of adverse effects of different magnitude. Table 13.1 Magnitude of Effect on Individual Farm Businesses Magnitude of Adverse Effect

Effect on an Individual Farm Business (including Diversification Enterprises)

High

An effect that renders an existing full-time farm business unworkable and unviable in its current form. The farmer will have to seek alternative means of income.

Medium

Effect on the operation of a full time farm business whereby net farm income will be reduced and day-to-day management will need modifying.

Low

A small effect on the operation and economic performance of a full-time farm unit or a larger effect on (or loss of) a part-time farm business where income is derived mainly from non-agricultural means.

Data Availability 13.58

It should be noted that wherever feasible, the most up-to-date data has been used. However, although the 2011 census has been undertaken, initial preliminary data has only been released at the time of writing covering age, sex, and occupied households estimates for England and Wales and therefore, the full scope of the census couldnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t be taken in to account during the assessment. In addition, due to the incipient release of the full 2011 census data, many datasets are waiting for this prior to undertaking an update. Furthermore, some datasets are fundamentally based on census data which is currently from the 2001 census and is therefore, now over ten years out-of-date. Use of such data has been limited as far as possible, and where its use has been unavoidable, an approximate update to the data has been undertaken.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

405

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

BASELINE CONDITIONS Population Age & Gender 13.59

The latest 2011 census data covering population and gender was released in July this year. Analysis of the population of the GNDP Area covered by the JCS , including 5

Norwich, Broadland and South Norfolk shows that the total population is 381,200 people with 49% men and 51% women. The population pyramid for the GNDP Area is shown in Figure 13.1 below and indicates that the population is relatively balanced across all age groups, with a slightly narrower base and a small bulge at the 60-64 age bracket. This suggests an aging population and although the 0-4 years age group at the base widens slightly the 5-10 years age group above is significantly contracted. Figure 13.1 2011 Census Population Pyramid GNDP Area (Norwich, Broadlands & South Norfolk)

90 and over 80 ‒ 84 70 ‒ 74 60 ‒ 64 50 ‒ 54

Female

40 ‒ 44

Male

30 ‒ 34 20 ‒ 24 10 ‒ 14 0‒4

13.60

More in-depth population analysis has been undertaken with regard to the populations of Broadlands and Norwich which border the application site. Figure 13.2 below shows that Broadland’s population pyramid, which is indicates a much older population profile than that seen across the GNDP area. In contrast Norwich’s population profile is much younger, as shown in Figure 13.3 below. This has a large bulge at the 20-30 years age band and then a significant contraction from the 35 years point onwards. The Norwich pyramid also has a very small base and so very low numbers of children.

13.61

Read in conjunction, the Norwich and Broadlands pyramids suggest a younger 20-30 year old population comprised of students and then graduates living and working in Norwich, with an older more established population located in the relatively rural

406

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Broadland area. This may be as a result of the older working age population being able to afford larger properties in the more rural area or as a result of retirees locating there. 13.62

In both instances, the 0-15 age group is significantly constrained and therefore, as a whole the population is aging. However, there is a an increase in 0-4 year old age group at the bottom the Norwich pyramid, indicating a recent increase in fertility rates. Figure 13.2 2011 Census Population – Broadland

90 and over 80 ‒ 84 70 ‒ 74 60 ‒ 64 50 ‒ 54

Female

40 ‒ 44

Male

30 ‒ 34 20 ‒ 24 10 ‒ 14 0‒4

Figure 13.3 2011 Census Population – Norwich

90 and over 80 ‒ 84 70 ‒ 74 60 ‒ 64 50 ‒ 54

Female

40 ‒ 44

Male

30 ‒ 34 20 ‒ 24 10 ‒ 14 0‒4

13.63

Figure 13.4 below shows the population change by age group between the 2001 and 2011 census figures. This shows that Norfolk has had significant growth in the 60-64

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

407

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

age group and the 65-69 age groups. Whilst there has also been an increase at the 2024 age group, this is unlikely to be a result of internal migration, which saw a decrease in this age group in the year ending March 2011 (as subsequently discussed in paragraph 13.75). Therefore, the increase is more likely to be a result of international migration. Figure 13.4 Population Change by Age Group, Norfolk, 2001 to 2011

Source: Norfolk Insight. www.norfolkinsight.org.uk/Custom/Resources/Din412.pdf

Ethnicity 13.64

In Broadland, 99% of the population stated for the 2001 census that their ethnic group was white. For the Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) groups that comprise the remaining 1% of the population the distribution of different ethnicities is shown in Figure 13.5 below. Although there are some larger groups (Chinese, Indian, and White and Asian), there is no real dominant community within the area. Also, due to the very small size of the BAME community the actual number of people in each group is never greater than 200. When compared to the LSOA neighbourhood concept of 1,500 people, this indicates that any such community is likely to be relatively dispersed amongst the population and is unlikely to have formed an established population in a focussed place.

408

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.5 BAME Ethnic Groups - Broadlands

Other Ethnic Group 12%

White and Black Caribbean White and Black 8% African 6%

Chinese 14%

White and Asian 15%

Other Black 1% African 4% Caribbean 4% Other Asian 6% Bangladeshi 2%

13.65

Other Mixed 10% Indian 15% Pakistani 3%

A very similar distribution is seen in Norwich but with a slightly higher overall percentage of BAME groups at 3.17%. When compared to the proportion of different groups seen across England and Wales, the BAME population increases to just less than 9% and the distribution shown in Figure 13.6 reveals some dominant ethnic groups including Indian, Pakistani, Caribbean and African. This indicates that Broadland and Norwichâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Chinese community is larger than the national average whilst the Pakistani community for these areas is considerably smaller than the national average.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

409

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.6 BAME Ethnic Groups – England and Wales

White and Black Other Caribbean Ethnic Chinese 5% Group 5% Other Black 5% 2%

White and Black African 2%

White and Asian 4% Other Mixed 3%

African 11% Indian 23%

Caribbean 13%

Other Asian 5% Bangladeshi 6%

Pakistani 16%

Fertility and Mortality 13.66

Norfolk’s birth rates have recovered from a very low point in 2001 but are still significantly below the national rate, with the Total Fertility Rate (TFR)

having

increased from 1.56 in 2001 to 1.89 in 2010 for Norfolk but at 2.00 for England . 13

13.67

Deaths in Norfolk are on a long-term upward trend but Standardised Mortality Ratio (SMR)

deaths in Norfolk are fewer than would be expected based on national

mortality rates. Infant mortality rates are at the lowest level ever for England at 4.3 infant deaths per thousand live births and Norfolk’s rate is below this at 3.313. Components of Population Change 13.68

Population change comprises the difference between birth rates and death rates, and the effects of internal and international migration. Figure 13.7 below shows the components of population change in Norfolk over the period 2001-2010.

Total Fertility Rate (TFR) is the number of children that would be born to a woman if current patterns of fertility persisted throughout her childbearing life. 12

Norfolk County Council, (2012); Norfolk Demographic Update 2011. www.norfolkinsight.org.uk/Custom/Resources/ Din212.pdf 13

Standardised Mortality Ratio (SMR) is observed deaths as a percentage of expected deaths, where expected deaths is the number that would occur if the population of the area experienced the age/sex mortality rates of England and Wales. 14

410

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.69

Overall birth and death rates have resulted in a negative population change, however internal net migration and to a lesser extent international net migration have had the main contribution to the growth in population. Migration aspects are explored further subsequently within this Chapter. Figure 13.7 Norfolk Components of Population Change 2001-2010 (1,000s)

90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 -20

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Other changesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; includes school boarders, prisoners, armed forces and foreign armed forces dependants, boundary adjustment and reconciliation adjustment

13.70

Figure 13.8 below shows the components of population change for the GNDP area. For Norwich particularly, higher birth rates have contributed to an increase in population, as discussed in paragraph 13.62 with regard to the recent increase in the 0-4 yearsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; age group. However, the main component of population change across the GNDP area is migration. For Broadland and South Norfolk, this is as a result of internal net migration, however for Norwich, internal net migration was negative but international net migration was substantial.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

411

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.8 Greater Norwich Development Area Components of Population Change 2001-2010 (1,000s)

25 20 15 10 Broadland

Norwich

South Norfolk

-5

‘Other changes’ includes school boarders, prisoners, armed forces and foreign armed forces dependants, boundary adjustment and reconciliation adjustment

13.71

In comparison, internal net migration for Broadland and South Norfolk totalled 18.9 thousand people over the period, whilst international net migration for Norwich was 17.1 thousand people alone. Therefore, the main drivers of population change in the area are considered to be international and internal migration. Migration Internal

13.72

Internal migration may be tracked by National Health Service Central Register (NHSCR) counts of patient re-registrations with GPs, which represent moves between the former Family Health Service Authorities13.

13.73

Figure 13.9 shows the balance of the moves into and out of Norfolk according to area of origin and for where there is net out migration; the destination – as in the case of the South West and Wales.

13.74

Overall, there is a significant quantity of in migration from the East region into Norfolk, followed by from London and then the South East region.

13.75

In addition, Figure 13.10 shows that internal migration gains into Norfolk are highest in the 45-64 age bracket, followed by the 30-44 age bracket. However, the 15-29 age bracket sees a 6.3% decrease as a result of net out migration.

412

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.9 NHSCR moves year ending March 2011, into and out of Norfolk by Area of Origin and Destination

1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200

Balance

0 -200

Figure 13.10 NHSCR moves year ending March 2011, into and out of Norfolk by Broad Age (Percentage)

60 50 40 Into Norfolk

Out of Norfolk 20

Balance

10 0 0-14

15-29

30-44

45-64

65+

-10

International Migration 13.76

Two main methods: Flag 4 registrations; and new National Insurance Number (NINOs) registrations, have been used to consider international migration within Norfolk, but both have limitations that should be recognised when considering the data.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

413

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.77

Flag 4 registrations are codes within the NHS Patient Register Data Service (PRDS) data to indicate that someone who has registered with a GP in England and Wales was previously living overseas. This code includes people born outside the UK and entering England and Wales for the first-time; and people whose previous address was outside the UK.

13.78

The following limitations with using Flag 4 registration to ascertain migration levels have been identified: 

There is no indication of the delay between arrival and registration;



There is no information on patients who have left the UK;



Some migrants may not register for GP services at all - particularly short-term and/or younger economic migrants, especially healthy males;



The Flag 4 code is not retained once a patient moves within the UK and registers with a new GP (a relatively frequent occurrence even for short-distance moves). As the Flag 4 estimates are based on a mid-year ‘snapshot’ of the PRDS files, if this internal migration occurs within the year of first registration, i.e. before the following mid-year snapshot, the in-migration will not be recorded; and



Age and gender are recorded, but information on nationality and country of birth is not systematically collected . 15

13.79

The number of new National Insurance Numbers (NINOs) registered by migrants in the UK provides an indication of the number of economically active foreign nationals entering the UK, but the limitations of the data are: 

There is no information on the length-of-stay, no requirement to de-register when leaving the country, and NINOs do not expire, so this source does not capture outmigration;



Cumulated flows are not a reliable measure of the stock of migrants working in the country at a specific point in time because of the temporary nature of much recent immigration;



NINO records take no account of the length of time spent in employment during the year;



Data refer to year of registration, not year of arrival in the UK and there may be a significant delay between the two events;

The Migration Observatory, University of Oxford, (2012); Data http://migrationobservatory.ox.ac.uk/data-and-resources/data-sources-and-limitations 15

414

Sources

and

Limitations.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Migrants who already have an existing National Insurance Number (for example returning UK nationals or foreigners who have already worked in the UK) are not counted; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ 13.80

There is no indication of internal movements within the UK15.

Flag 4 registrations for Norfolk have decreased slightly since 2005 when they were 7,020 persons to 6,890 persons in 2010. However, for Norwich whilst total migration numbers have fluctuated slightly, overall numbers remain significantly high as shown below in Figure 13.11.

13.81

NINO registrations for Norfolk show a total of 50,300 nationals coming into Norfolk in the year ending March 2011. Of these, just over 70% were comprised of the top ten nationalities shown in Figure 13.12. This shows that Portugal (EU) at 13% had a high level of migrants to Norfolk but that a large proportion of migrants to Norfolk are from the EU Accession countries, predominantly Poland (20%), Lithuania (15%) and Latvia (7%) and represent people coming to the County under the Worker Registration Scheme for EU Accession 8 countries. Figure 13.11 Greater Norwich Development Area Flag 4 Registrations

3500 3000 2500 2000

Broadland Norwich

1500

South Norfolk 1000 500 0 2005/06

2006/07

2007/08

2008/09

2009/10

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

415

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.12 National Insurance Number Registrations to Adult Overseas Nationals entering the UK, with an Address in Norfolk, for year ending March 2011 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Top Ten Nationalities for Norfolk as a Whole

Philippines

Slovakia

China

Bulgaria, Hungary Poland India Latvia Lithuania Portugal

Population Forecasts 13.82

ONS forecasts indicate that the overall population of Norfolk will rise from 847,300 in 2008 to 963,400 in 2021 and 1,065,700 in 203312. These are demographic trend based projections; they assume that recent trends in fertility, mortality and migration will continue and provide an estimate of future population levels that would result from these trends. Norfolkâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s projected population increase is more than a quarter over the period from 2008-2033 and one of the largest increases would be seen in Norwich, which is forecast to have the ninth largest percentage growth of all local authorities (excluding the City of London) at 46,300 people from 2008-2033.

13.83

Figure 13.13 below shows the population forecasts for the GNDP area and whilst it is clear that Norwich will have a very high level of growth, Broadland and South Norfolk will also see increases over the period of just under 30,000 people.

416

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.13 Greater Norwich Development Area Population Forecast (1,000s)

200 180 160 140 120

Broadland

100

Norwich

South Norfolk

60 40 20 0 2008

2013

2018

2023

2028

2033

Households 13.84

Household numbers are forecast to increase from an estimated 371,000 in mid-2008 for Norfolk to 500,000 in 2033. The largest percentage increase was in Norwich at 40%, whilst Broadland would see a 32% increase on the 2008 figures and South Norfolk a 36% increase13.

13.85

One person households are projected to increase by 159,000 per year in Norfolk, equating to two thirds of the total increase in households. By 2033, 40% of the household population of Norfolk is projected to live alone, compared with 33% in 2008.

13.86

In addition, by 2033, 40% of households will be headed by those aged 65 or over, an increase from the 32% seen in 2008, with the majority of this growth (62%) accounted for by one person households.

13.87

This drives a decrease in the average household size (AHS) from 2.33 persons in 2008 to 2.16 persons per household in 2033. Thus, the projected growth in the population is the main driver of the increase in households.

Deprivation 13.88

The Indices of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) is the principal official Government measure of the spatial distribution of deprivation across the country. Levels of deprivation are calculated for neighbourhoods (LSOAs), at which level, deprivation is ranked across several separate indices including income, employment, education, health, skills and

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

417

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

training, barriers to housing and services, and crime. This represents the proportion of the population at most risk from a given type of deprivation. 13.89

Overall deprivation (a summary of all the separate indices) is also provided as an aggregate for MSOAs and local authority areas. Broadland is within the 15% least deprived local authority areas, whilst Norwich is in the 25% most deprived.

13.90

The MSOAs that encompass the application site and its periphery are predominantly in the 20-25% least deprived in the country, except for Broadland 012, which is within the 40% least deprived.

13.91

With regard to the deprivation sub-indicators of income, employment, education, health, skills and training, barriers to housing and services, and crime, the constituent LSOAs of both Broadland and Norwich have been reviewed. Figure 13.14 below shows that the majority of LSOAs in Broadland for all indicators fall within the average to least deprived ranges. There are no LSOA indicators within the most deprived 0-1%, however, for a small number of LSOAs the Barriers to Housing & Services indicator does fall as low as the 1-10% most deprived. The crime indicator is the least deprived with most LSOAs within the 10% least deprived in the country with regard to crime and a few in the 1% least deprived.

418

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.14 Broadland LSOAsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; IMD Indicators by Level of Deprivation

13.92

Figure 13.15 shows the deprivation levels across all indicators for Norwichâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s LSOAs. There is a noticeable move for all indicators to the right of the spider diagram and into the most deprived section. The foremost of these is Education, which now shows that the majority of LSOAs are within the 1-10% most deprived in the country, with a small number in the 0-1% most deprived.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

419

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.93

Income has also moved across significantly when compared to Broadland with a number of LSOAs in the 10-25% most deprived and a small number in the 1-10% most deprived. In contrast, Barriers to Housing and Services is predominantly in the least deprived 25-50% average range, which perhaps reflects the greater accessibility to services in the urban Norwich than the more rural Broadlands. Figure 13.15 Norwich LSOAsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; IMD Indicators by Level of Deprivation

420

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Economy & Employment 13.94

The economic activity rate is the number of persons who are either working or actively seeking to work and provides a measure of the success of the economy in engaging the population in some form of production activity. In Broadland (82.1%), South Norfolk (85.1%) and to a lesser degree, Norwich (77%), the economic activity rate is higher than the national average of 76.4%. A high level of economic activity typically suggests good accessibility to employment opportunities.

13.95

The employment rate is polarised between Norwich and Broadland with Norwich at 69.9% on a par with the national average of 70.1%, whilst Broadland has an employment rate of 80.2%.

13.96

The average unemployment rate for the UK was 8.2%. Norwichâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s rate is higher than this at 9.1%, whilst Broadland has a significantly lower rate of unemployment at just 2.4%. This is remarkable given the continued economic climate and average UK levels of unemployment.

13.97

The economically inactive rate in Broadland at 17.9% is less than that in Norwich (23%) or the UK (23.6%). Figure 13.16 below shows the breakdown between the economically inactive groups, including that Norwichâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s economically inactive population is predominantly students at nearly 40%, followed by the long-term sick at just over 23%, and then those who are looking after their family or home at 22%.

13.98

In contrast, Broadland is dominated by those who have retired at just under 30%, followed by those looking after family or home at just over 23%, and students at just 18%. Broadland has a significantly lower proportion of the long-term sick compared to Norwich at just under 8%.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

421

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.16 Economically Inactive Groups

100.0 90.0 80.0

% of economically inactive other

70.0

% of economically inactive retired

60.0

% of economically inactive discouraged

50.0

% of economically inactive long-term sick

40.0

% of economically inactive temporary sick

30.0

% of economically inactive looking after family/home

20.0 10.0

% of economically inactive student

0.0 Broadland Norwich

South Norfolk

Broadland doesn’t achieve 100% due to figures being withheld as the group sample size is disclosive.

13.99

Thus, Broadland has an older, established population, whilst Norwood has a much younger student based population. Earnings

13.100 The Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE)

provisional results for 2011 show

that the median annual earnings (full-time) for the East of England region were £27,996, higher than those for England at £26,625. However, Norfolk’s median annual earnings were just £23,823, less than that of England and considerably less than that of the East region. Broadland’s median annual earning are on a par with England’s at £26,518 but Norwich’s are significantly below at £23,645 and are more reflective of earnings seen across Norfolk. A similar distribution is also seen at the 25% and 75% percentiles with Norwich’s earning typically lower than the median for England with Broadlands on a par, but all three’s earnings are typically lower than those seen in the East region.

Office of National Statistics, (2011); Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings www.ons.gov.uk/ons/publications/re-reference-tables.html?edition=tcm%3A77-235202 16

422

2011

Provisional

Results.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.17 Working Age Key Benefit Claimants

13.101 Figure 13.17 shows that Norwich has 5.8% more benefits claimants than Broadland but is on a par with the average for Great Britain. When the key ‘out of work’ benefits are considered: job seekers allowance, employment and support allowance (ESA) and incapacity, lone parents, and, others on income related benefits; Norwich’s claimant count remains 5.8% greater than Broadlands and increases to 0.7% greater than the average for Great Britain. Local Economy 13.102 The applicant commissioned a report to understand the local economic situation as part of the formulation of the development proposals . A proprietary Local Economic 17

Assessment Model (LEAM) was used to profile and assess the performance of the local and regional economy based on a combination of UK official statistics and bespoke databases. 13.103 The LEAM considers four domains: 

Scale & Capacity – Being the comparative size or ‘economic mass’ of the economy in terms of aggregate employment, labour force, business base and commercial value;



Dynamism – Being the recent growth performance and capacity of the economies, including the direction and pace of change as indicated by employment, labour force and business base;

Ecorys, (2011); Land in Broadland, North of Norwich Local Economy and Local Economic Development Report for Beyond Green Developments. Ecorys. 17

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

423

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton



Sector Composition – Giving the depth and composition of the high growth/high value-added industrial sectors, such as knowledge economy, high technology manufacturing and consumer services;



Enterprise and Business Base – Being a profile of the small business sector (enterprise culture) including business start-ups, self-employment and business density; and



Skills and Labour Market – Being the strength of the skills base and profile of the workforce– including skills attainment, occupational structure, and economic activity/ dependency ratios17.

13.104 The LEAM assessment enables a holistic and through appraisal of the economies to be undertaken. Figure 13.18 shows the LEAM analysis of the Local Districts compared to the analysis for Great Britain. 13.105 The Report notes that: ‘Norwich is shown to have a much larger economy…due to its higher population and the combined value of its businesses. The dynamism of the Norwich economy (the extent to which it is growing) is also higher than the national benchmark… Norwich also scores well in terms of its sector composition. Despite having a very small high-tech manufacturing sector, the city has a higher than average share of employment in knowledge-intensive services and creative services sectors. This is not true of the other districts in the analysis suggesting that the types of industry that facilitate high value-added and high growth in the local economy are very much concentrated in Norwich… In terms of the enterprise and business base, all districts except North Norfolk are ranked below the national average due to the relatively low levels of start-ups in business and financial

services, low self-employment rates and low business

population. The strength of the workforce is generally judged to be close to the national average for the districts in the analysis. However, again Norwich scores highest due in part to having a higher than average number of ‘knowledge workers’ (people in managerial or professional occupations).’17

424

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.18 LEAM Analysis – Local Districts & Great Britain

13.106 The Report also considers two further factors in terms of considering the future outlook of economies. Ecory’s SuRe model

reviews Susceptibility and Resilience indicators to

understand how a local economy will respond to wider factors and economic climates. The elements of the two domains considered are described in greater detail below: 

Susceptibility – This Index is based on indicators that capture the sensitivity of the local economy to recessionary effects such as weak household spending, number on out of work benefits and declining wage levels, together with vulnerability in the face of cuts in pending spending; and



Resilience – This Index is based on indicators that measure the capacity of the local economy to adapt to a rebalancing of economic activity in the face of weak demand and reductions in public spending – through enterprise, skills and employment creation in high-value and knowledge-intensive industries.

13.107 Figure 13.19 shows the SuRe analysis from

low

susceptibility

adverse

and indicates that Greater Norwich benefits economic

conditions

result

low

unemployment, and in particular, low reliance on the more vulnerable public sector and consumer services sector for employment. This low susceptibility is also seen in Broadland due to its excellent employment performance, whilst in contrast, Norwich’s higher

consumer

services

employment

and

lower

annual

wages

increase

its

susceptibility. 13.108 In terms of resilience, Greater Norwich as a whole is on a par with the value for Great Britain, benefitting from a relatively high number of people with intermediate skills and those employed in knowledge-intensive industries. However, recovery would be impeded by the lower business population and proportion of highly skilled workers.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

425

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.19 SuRe Analysis

13.109 Figure 13.20 below shows the industries of employment for Broadland, Norwich, Norfolk and England as identified by the Annual Population Survey (APS) . This is 18

based on the UK Standard Industrial Classification 2007 (UK SIC 2007) , and shows 19

that across all geographic scales considered; Public Administration, Education and Health are the largest industry of employment. This reflects the nature of the UK as a welfare state with the public sector one of the largest employers, comprising: teachers, the NHS, social care and public administration including the Civil Service. 13.110 The next largest industry of employment is for most of the geographies considered, Distribution, Hotels and Restaurants. This is particularly high for Norwich and less so for Broadland, reflecting the urban centric nature of this industry classification focussing within Norwich as the sub-regional economic capital. 13.111 The next largest classification â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Banking, Finance and Insurance â&#x20AC;&#x201C; is a more dominant industry of employment for the Broadland population and this is further reflected in Figure 13.21 that sets out the Standard Occupational Classification (SOC 2010) of the APS participants by sub-major group.

The survey asks 155,000 households and 360,000 people per dataset about their own circumstances and experiences regarding a range of subjects including housing, employment and education 18

ONS, (2007); UK Standard Industrial Classification 2007. http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/guidemethod/classifications/current-standard-classifications/standard-industrial-classification/index.html 19

426

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.20 Industry of Employment (UK SIC 2007)

35 30 25 20 % 15 10 5 0

Broadland Norwich Norfolk England

13.112 Figure 13.21 shows that Broadland has a very high proportion of those in administrative occupations and also caring personal service occupations. Both of these sub-major groups are considered to be in the second skill level, which covers a large group of occupations, all of which require the knowledge provided via a good general education and a longer period of work-related training or work experience. Examples of occupations classified at this level include machine operation, driving, caring occupations, retailing, and clerical and secretarial occupations. 13.113 When compared to Norwich and Norfolk, Broadland also has a higher proportion of science, research, engineering and technology professionals, and corporate managers and directors. Both of these sub-major groups are in the fourth skill level relating to what are termed ‘professional’ occupations and high level managerial positions in corporate enterprises or national/local government. Occupations at this level normally require a degree or equivalent period of relevant work experience. 13.114 These occupational classifications for Broadland are consistent with an older, well educated population that have moved to larger homes outside of the main urban location either as a result of older families or as a result of nearing retirement age. 13.115 Norwich’s population is also well-represented in the Administrative occupations and Caring personal service occupations. However, Norwich also has a very high proportion of its population within: Elementary administration and

services

occupations;

Customer service occupations; and working as Business and public service associate professionals, which vary across the skills’ levels from 1 to 3. This indicates a spectrum of employment from entry level positions suitable for school leavers through to those requiring a body of knowledge associated with a period of post-compulsory education but not normally to degree level.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

427

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.21 Standard Occupational Classification 2010 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Sub-Major Groups

428

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.116 The Ecorys Report17 identifies three economic sub-sectors that are considered to have growth potential: food and drink (including manufacture, processing and wholesale of food and drink products), leisure and tourism (including hotels and accommodation, restaurants, bars, travel agencies, libraries and cultural activities, sporting activities, and other recreational activities) and, low carbon. A summary of the sectors’ potential (based on employment rates) as identified within the report’s analysis, is provided below: 

Food and drink – Norwich’s employment in the sector is on a par with the comparator city of Cambridge but slightly below the national average. However, Broadland was found to have an especially high concentration and number of employees and so was seen as an area of specialism;



Leisure and tourism – Norwich was found to do well within culturally orientated pursuits including performing arts and artistic creation but Broadland performed poorly across most tourism and leisure activities. The Report identified that despite their close proximity to North Norfolk both areas perform significantly less well than that district, which makes the most of its natural assets of the coast, countryside and Broads; and



Low carbon

–

this is an amalgamated

measure

as it

is not

currently

comprehensively considered. The analysis identified that in general the national average of employment in this industry was 3.65% with Norfolk at 3.95%, Norwich considerably lower at 2.5% and Broadland performing very well at 4.8% reflecting the technical skill base and expertise of its population. 13.117 Reviewing the local economic analysis of the area, it is apparent that there is a two tier system of employment flourishing, with high education levels and technical experience required within industries predominantly focussed within Broadland and lower order jobs in industries that are traditionally less well paid but more accessible centred in Norwich. 13.118 The Ecorys Report17 identifies a key issue with the sector development approach recommended in many relevant strategies for the area. These strategies favour and recommend the development of the knowledge-economy. Whilst this would match well with Broadland’s population, too much of a focus on this could be detrimental to Norwich’s inner-urban workforce that doesn’t have the skill set to access such employment. This low wage/low skill inner-urban workforce is potentially being reinforced on an inter-generational cycle, and particularly through the in-migration of migrant labour seeking work in such sectors as hospitality, agriculture and elementary administrative roles. 13.119 The Report recommends growth in the food and drink, leisure and tourism, and low carbon sectors. It also identifies the potential for a labour shortage in Broadland due to its low levels of unemployment even during the current poor economic climate. Whilst

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

429

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Norwichâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s unemployment rate is greater than the national average and so would benefit from the creation of employment opportunities. 13.120 Finally, the Report17 identifies the potential benefits of the high number of retirees locating in the area. The benefits are two-fold; first, semi-retirees that have developed significant expertise provide a good basis for the development of a focussed knowledge economy and would benefit from premises and workspaces where small businesses and consultancies could operate. Second, the retiree market represents an attractive proposition in terms of disposable income and the leisure time in which it can be spent. Therefore, providing retail and leisure opportunities that cater to this market in the local area would enable an injection of such discretionary expenditure into the local economy and prevent leakage to competing markets. Agricultural Businesses 13.121 Due to the agricultural nature of the application site, particular attention has been given to understanding the baseline situation in terms of landholdings and farming type (arable, pastoral, mixed) so that the effects can be appropriately assessed. Figure 13.22 shows the agricultural businesses covered by the application site. 13.122 The Beeston estate occupies 330ha of agricultural land between Sprowston and Spixworth. The major part is farmed from Red Hall Farm, which is also a long-term tenant of a 17.6ha field alongside housing on the west side of Buxton Road. All is predominantly in arable use and has been contract-farmed since 2007 by the neighbouring Wroxham Home Farms. Crops of wheat, barley, sugar beet, oilseed rape, potatoes and parsnips are grown, the last two supported by irrigation, based on licensed extraction of 50,000m3 from the farmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s own reservoir located in the eastern part of the estate, outside of the application area. In addition to the arable land, Red Hall Liveries uses grassland paddocks on Beeston Lane and there is also grassland around Beeston St Andrew Hall. 13.123 Wroxham Home Farms also farm 13.4ha of arable land under separate ownership on the west side of the Norwich Rugby Club and Norwich School sports pitches. 13.124 Apart from a field beside Buxton Road farmed from Spixworth, the remaining agricultural land comprises almost 35ha of Norfolk County Council land off Church Lane Sprowston. This is tenanted by a large agricultural business in Hoveton that contract farms 1,000ha, rents 200ha of agricultural land, and undertakes agricultural contracting on a further 1,000ha. The land beside Church Lane is mainly in arable use but with one field adjacent to the Sprowston Park and Ride used for grazing sheep.

430

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Construction Employment 13.125 Availability of construction employment is a key consideration for the proposed development given the anticipated build period and labour needed. Therefore, this has been considered in greater detail as follows. 13.126 The Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) undertakes a quarterly Construction Market Survey, most recently for the second quarter of 2012 . It reports that following 20

two quarters of decline that resulted in a net deficit in workloads, and a first quarter of modest uplift, there has again been a decline in workloads in Q2 across the UK from +8 to -4. The deterioration in workloads was fairly broad-based, with four out of the six regions in the survey posting negative net balances and the drop in workloads was visible in most segments of the market. 13.127 Public sector workloads contracted once again. The public housing and other public works net balances recorded declining workloads in Q2, with readings of -11 and -16 respectively. 13.128 The percentage of respondents reporting skills shortages for tradesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; persons (blue/white collar) decreased again after a slight increase in Q1, and across workloads, employment, and profit margins all expectations from respondents to the survey expected a decrease, as shown Figure 13.23 below. Figure 13.22 Agricultural Figure Figure 13.23 RICS Survey Respondents Expectations

Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors, (2012)j UK Construction Market www.rics.org/Global/RICS%20UK%20Construction%20Market%20Survey%20Q2%202012.pdf 20

Survey

2012.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

431

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Housing Housing Demand 13.129 As previously discussed the population in the Greater Norwich Development Area is predominantly an aging population, although this has been identified as being a far more dominant factor in Broadland than in Norwich. There is greater growth in Norwich in the 20-30 years age bracket but this is predominantly due to students and inmigration from a number of EU Accession countries. 13.130 Thus, population growth in Norwich will fuel a demand for housing, while in Broadland it is more likely to be a change in household composition that drives the need for more housing. This increase in the elderly population and thus, the number of one person households, is in part the natural aging of the population but also the in-migration of retirees. Therefore, demand for housing is considered to be evident within the area. 13.131 However, it is necessary to ascertain whether the demand will be for market housing or social housing and further, whether a lack of ability to afford market units will drive a greater demand for more affordable market housing provision such as intermediate tenures or market rented units. 13.132 As has been previously discussed in the employment and economy section of this Chapter, unemployment is low in Broadland and earnings are on a par with the average for England. However, in Norwich unemployment is higher than the national average and annual earnings lower. 13.133 Figure 13.24 and Figure 13.25 below show the average house price and sales volumes for England and Wales, and Norfolk, respectively . Both show a dramatic drop in sales 21

volume in 2008 when the US liquidity and sub-prime mortgage crisis hit the global economy. 13.134 Since 2008, sales volumes have increased slightly but they are only just approaching 1995 levels and so remain considerably below the peaks seen in 2006. 13.135 In contrast, whilst house prices dropped slightly in 2008/2009 for both Norfolk and across England and Wales, they have largely maintained value. With average house prices nationally at ÂŁ160,000 and in Norfolk just above ÂŁ140,000.

432

Land Registry, (2012); House Price Index. www.landregistry.gov.uk/public/house-prices-and-sales/search-the-index

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.24 House Price & Sales Volume â&#x20AC;&#x201C; All England & Wales

Figure 13.25 House Price & Sales Volume - Norfolk

13.136 In considering housing affordability, which will identify whether there is demand for market housing, or market rent/intermediate affordable tenured units, the ratio of annual house prices to income is considered a good indicator. The ratio between earnings in England and Norfolk, as previously identified and the average prices given above have therefore been considered.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

433

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.137 For England, a comparison of median annual income to average house price results in a ratio of 6. For Norfolk, this falls to 5.9. 13.138 The stand alone Housing Statement that accompanies the planning application addresses housing affordability in greater detail, but typically finds that housing affordability is greater in Norwich and less in Broadland reflecting the higher earnings levels or equity needed to afford a property in the more rural district. This matches the profile of semi-retirees at the top of their careers or retirees locating there. Therefore, there is a demand for market housing in the area. 13.139 The Greater Norwich Housing Market Assessment

is produced by the Greater Norwich

Housing Partnership (GNHP); a collaboration between Norwich City, Broadland District and South Norfolk District Councils (SNDC). The Assessment, which covers the Greater Norwich sub-region was updated last year, based on the findings of interviews with key players in the housing market and on a re-calculation of housing need. 13.140 The update found that the construction of new homes has continued to fall, with the lowest level of completions for the past six years in 2009/10 across the sub-region. This both reflects and is influenced by the low sales volumes seen in Figure 13.25. 13.141 By the end of 2010, the average house price had increased to the same levels as at the end of 2006 at £192,160; an 11% increase from the dip in quarter 2 of 2009, and an overall increase of 0.3% from the original housing market assessment. This is greater than both the average house price seen across Norfolk of approximately £145,000 and the £160,000 average for England and Wales, indicating that housing affordability may be a problem in the sub-region. 13.142 Private sector rents have increased slightly from the 2009 figures; however they are still 3.3% lower than in 2006. There is strong demand for all property types but particularly for 2 and 3 bedroom houses. 13.143 Overall, the 5 year housing requirement across the sub-region has fallen slightly since 2009, from 10,659 to 10,382 but this is still an increase of 7.1% across the sub-region from the 2006 requirement of 9,691. 13.144 Future house prices will be influenced by market confidence and the availability of mortgages, especially for first-time buyers. Mortgage availability is a key question with regard to affordability and across the sub-region, there continues to be strong demand for more affordable market housing reflecting a continued level of affordable housing need. 13.145 Housing Association social rent levels are highest in Broadland averaging £76.43 per week, compared with £73 in Norwich and £72 in South Norfolk. SNDC has generally

Greater Norwich Housing Partnership, (2011); Greater Norwich Housing Market Assessment UPDATE. www.southnorfolk.gov.uk/housing/media/gnhp_Sep_2011.pdf 22

434

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

seen a year on year increase of 6-6.5%, although 2009/10 saw an increase of over 7%. Broadland’s increase was similar, compared to increases of 4% in the past, and HA levels in Norwich City increased by 5.25%. 13.146 Affordable housing completions are low compared with the 2006-2009 period, when there were greater than 500 completions per year; just 392 affordable homes were completed in Greater Norwich in 2009/10 and 304 in 2010/11. 13.147 The number of applicants for affordable housing increased significantly in 2010 but fell back in 2011 to the same level as in 2009. However, the overall affordable housing need as a percentage of housing requirements has increased to 46.3% across the subregion, now 962 per annum. 13.148 The Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) has published maps of four indicators reflecting different aspects of housing need at local authority level . One of the maps 23

shows the overall indicator for the Indices of Deprivation, which has previously been discussed and so, has not been included below. However, Figure 13.26, Figure 13.27 and Figure 13.28 show the other three indicator maps, including households in temporary accommodation, housing benefit recipients and lower quartile house price to earnings ratios. The relevant Broadlands and Norwich area has been circled in each of the Figures. 13.149 Figure 13.26 shows that Norwich has between 0.6 to 1.4 households in temporary accommodation per 1,000 households; the second worst bracket. 13.150 Figure 13.27 shows the dichotomy between Norwich and Broadlands in terms of household income; with between 218.9 to 452.7 people in receipt of housing benefits per 1,000 households (the worst bracket) in Norwich compared to Broadlands 0.0 to 116 persons, the bracket with the least number of housing benefit recipients. 13.151 Figure 13.28 conversely shows that Broadlands has a ratio of lower quartile house price to earnings at 8.25 to 9.6 times greater. This is relatively high compared to Norwich’s 5.61 to 6.98 ratio. This shows that whilst Norwich has a higher level of housing benefit recipients, Broadlands has a greater ratio between house prices and earnings that prevents entry onto the housing ladder. 13.152 The nature of HCA funding is changing with Affordable Rent as the main type of new supply supported by the HCA’s Affordable Housing Programme. The Affordable Rent product allows rents to be charged at up to 80% of the gross local market rent. The higher rents charged are intended to generate additional revenue and debt servicing capacity for providers, in order to reduce the level of public subsidy required.

Homes and Communities Agency, (2012); Affordable www.homesandcommunities.co.uk/affordable-homes 23

Homes

Programme

–

Spatial

Mapping

Need.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

435

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Surpluses generated are intended to be used to deliver new supply of affordable housing. 13.153 Affordable rent should enable developers to deliver affordable housing obligations in terms of the percentage of properties, while maintaining the viability of developments. However, for tenants some of the affordable housing will have a higher rent compared to typical social rented levels, but this will be within Housing Benefit criteria. In the trade-off between development viability and securing affordable housing in the current economic climate, affordable rent seeks to maintain the balance and continue a supply of affordable housing to be brought forward. Figure 13.26 Households in Temporary Accommodation per 1,000 Households by Local Authority Area

Figure 13.27 Number of Housing Benefit Recipients per 1,000 Households by Local Authority Area

Figure 13.28 Ratio of Lower Quartile House Price to Lower Quartile Earnings, by Local Authority Area

436

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.154 In summary, there are a number of different barriers to housing and consequently, different housing needs. There is an identifiable demand for market housing particularly in Broadland, but there is also an on-going need for affordable housing. In Broadland this takes two forms, first the need for intermediate affordable housing, which reflects the difficulty of first-time buyers getting onto the property ladder. This is a result of a number of elements, including the inflation of the housing market in Broadland due to its desirability, the ability for retirees relocating to the area to invest equity into properties there, and the on-going difficulty in first-time buyers getting a mortgage as a result of the deposit required. This prevents younger households from accessing the property ladder even when their salaries are relatively good. 13.155 Second, there is also a need for social rented tenures in Broadland, where households with very low incomes are in real housing need but this is to a lesser extent than that identified in Norwich. 13.156 For Norwich, the need for social rented tenures is more pronounced as a result of the higher proportion of the population employed in low skill/low wage occupations. As the population is also younger than that seen in Broadland, its households have neither the equity built up nor the high wage levels that benefit those in Broadland. Due to the reduction in sales volumes, new affordable housing completions have also fallen and so the need for more affordable units is driven both by increased demand and reduced supply simultaneously.

Education 13.157 Education plays a number of roles in influencing and helping to address inequalities. First, it has an important role in influencing inequalities in socio-economic position. Educational qualifications are a determinant of an individual's labour market position, which in turn influences income, housing and other material resources. These are also all related to health and health inequalities. As a consequence, education is a traditional route out of poverty for those living in disadvantage and its associated health implications. 13.158 The roles of education set out above imply a range of outcomes which are not readily measurable.

However,

inequality

observed

when

looking

educational

achievement. Children from disadvantaged backgrounds, as measured by being in receipt of free school meals, have been found to have lower educational achievement than other children. The proportion of 15 year olds achieving 5 A*-C GCSEs (or equivalent) including GCSEs in both English and Maths at KS4 (Key Stage 4), and the achievement gap between pupils eligible for free school meals (FSM) and their peers

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

437

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

(non-FSM) is a good indicator of educational achievement overall and a measure of educational inequality . 24

13.159 The data shows that overall pupil attainment for Norfolk is relatively poor, with the Local Education Authority (LEA) ranking 132nd out of 154 LEAs for total pupil performance with regards to 15 year olds achieving 5 A*-C GCSEs. Neither, FSM children (those considered to be disadvantaged) nor non-FSM children performed well in terms of GCSE attainment when compared to the 154 other LEAs in England, ranking 130th and 136th respectively. 13.160 In addition, the difference between FSM pupils and non-FSM pupils was significant at 30% and ranked Norfolk 100th out of England’s 154 LEAs. Therefore, not only did Norfolk perform poorly in terms of the number of pupils achieving 5 A*-C GCSEs but it also had a high level of disparity between those pupils considered deprived and their peers. 13.161 This suggests that achieving higher levels of educational attainment within Norfolk is a universal problem but that those children who can be considered deprived (those in receipt of FSM) are likely to have far greater difficulties in achieving higher grade GCSEs. 13.162 With the high in-migration experienced in areas like Norwich, it may be that the diverse community that the LEA serves, and the challenges that a large immigrant community pose make higher educational achievement more difficult. For example, challenges include ensuring that children achieve a basic level of English language to enable classroom teaching and the necessary catch-up classes for children who have had a disrupted school year due to relocating and changing not just curricula but entire teaching systems from country to country. 13.163 Having considered educational attainment in the school age population, Figure 13.29 below shows the proportion of the working age population that have achieved qualifications based on National Vocational Qualification (NVQ) level equivalencies. Notably, despite Broadland having a higher proportion of its population within higher occupational classifications it has fewer persons with NVQ Level 3 or 4 qualifications. Norwich, which has more persons in lower level occupations that do not require a higher degree, actually has a greater proportion of people with NVQ Level 3 and 4 qualifications. 13.164 This discrepancy may reflect Norwich’s student community which, due to the presence of the University will include those with ‘A’ levels which are equivalent to an NVQ Level 3 and those with degrees which are equivalent to NVQ Level 4. In contrast,

National Health Service, (2012); NHS Information Centre Indicator Portal – GP LBOI Indicator 3.4 - Percentage of 15 year olds in schools maintained by the Local Authorities gaining 5 or more GCSEs at A*-C. https://indicators.ic.nhs.uk/webview/ 24

438

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Broadland’s educational performance may also be distorted by the focus on the working age population, which would mean the high proportion of 65 years or greater retirees who may have higher qualifications have not been counted. Figure 13.29 Working Age Population – Qualifications NVQ or Equivalent

100.0 90.0 80.0 70.0 60.0 50.0 40.0 30.0 20.0 10.0 0.0

Broadland Norwich Norfolk England & Wales

Local Education Provision Early Years 13.165 All three and four year olds are entitled to 15 hours of free nursery education for 38 weeks of the year . This applies until they reach compulsory school age (the term 26

following their fifth birthday). Free early education places are available at a range of early years settings including: 

Day nurseries, private nursery schools, maintained nursery schools and nursery classes attached to primary schools;



Preschools and playgroups;



Primary school reception classes, where schools operate an early admission policy to admit four year olds;

No qualifications: No formal qualifications held; Other qualifications: includes foreign qualifications and some professional qualifications; NVQ 1 equivalent: e.g. fewer than 5 GCSEs at grades A-C, foundation GNVQ, NVQ 1, intermediate 1 national qualification (Scotland) or equivalent; NVQ 2 equivalent: e.g. 5 or more GCSEs at grades A-C, intermediate GNVQ, NVQ 2, intermediate 2 national qualification (Scotland) or equivalent; NVQ 3 equivalent: e.g. 2 or more A levels, advanced GNVQ, NVQ 3, 2 or more higher or advanced higher national qualifications (Scotland) or equivalent; NVQ 4 equivalent and above: e.g. HND, Degree and Higher Degree level qualifications or equivalent. 25

Direct Gov, (2012); Free early learning for three and four year olds. www.direct.gov.uk/en/Parents/Preschooldevelopmentandlearning/NurseriesPlaygroupsReceptionClasses/DG_10016103 26

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

439

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton



Accredited child minders who are part of networks approved to deliver early education; and



Sure Start Children's Centres.

13.166 The Childcare Act 2006

expands and clarifies in legislation the role local authorities

play as strategic leaders in facilitating the childcare market, in partnership with the private, voluntary and independent (PVI) sector. 13.167 Section 6 of the 2006 Act

requires local authorities, so far as is reasonably

practicable, to ensure that the provision of childcare is sufficient to meet the requirements of parents in their area in order to enable them to work or undertake education or training leading to work. 13.168 Section 7

gives a related duty to secure free early years provision for pre-school

children of a prescribed age. It focuses in particular on sufficient, sustainable and flexible childcare that is responsive to parents’ needs. 13.169 A Parental Demand Survey

regarding the need for childcare was undertaken in 2010

on behalf of Norfolk County Council (NCC). It identified that parents who use childcare do so predominantly because they are working (Figure 13.30). Figure 13.30 Main Reasons for Using Childcare

13.170 The Survey also identified that parents used a mix of formal and informal childcare options. The majority of parents used either a day nursery (438) or family/friends (418) with the next largest group using a pre-school or playgroup (259), as shown in Figure 13.31.

UK Parliament, (2006); The Childcare Act 2006, C. 21. TSO.

Sarah Thomas Communications, (2010); Research into parental demand for childcare in Norfolk for the 2011 Childcare Sufficiency Assessment. www.norfolk.gov.uk/view/ncc093617 28

440

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.31 Types of Childcare Used

13.171 Whilst 635 parents responded to the Survey regarding how long their children spent in childcare, their responses covered some 976 children of which, approximately half spent up to 10 hours in childcare a week, and a third between 11 and 20 hours a week. Just over 20% of the children spent more than 20 hours a week in childcare (Figure 13.32). Figure 13.32 Hours per Child, per Week Spent in Childcare

13.172 Information has been provided from NCC Children’s Services’ Childcare Commissioner regarding current childcare sufficiency within the Children’s Centre Lot 17 Spixworth & Sprowston area, within which the application site is situated , as shown in Figure 29

13.33.

Warwick. J., Norfolk County Council, Childcare Commissioner, (2012); Email Correspondence: FW: 2011-2014 Childcare Sufficiency Assessment. Dated: 30/08/2012. 29

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

441

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.173 NCC has advised that a major Sufficiency Project looking at childcare and learning places for 0-19 year olds is currently being undertaken, which reports in January 2013. 13.174 NCC are creating profiles for Children's Centre (CC) Lot areas across Norfolk, with the longer term aim of having these documents available to the public and regularly updated. The profile for CC Lot 17 won’t be available until late September, therefore the Childcare Commissioner has provided the following relevant childcare information for the Spixworth and Sprowston Children's Centre area. Figure 13.33 Children’s Centre (CC) Lot 17 - Spixworth & Sprowston

13.175 There are 33 Ofsted registered providers offering 490 registered childcare places with the following distribution of places: 

9 pre-schools – 66.2% of places;



2 day nurseries – 29.8% of places;



33 child minders – 18.6% of places; and



One maintained nursery – 5.3% of places.

13.176 There are currently 1,294 children under 5 years old within Lot 17 giving a ratio of 37.9 childcare places for every 100 children, which is understood to be an average figure for the county.

442

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.177 In addition, of the 1,294 under 5 year olds within CC Lot 17, 419 are aged three and four years old and therefore, are eligible by age (the term after they are 3) to take up Early Education places. There are 613 Early Education places within CC Lot 17 and therefore, these more than adequately meet the demand from the 419 eligible children with available capacity of 194 places. 13.178 Thus, taking into account the number of three and four year olds accommodated by Early Education places as stated above, this leaves 875 children under the age of three within CC Lot 17. Figure 13.31 indicated that a high proportion of childcare provision is met by informal methods such as family and friends. This is confirmed by the above providers having 104 vacancies as of 31st May 2012, indicating that for those that are seeking formal childcare there is sufficient capacity available. 13.179 The Government has announced that the pilot project of providing 15 hours of free pre-school education a week to some 260,000 two-year-olds from poorer homes will be extended nationwide from September 2013. Under the scheme, the 20% most deprived children will be eligible. 13.180 Within CC Lot 17 there is one child who qualifies by age and living in a disadvantaged postcode for a funded two year old place, with 10 places currently approved for funded two year olds. 13.181 In summary, the Childcare Commissioner has advised that: â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;This Lot is not currently an area of high priority for Norfolk County Council. The above information suggests there is sufficient childcare provision to meet demand at present. Data on the additional factors relating to local authority prioritising criteria, for example, the new statutory requirement to provide funded childcare for disadvantaged two year olds, shows much higher priority areas in Norfolk. However, childcare sufficiency will be constantly monitored.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;29 Primary 13.182 In its free transport calculation, the Government states a radius of two miles as an expected distance to travel for primary schools and three miles for secondary schools . In general, admissions to schools are most commonly determined on the 30

basis of proximity, after factors such as siblings on the roll and special needs have been taken into account. 13.183 Eleven primary age facilities (Infant and Junior schools) have been identified within a 2 mile radius of the application site that are within the NCC administrative area and are

Directgov, (2012); Free home to schoolslearninganddevelopment/schoollife/dg_10013990 30

school

transport.

www.direct.gov.uk/en/parents/

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

443

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

state funded. Table 13.2 below, includes the most recent pupil net capacity data from 2010/2011 (released January 2012) from the Department for Education (DfE) . 31

Table 13.2 Primary Schools in Proximity to the Application Site Primary Name

Distance (miles)

Age

School Places

Number on Roll (NOR)

Capacity

White Woman Lane Junior School

0.71

7-11 years

300

268

Lodge Lane Infant School

0.94

5-7 years

219

197

Sparhawk Infant School & Nursery

1.07

3-7 years

Old Catton CofE VC Junior School

1.13

7-11 years

180

145

Sprowston Junior School

1.17

7-11 years

240

224

Sprowston Infant School

1.17

5-7 years

176

160

Garrick Green Infant School

1.23

5-7 years

157

135

Spixworth Infant School

1.25

5-7 years

120

106

Woodland View Junior School

1.31

7-11 years

231

171

Cecil Gowing Infant School

1.42

5-7 years

180

165

Falcon Junior School

1.49

7-11 years

344

301

285

Total

13.184 As indicated in the table above there is currently a 285 place surplus in capacity in the primary schools in proximity to the application site. 13.185 The Government recommends that for surplus capacity, a reasonable target is 5-10% with the figure closer to 5% in urban areas. Only two of the above primary schools are classified as rural, therefore a 5% surplus figure has been considered. A figure that both enables accommodation of unanticipated in migration and minimises the expenditure on running oversized premises. 13.186 Therefore, in the above schools there is currently a 12.7% surplus capacity. This is above the maximum surplus capacity recommended and so whilst it enables the flexibility for unexpected transfers, it also potentially increases the running costs on premises. 13.187 However, a surplus capacity of 5% should be maintained across the County, therefore, interrogating the data for all 365 primary schools in Norfolk, identifies a surplus

Department for Education, (2012); School Capacity 2010/2011. www.education.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/STR/d001050/ index.shtml 31

444

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

capacity of 12.7%, or 8,145 places. Considering that a surplus of 5-10% should be maintained across such a mixed urban and rural area as Norfolk, this would indicate that there is over capacity of at least 1,731 places. Secondary 13.188 Four secondary age facilities have been identified within a 3 mile radius of the application site and are summarised in Table 13.3 below, including the most recent pupil net capacity data from 2010/2011 (released January 2012) from the DfE31. Table 13.3 Norfolk Secondary Schools in Proximity to the Application Site Distance (miles)

Age Range

No. of Student s 16-18

Places

NOR

Capacity

Sprowston Community High School

1.46

11-18 years

249

1813

1704

109

Sewell Park College

2.06

11-18 years

106

1178

930

248

Thorpe St Andrew School

2.87

11-18 years

330

1830

1712

118

Hellesdon High School

2.92

11-18 years

197

1323

1257

Secondary Name

541

Total

13.189 As indicated in the table above there are currently 541 surplus places in the secondary schools in proximity to the application site. As previously discussed, surplus places should be in the region of 5-10%. 13.190 The Government recommends that for surplus capacity, in mainly urban areas, a reasonable target is 5%, a figure that both enables accommodation of unanticipated in-migration and minimises the expenditure on running oversized premises. Therefore, in the schools there is currently an 8.8% surplus to address this need for flexibility for unexpected transfers. 13.191 However, a surplus capacity of between 5-10% should be maintained across the County, therefore, interrogating the data for all 51 secondary schools in Norfolk, identifies a surplus capacity of 10.6%, or 5,815 places. This is at the upper level of the recommended maximum surplus capacity that should be maintained and therefore, there are approximately a minimum of 329 places that could be reduced to prevent expenditure on oversized premises. Primary & Secondary Forecasts 13.192 Local authorities need to produce pupil forecasts to provide school place planners with up-to-date information on the overall capacity required within the school systems in their area, because pupil numbers change from year to year and over the short-term

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

445

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

to long-term. Local authorities are required to provide pupil forecasts five years ahead at primary level and seven years ahead at secondary level by year group from Reception to year 13. 13.193 There are a number of factors that impact on pupil numbers. Some may impact on the overall number of pupils, others only on some schools or in some areas of an authority. Identifying and understanding the potential impact of these factors is an important part of producing useful and accurate forecasts. 13.194 Factors that authorities consider when producing their pupil forecasts include: 

Changes in education policy, for example extensions to early years education, and any changes to the school leaving age;



National and local strategies for development, for example house building, neighbourhood renewal schemes and infrastructure developments such as new roads;



Demographic changes within an authority and nationally;



Changes to national and international migration rates;



The impact of changing economic circumstances, for example on birth rates; and



Internal factors such as the way schools are organised within an authority and within neighbouring authorities.

13.195 The methodology used for producing pupil forecasts varies from authority to authority based on local circumstances. There is not a single standard process as all authorities use their local knowledge of the area when determining the most accurate methodology to use. 13.196 Data in the LA pupil forecast file excludes pupils who will be provided for in a new school (or new places in an existing school) funded through s106 agreements. Therefore, it is only possible for new pupils from new housing developments to affect the projections if it is considered that they could be accommodated within the existing capacity without the need for financial contributions. 13.197 The pupil forecast information set out below was provided by Norfolk to the Department for Education as part of the School Capacity Collection 2011 31. 13.198 Figure 13.34, Figure 13.35, and Figure 13.36 show the primary level pupil forecasts for Norfolk, Norwich and Broadland, respectively. Figure 13.34 showing the overall figures for Norfolk indicate that there is an increase in the Reception and First Years that will move up the cohorts, coming into Year 2 by 2015/2016. However, this is not a maintained increase and the Reception year is seen to decrease in 2014/2015, when the baby boom moves on to Year 1.

446

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.199 In contrast, Norwich has a very small incremental increase in numbers across all year groups up to 2013/2014, when the Reception year begins to decrease in numbers. This is continued into 2014/2015 and onwards into Year 1 as the cohorts progress. 13.200 Broadland’s primary pupil projections are very mixed. Projections at Reception, Year 1, Year 2 and Year 3 indicate a considerable fall in pupil numbers before a slight increase with numbers finally levelling off at a much reduced level than that seen in 2010/2011. 13.201 Years 5 and 6 still show the much larger cohort groups up through 2014/2015 and 2015/2016. However, Year 4 shows the considerable fall in pupil numbers that is anticipated first occurring in 2014/2015 and continuing in 2015/2016. 13.202 Norwich’s primary pupil projections indicate a steady, maintained flow of pupils and as a highly populated urban centre, any fluctuations in pupil levels would need to be considerable to not be smoothed out by the general inflow of children from across the area. 13.203 In contrast, Broadland’s projections reflect a smaller overall primary population that is much more susceptible to changes in demographics. For example, new developments could see an initial blip in reception and Year 1 class sizes that moves up through the years. This would reflect the initially younger household demographic that moves into a new development but then reverts back to the steady state again as the cohort progresses. Figure 13.34 Norfolk Primary Level Pupil Forecasts

Norfolk 8800 8600 8400

Reception

8200

8000

7800

7600

7400

7200

7000 Actuals 2011/2012 2012/2013 2013/2014 2014/2015 2015/2016 2010/2011

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

447

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.35 Norwich Primary Level Pupil Forecasts

Norwich 1600 1400 1200

Reception

1000

800

600

3 4

400

200

0 Actuals 2011/2012 2012/2013 2013/2014 2014/2015 2015/2016 2010/2011

Figure 13.36 Broadland Primary Level Pupil Forecasts

Broadland 1350 1300 Reception

1250

1200

1150

1100

4 5

1050

6 1000 Actuals 2011/2012 2012/2013 2013/2014 2014/2015 2015/2016 2010/2011

13.204 Figure 13.37, Figure 13.38, and Figure 13.39 show the secondary level pupil forecasts for Norfolk, Norwich and Broadland, respectively. At the secondary level, Norfolkâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s forecasts show an initial slight decline in pupil numbers, however, this reverts to a slight increase from 2013/2014 onwards. For Years 12 and 13 any fluctuations are damped as complete cohorts fail to continue within Further Education. As a result, the projections are flatter than those seen at the younger age groups.

448

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.37 Norfolk Secondary Level Pupil Forecasts

Norfolk 10000 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

13.205 Figure 13.38 gives the secondary projections for Norwich. A considerable increase is predicted from 2010/2011 to 2011/2012 but this subsequently declines slightly. What is interesting regarding the initial increase is that it is across all cohorts equally, with no one age group spiking. This is not typical and more usual growth impacts are seen from 2014/2015 onwards when a ripple effect across the cohorts can be seen year by year as an initial uplift at Year 7 ages. 13.206 This isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t seen to the same degree in the primary projections and therefore, it is possible that this is the result of migration impacts.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

449

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.38 Norwich Secondary Level Pupil Forecasts

Norwich 1600 1400 1200 1000

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

800 600 400 200 0

13.207 Broadlandâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s secondary projections shown in Figure 13.39 seem to show the continuing fluctuations seen at the primary level but with the potential for a possible very slight upward trend appearing in years 7 and 8 in 2017/2018. However, the level of fluctuation in Broadland and the lack of further projections beyond 2018 make this difficult to ascertain. Figure 13.39 Broadland Secondary Level Pupil Forecasts

Broadland 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0

450

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Health 13.208 Health in Norwich is mixed compared to the England average, whilst Broadland experiences better than average health

32,33

. In Norwich, life expectancy for men is

lower and for women higher than the England average; both men and women have higher life expectancies than the England average in Broadland. In the most deprived areas of Norwich, male life expectancy is up to 6.7 years less and female life expectancy 3.2 years less when compared to the least deprived areas. There is no appreciable difference in life expectancy in Broadland between the more deprived and less deprived areas32,33. 13.209 However, in Norwich over the last 10 years, all cause mortality rates have fallen and the early death rate from heart disease and stroke has also fallen being now similar to the England average. A similar fall has been seen in Broadland but the death rate from heart disease and stroke is now better than the average for England32,33. 13.210 In Broadland, an estimated 18.6% of adults smoke and 25.1% are classified at obese. Rates of sexually transmitted infections, smoking related deaths and hospital stays for alcohol related harm are all better than the England average. In Norwich, the estimated level of adult obesity is better than the England average but the rate of sexually transmitted infections is worse. Rates of road injuries and deaths and hospital stays for alcohol related harm are better than the England average32,33. 13.211 In Broadland, 2,300 children live in poverty; in Norwich the figure is nearly three times the amount at 6,600 children32,33. 13.212 In Norwich, about 18.5% of Year 6 children are classified as obese and levels of teenage pregnancy are worse than the England average. In Broadland, about 15.6% of Year 6 children are classified as obese, lower than the average for England, and levels of teenage pregnancy are also lower than the England average32,33. 13.213 Priorities in Norwich include stopping smoking, reducing incidence of suicide and reducing the levels of poor mental health32,33. 13.214 Priorities in Broadland include monitoring and preventing early deaths from cancer, particularly by targeting risk factors, reducing obesity by encouraging healthy lifestyles, monitoring alcohol consumption and controlling availability of alcohol 32,33.

National Health Service, (2012); Health Profile 2012 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Norwich. Department of Health.

National Health Service, (2012); Health Profile 2012 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Broadland. Department of Health.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

451

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Local Primary Healthcare Facilities 13.215 The National Health Service (General Medical Services Contracts) Regulations 2004 were revised in 2006 . They introduced a new nationally negotiated contract for 34

General Medical Services (GMS) for GPs that allows more flexible working in primary care and enables practices to offer a selection of enhanced services to patients. 13.216 With the new regulations, the former GP patient list limits prescribed under Part VI, paragraph 24(2)(a)&(b) of The National Health Service (General Medical Services) Regulations 1992

(Ref 19.29) have been removed. These previously stated a

limitation of 3,500 persons per GP. 13.217 However, a best practice list size figure recommended by the General Medical Council (GMC) and used by the Department of Health (DoH) and Primary Care Trusts is 1,800 people per GP, the average list size for the UK. 13.218 Using the NHS Choices website

(the national database for finding primary healthcare

providers) four GP surgeries have been identified within a two mile radius of the application site, all of which are currently accepting new patients. Two of the practices have recently combined and are co-located; therefore, Figure 13.40 shows the three GP locations in proximity to the application site. Figure 13.40 Locations of GP Surgeries within 2 miles of the Application Site

Great Britain, UK Parliament, (2004); The National Health Service (General Medical Services Contracts) Regulations 2004. S.I. 2004/291. 34

452

Great Britain, UK Parliament, (1992); The National Health Service (General Medical Services) Regulations 1992. TSO.

National Health Service, (2012); NHS Choices GP Practices Search [NR12 7BW]. www.nhs.uk/Pages/HomePage.aspx

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.219 Table 13.4 below gives the most recent available details of the three GP surgeries in close proximity to the application site (data as at 30th September 2011), including the patient list size and the number of GPs recorded at each surgery . This enables a 37

capacity assessment to be undertaken against the best practice list size. As shown in Table 13.4, there is currently capacity across these three surgeries for 2,942 patients if the best practice average list size is to be maintained. Table 13.4 Accessible GP Surgeries in Proximity to the Application Site – Patient List Size and Capacity Surgery

Distance (miles)

No GPs

Patients on List

Current Ratio Patients/GPs

Capacity

East Norwich Medical Practice

0.85

15,860*

1,762

340

Coltishall Medical Practice

0.93

8,680

1,447

2,120

6,718

1,680

482

Old Catton Medical Practice

* Carr-Hill normalised weighted list size for this practice shows patient list size as 15,51638

13.220 The Greater Norwich Infrastructure Needs & Funding Study

(GNIN) sets out a

capacity threshold for dentists at 2,000 patients per dentist. There are four dental surgeries within a 2 mile radius of the application site 36 of which only two are currently accepting NHS patients (fee paying adults, charge-exempt adults, or children aged 018 years). Capacity of dental surgeries is difficult to ascertain due to the myriad of differing fee structures that are in place and the individual decision process of dentists as to whether remaining a NHS dental care provider is financially viable. Therefore, as two surgeries are not currently accepting new NHS patients, it is considered as a conservative assessment that there is likely to be a deficit in provision. 13.221 In terms of secondary and acute care, the GNIN Study39 sets out the current regional standards that should be maintained to ensure a continued appropriate level of provision. These are provided in Table 13.5 below.

National Health Service, (2012); NHS Information Centre Indicator Portal – GP Registered Patients & GP Numbers. https://indicators.ic.nhs.uk/webview/ 37

38 The Carr Hill normalised practice list formula consists of the following components: • An adjustment for the age and sex structure of the population; • An adjustment for the additional needs of the population, relating to morbidity and mortality; • An adjustment for list turnover; • A nursing and residential homes index; and • Adjustments for the unavoidable costs of delivering services to the population, including a Market Forces Factor and Rurality Index. EDAW/AECOM, (2009); Greater Norwich Infrastructure Needs & Funding Study. www.gndp.org.uk/content/wpcontent/uploads/downloads/2010/03/Infrastructure09_final%20report.pdf 39

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

453

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Table 13.5 Secondary and Acute Care Provision â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Regional Ratio of Population to Available Beds Facility Type

Regional Population to Bed Ratio

Acute Hospital Beds

664

Other Beds: Geriatric

361 (retirement age only)

Other Beds: Maternity

7,325

Other Beds: Mental Illness

2,150

Other Beds: Learning Disability

12,397

Community Facilities 13.222 The GNIN Study39 sets out, as shown in Figure 13.41, the location of libraries and community centres across the Norwich Growth Area. In proximity to the application site, there is a library and community centre located to the South in Old Catton and a further community centre located to the North in Spixworth. 13.223 The Study also sets out the location of leisure facilities, as shown in Figure 13.42, which include swimming centres, leisure centres and sports centres. Figure 13.42 shows that the nearest existing facility to the application site is in North Norwich, which is quite distant from the application site. 13.224 The study sets out the minimum requirements shown in for each of the facilities to ensure an adequate level of provision per 1,000 population. Table 13.6 Community Facility Requirements as set out in GNIN Study Type

Thresholds

Swimming Pool Lane

0.187

Min 4 lanes

Sports Hall Courts

0.279

Min 2 courts

Min 300m2

26.5

198m2

Community Space (m2) Library Space (m2)

454

Requirement per 1,000 Population

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.41 Library and Community Centre Locations

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

455

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.42 Leisure and Recreation Facility Locations

Crime 13.225 Crime imposes economic costs, reinforces social exclusion and can hasten the environmental decline of neighbourhoods. Fear of crime can make people reluctant to walk, use public transport, or go out after dark. It can also be a cause of mental distress and social exclusion. In particular, women and older people tend to worry more about becoming victims and this may prevent them from engaging in social activities. 13.226 Not everyone is at equal risk of becoming a victim of crime. People who suffer from poor health are more likely to be victims of crime than those in good health. However,

456

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

this may be because of the association of disadvantage with victimisation and poor health, rather than poor health causing victimisation. Young men, as well as being the most common perpetrators of crime, are also the most likely victims of street crime, especially physical assaults. Older people, especially women, are more likely to be victims of theft from the person, with much acquisitive crime, such as shoplifting and burglary, committed by drug-misusing offenders to feed their habits. 13.227 Figure 13.43 below shows the percentage change in the crime incident rates for the Norfolk Police Force area for the period 2010/11 to 2011/12 . The majority of offences 40

have seen a decrease in incidence as can be seen from the overall fall in total crime. 13.228 However, there are some increases, most notably in serious sexual offences, but also in violence against the person, theft other and drugs offences that the police force are understood to be focussing concerted efforts on. 13.229 In Norfolk, drugs offences are treated as a ‘preventative crime’ and police officers are encouraged to take proactive measures to combat drug crime and identify offenders. 13.230 ‘Violence against the person’ comprises a spectrum of offences from very low level assaults to the most serious. Serious violent crime is subject to a pro-active and wideranging crime prevention strategy with a focus on reducing alcohol-fuelled violent crime in Norfolk’s night-time economy. 13.231 In June 2012, Norfolk and Suffolk police launched a joint public awareness campaign ‘Time to Stop’ to prevent rape and violent crime across the counties and sign-post victims to local support and services.

Office of National Statistics, (2012); Crime Statistics, period www.ons.gov.uk/ons/publications/re-reference-tables.html?edition=tcm%3A77-257436 40

ending

December

2011.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

457

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.43 Percentage Change in Crime Incidence for Norfolk Definition 2010/11 to 2011/12

30 25 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 -20

13.232 Figure 13.44 below shows the most recent crime incidents in proximity to the application site for July 2012. In total, 38 crimes were committed. Although, the majority of these (22) were anti-social behaviour incidents. Of the more serious crimes, there were four incidents of violent crime, two of burglary and two of criminal damage & arson. The remaining crimes comprised shoplifting, vehicle crime, other theft, other crime and drugs offences. 13.233 As previously discussed in paragraphs 13.14 to 13.17, for a crime to take place there needs to be a confluence of criminal opportunity (CCO); this includes a perpetrator, an environment that enables crime and a victim. As can be seen in Figure 13.44, crime incidents occur in areas of population and therefore, the application site which is predominantly agricultural land is absent for any potential â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;victimsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; across the majority of its area.

458

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.44 Crime Rates around the Application Site

Open Space 13.234 Table 13.7 below provides a summary of the open space considered to constitute play space in the Planning Policy Guidance 17 Open Space Assessment

undertaken by

BDC. The open space listed in Table 13.7 below specifically excludes the following: 

Outdoor sports facilities which are not available for public use,



Verges, woodlands, commons ornamental parks and gardens except for defined sports, games practice and play areas,



Golf facilities, and



Water used for recreation, except where it forms a play feature or an outdoor play area.

13.235 As can be seen from Table 13.7 below, based on the 2001 population figures Sprowston had a large ratio of open space per 1,000 population, whilst Old Catton had a much lower ratio and did not meet the minimum target of 2.24ha per 1,000 nor achieve within 85% of that target.

Broadland District Council, (2007); PPG17 Open Spaces Indoor Sports and Community Recreation Assessment - Final Report. BDC. 41

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

459

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.236 To provide a better understanding of how more recent population figures would affect the overall open space ratios, mid-year population estimates from 2009 have been used . These are the most recent parish level population statistics available. 42

13.237 Old Catton’s population has increased to 6,130 persons and Sprowston’s population has increased to 14,340 persons. This reduces Old Catton’s open space per 1,000 population ratio to 1.75 ha. For Sprowston, the open space to 1,000 population ratio has reduced to 4.06 ha as a result of the increase in population. Table 13.7 Open Space per 1,000 Population – Play Space Orientated Old Catton

Sprowston

5,954

14,027

Formal Open Space

1.46

1.16

Play Areas*

0.11

0.02

Allotments

0.23

0.15

2.82

1.80

4.15

10.72

58.21

Min Target 2.24 Ha Target met (Y/N)

Target of no less that 85% of that figure (2.04) ha/1,000 pop (Y/N)

Parish Population (2001)

Open Space Provision Ha/1,000 Population

Other Incl. Pitches, Bowls, Rugby, etc. Total

Total Ha

* per 1,000 children.

13.238 Broadland subsequently published a Recreational Open Space Supplementary Planning Document (SPD)

that set out an overarching open space standard of 2.4ha per 1,000 2

population or 24m per person. This is in accordance with the Fields in Trust (FiT) Six Acre Standard (6AS) , which suggests that for each 1,000 residents there should be 44

2.4ha (6 acres) as follows. 

1.6ha (4 acres) for outdoor sport and recreation space (including parks); and



0.8ha (2 acres) for children's play, with about 0.25ha of this equipped playgrounds.

Norfolk County Council, (2011); Mid-2009 parish www.norfolkinsight.org.uk/Custom/Resources/Din211_Combined.pdf 42

population

estimates

for

Norfolk.

Broadland District Council, (2007); Recreational Open Space Supplementary Planning Document. BDC.

Fields in Trust, (2008). Planning and Design for Outdoor Sport and Play. http://www.medway.gov.uk/pdf/Planning-andDesign-for-Outdoor-Sport-and-Play-2008.pdf 44

460

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.239 Reviewing the individual ha/1,000 ratios for the parishes, Old Catton, having not achieved the 2.24 target definitely falls below the 2.4ha 6AS. Whilst Sprowston easily surpasses it. The application site sits across both North Sprowston and Old Catton and therefore, averaging the ha/1,000 population across the two (using the more recent population figures) results in open space provision of 3.37ha per 1,000 population. This is in exceedance of the 6AS set out by the Recreational Open Space SPD43. 13.240 Figure 13.45 below shows the environmental attributes in proximity to the application site as identified within the Growth Triangle Framework Plan Study . The areas 45

identified are those which represent either landscape or ecological value and therefore, have potential as areas of larger open space provision provided a balance can be achieved between the impact of their use for amenity versus any ecological detriment this could cause. Figure 13.45 Environmental Attributes within the Growth Triangle

Broadland District Council, (2011); Growth Triangle Framework Plan Study. BDC.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

461

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.241 The Growth Triangle Framework Plan Study

is being used to inform the development

of the draft Area Action Plan and as such provides an understanding of the baseline open space context in the area directly relating to the application site. 13.242 It also states some open space standard derivations for Broadland that are also included in the GNIN Study . These are set out below in Table 13.8 and will be used to 39

assess the impacts of the proposed development subsequently. Table 13.8 Open Space Standards – GNIN Study Framework Plan Study

and Growth Triangle

Open Space Type

Standard per 1,000 population

Parks and Gardens

1.13ha

Natural and semi-natural green space (including green corridors)

3.74ha

Informal/amenity open space

0.22ha

Provision for children and young people (all play areas within other typologies)

0.36ha

Provision for children and young people (stand alone)

0.17ha

Outdoor sport (all pitches, greens and courts including those within other typologies)

1.68ha

Outdoor sports facilities and ‘recreation grounds’

0.97ha

Allotment and community gardens

0.16ha

Total (excl shaded sub-totals)

462

6.39ha

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS Population & Demography Total Population 13.243 The GNDP uses the Chelmer Model to forecast population and housing for new large scale developments

and it was also used extensively by the GNDP in producing the

GNIN Study, which states in the Executive Summary that: ‘The Chelmer outputs are the most accurate way of forecasting population projections within the NPA as they encompass population, households and dwellings. The model is used to assess the demographic structure of such developments where the number of dwellings is known.’39 13.244 In new developments, the size of the population in the starting year is typically small and is weighted towards younger adult age groups. Thus, at the start the age of the population tends to be younger and the number of children per household higher. Once construction has completed natural population dynamics takeover and the young population ages, with children moving through the school years. 13.245 However, the Chelmer Model

does not contain information regarding the offer of

housing supply, for example the tenure type or size of dwelling. The GNIN Study39 sets out at Table 4.1 Average Household Size (AHS) assumptions for different unit sizes and tenures, and these have been used in the calculations of population arisings and infrastructure needs in the Housing and Social and Economic Development Statements supporting the OPA . Market and Intermediate tenure housing have the same AHS’ as their demography is very similar. Social Rented housing has a different demographic and therefore, its own specific AHS’. 13.246 To calculate the proposed development’s population and its demography, the GNIN Study

and the Chelmer Model

have both been used in a two-stage process. The

proposed development’s construction programme is forecast to be between 15 to 20 years, over six phases. Further details regarding the phasing of the units may be found in Chapter 2.0 Proposed Development and Chapter 3.0 Construction Programme. Based on the current low sales volumes identified in Figure 13.25 it is considered that a conservative assessment of the construction programme is across a 20 year period. 13.247 Due to the long-term nature of the construction programme, units in the first phase will be occupied well in advance of the final phase being constructed. This means that the population of the earlier phases of the proposed development will mature and the

Cambridge Econometrics, (2011); The Chelmer Population and Housing Model for Large Scale New Eco-Developments. Draft v1.0 July 2011. Cambridge Econometrics. 46

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

463

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

demography will change, whilst the later phases will retain a younger demographic as discussed in paragraph 13.244 above. 13.248 Therefore, the following steps have been undertaken to understand the population size and demography of the proposed development across the period: 

First, to capture the differences that tenure and unit size have on population size, the AHS’ in Table 4.1 of the GNIS Study

have been applied to each of the units

constructed annually for each phase. This gives a starting size of population constrained by average household size for those unit types and tenures; 

Then, the population demographics of the Chelmer Model Growth Area Triangle (GAT)

run for the Broadland

for the initial occupation year in the model (2013)

have been applied to the new construction units of each year of the construction programme; and 

As each year passes for each constructed unit and its household, the next year’s demographic profile from the Chelmer Model

has been applied. This population

has then been cumulatively added onto the new construction units, to give both the demography of the new build units and that of the constructed units that have matured. 13.249 The result is a population that ages as the development ages, with children from the earliest units moving through school classes as cohorts from primary to secondary and beyond. 13.250 This provides a much clearer picture of the demands from the proposed development’s population on local services and facilities compared to a static gross AHS approach. Figure 13.46 shows the population demographics of the proposed development as the construction programme progresses. The total population is constrained to 7,678 people as a result of using the GNIN Study AHS . However, the use of the Chelmer 39

Model

enables greater clarity on who makes up that population. For example, by the

time the development is complete the residents will comprise 70 people who are aged 85 years or greater. In keeping with the younger demographic that first moves into new developments, the first 85 year old is not seen until 2019, and by 2028 those aged 85 years or greater have grown to 30 persons. 13.251 Whilst the proposed development includes for the provision of some extra-care homes to be brought forward to meet the needs of the elderly population, these have not been accounted for within the population modelling as it is currently uncertain what quantum of units these would comprise. However, in terms of the potential for impacts considered, the absence of this more elderly component of the population ensures that

Provided by Dade, E., Planning Officer (Spatial Planning), Broadland District Council, (24/05/2012); Chelmer Results for Broadland Growth Area Triangle, Scenario 2. Estimated Delivery Summary. 47

464

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

the assessment of the majority of impacts will be conservative, including education, and play space. The key aspect that would be potentially affected would be the provision of healthcare facilities, and this has been discussed as relevant within that impact assessment section.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

465

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.46 Population Demographics for the Proposed Development over the Construction Programme to Final Occupation

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

466

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Child Yield 13.252 A similar approach has been taken with the child yield for the proposed development. Child yield multipliers are provided within Appendix B, page 15 of the GNIN Study39. However, if these are applied to the proposed development encompassing all of the units, then the yield identified is a snap shot in time, which assumes that all units have been simultaneously constructed. 13.253 In reality, as the proposed

development will be brought forward over two decades,

children will be born, go to school, and leave home in that period. Therefore, it becomes necessary to take into consideration the aging of the child population across the construction programme so that the demand for aspects such as school places can be properly ascertained. 13.254 The same calculation method as that of the total population has been applied. However, it has been broken down into pre-school, primary, secondary and 16 plus age groups to reflect the different education groups catered for. Figure 13.47 therefore gives the Model based child population forecast across the construction programme. 13.255 This shows that the early years population (0-3 yr olds) only reaches 200 children in 2022. Sufficient primary school children to fill a 2 form entry primary school (420 pupils) are only reached in 2028 and secondary aged children never reach 400 in number, increasing to just 376 by 2034. 13.256 Full details regarding the impact of the proposed developmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s child yield on local education capacity are addressed subsequently within the chapter. 13.257 A comparison between the model forecast child population and the child yield multiplier method is provided below in Table 13.9. This shows the child yield as a result of applying the GNIN Study multipliers

to the total number of units and the

highest model forecast child population from across the construction programme. Table 13.9 Child Yield Multipliers applied to Total Units (3,520 units) Compared to Highest Forecast Child Population Age Range

Multiplier (No. children per 100 units)

Multiplier Child Yield

Age Range

Forecast Child Population

3-5 years

8.4

296

0-3 years

447*

5-11 years

25.4

894

4-10 years

641

11-16 years

493

11-15 years

376

16-18 years

2.8

16-17 years

125

Total

1,781

Total

1,589

*This age bracket includes three years compared to the Multiplier methodâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s two years.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

467

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Figure 13.47 Child Yield over the Construction Period by Education Age Group

468

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Housing 13.258 The proposed development will bring forward up to 3,520 dwellings (use class C3) over a 15-20 year construction period, dependent upon market conditions. Table 13.10 below provides the proposed housing mix by tenure, type and unit size. Table 13.10 Proposed Housing Mix â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Tenure, Type & Size Tenure/ Type

All

Flats

Houses

Total

67.0%

20%

37%

31%

100%

Social Rented

28.05%

21%

10%

33%

100%

Intermediate

4.95%

25%

35%

21%

100%

25%

35%

21%

Total

100%

Market

100% 19%

81%

Housing Types & Sizes 13.259 Although the housing mix set out by the applicant is broadly in compliance with that set out in the GNIN Study , it does differ in two areas. First, the proposed 39

development comprises a greater proportion of two bed units. This deviation has been implemented to accommodate a greater number of younger couples starting out that will require smaller dwelling, which are typical in new developments. For the Broadland area this will be particularly welcome given that in the more rural areas detached houses, which tend to be larger properties, comprise roughly half of all homes and make up 1 in 3 of all properties in Greater Norwich. 13.260 Two bed units are also more suitable for downsizing older households. As the recent retirees in the Broadland district continue to age this will become a greater need as larger units become unmanageable for such households. 13.261 In addition, the proposed development excludes one bed houses on the basis of their relatively inefficient land use and commercial unattractiveness, in that typically a two bed dwelling can be found at a low marginal cost increase. 13.262 The applicant has also made provision for the following additional unit types to be brought forward within the proposed development to further the flexibility and adaptability of the scheme to its inhabitants, including: ď&#x201A;ˇ

Self-commissioned and self-build housing: around 2.5% of plots (approximately 90 units) will be made available for self-commissioned and/or self-build homes (within the terms of the outline planning consent and other design codes);

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

469

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton



Homeworking units: Homes have been designed to achieve Code for Sustainable Homes credits for enabling home working but in addition to this, around 2.5% of all units will be constructed as homeworking units with dedicated studio or workshop space (C3 not sui generis use class);



Co-housing: This is the development of homes that are supplemented by shared facilities such as, guest rooms, laundry, child care, or larger dining and office space. The applicant is aware of potential interest in such units and would work to enable their delivery should this be required and able to be realised practically;



Extra-care homes: to help meet the accommodation needs of the ageing population that is apparent in Broadland, ‘extra care’ housing will be brought forward from both market and affordable tenures, in association with a Registered Provider and suitable commercial operators; and



Residential Care: these facilities do not currently form part of the outline application but will be considered as appropriate during the detailed design process and if a need was apparent and an operator identified, separate applications would be made to bring forward such facilities.

13.263 Consequently, the proposed development’s housing types and sizes are both reflective of policy, whilst also accounting for the changing demographics anticipated in the area. It is also considered that the balance and wider mix of units will accommodate a range of household types and structures that will enable a diverse community to develop. Affordable Housing 13.264 The JCS5 sets a requirement for affordable housing provision at 33% on new developments (greater than 16 dwellings) with a 85:15 ratio of social rented to intermediate tenures or approximately 28% social rented to 5% intermediate. As can be seen from Table 13.10 the proposed tenure mix is in compliance with the policy requirements. 13.265 The applicant has noted that a parametric approach to bringing forward the precise mix of unit sizes and types will be applied. It may also be necessary that the quantity of each of the different tenures brought forward over the construction programme is varied to meet market conditions and the funding mechanisms available to support the affordable units. 13.266 The applicant has also stated that the affordable housing will be designed and provided on a ‘tenure blind’ basis so that their external appearance is indistinguishable from the market dwellings and ‘pepper-potted’ throughout the scheme. These are important elements for ensuring equity in the provision of homes. Maintaining the quality of the affordable units and providing a social balance that will help in the formation of community cohesion.

470

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Market Housing 13.267 As set out in paragraphs 13.129 to 13.156, whilst there is an on-going need for more social rented units, a need for more affordable market housing including intermediate tenures is also evident in Broadland. In particular, due to the large mortgage deposit needed and the continued high price of homes within the area, many households that would fail to qualify for social rented and therefore, a greater quantity of more accessible market units are required. In response to this identified need, the applicant proposes to consider the following alternate tenures during the operation of the proposed development: 

Long-term rental: where the developer retains or sells the property to an investor, which is then rented to the occupiers with many of the benefits and fewer of the risks and costs of purchase;



Shared equity: where the developer provides a loan on a proportion of the property which bridges the gap between the buyers’ deposit and the requirements of the mortgage provider;



Equity rent: where the buyer has the option of buying the property at ‘day one’ prices, but will in fact rent for around three years, paying slightly more than market rent. The difference in rent contributes to a ‘deposit fund’. By the third year, if property values have increased, the effective ‘equity’ in the product may now be enough for the buyer to purchase at the ‘day one’ discounted rate, particularly if bolstered by the ‘deposit fund’; and



Co-ownership: which is a private version of shared ownership. The developer retains a share of the property while selling the other half to the occupier, who also pays rent on the non-owned portion. The applicant notes that this tenure is not yet in commercial operation in the UK.

13.268 The consideration of alternative market tenures to provide greater accessibility to the proposed development’s units is considered to be a welcome and appropriate response to the continued issues of high market prices and poor access to financial mortgage products, experienced in Broadland. 13.269 Therefore, it is considered that the provision of up to 3,520 additional new homes to the area comprising a mix of unit types, sizes and tenures and that accord with the relevant policies, is considered to be a long-term Major Positive impact.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

471

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Employment Construction Phase Direct Construction Employment Generation 13.270 Construction employment is important as it represents part of the continual supply of work that construction firms, and local tradesmen rely upon. Without such schemes, construction and related employment opportunities are significantly reduced. 13.271 The scale of employment is a direct function of the scale and type of construction project being undertaken, which in turn is reflected in the overall capital construction costs. Thus, the scale of employment is a direct function of the overall capital construction

costs.

calculation

construction sector data

based

upon

Annual

Business

Survey

(ABS)

has been made to estimate the likely impact on the local

area in terms of construction employment. 13.272 The average amount of construction expenditure required to support a construction job for a year has been derived from the ABS’ data, on the turnover of construction businesses in Great Britain for 2010 (£182,657 million), divided by the number of construction workers for that year (1,382,000)48. 13.273 The resulting figure of £132,169 is the approximate amount of capital construction expenditure that supports one person year of employment. Based upon a ratio of the capital construction cost of the build to the above figure, it is estimated that approximately 3,783 gross person years of employment (PYE) will be generated over the life of the construction period for the proposed development. 13.274 Using a standard ratio of 10 person years of construction work being equivalent to one permanent job in the economy , this is equivalent to some 378.3 permanent jobs in 49

the economy. It is important to note, however, that this is a conservative estimate of overall additional jobs to the economy over the long-term. Essentially, this is the equivalent of 378.3 additional bankers, or teachers, in full-time employment for ten years in the UK. Given that the construction period will be brought forward in phases, it is anticipated that the average annual employment generated over the entire 20 year construction phase duration will be 189 jobs. 13.275 As stated in paragraphs 13.126 to 13.128 construction employment levels have declined again and remain at a depressed level. Therefore, there is a significant

Office of National Statistics, (2012); Annual Business Survey [Revised Results www.ons.gov.uk/ons/publications/re-reference-tables.html?edition=tcm%3A77-264370

for

2010–

Section

F].

London Borough of Hackney, (2006); The London Olympic and Legacy Planning Applications, Socio Economic Assessment Update. www2.hackney.gov.uk/jpat-docs/update1_27.pdf

472

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

surplus of construction workers and it is considered that there is more than sufficient resources to meet the forecast construction employment demand. 13.276 The applicant also proposes to assume the role of ‘master developer’ should the proposed development be permitted. In this role, the applicant will work with public bodies, local education and training centres, industry bodies, contractors and the wider supply chain to establish a Local Workforce and Skills Programme with the aim of maximising the amount of construction labour and skilled trades that can be recruited locally. The applicant proposes this to have a particular focus on young people, given the prolonged nature of the construction programme, and on developing the skills required to forge a career in the sustainable development industry including design, construction and management skills sets. 13.277 Thus, there are anticipated to be a number of benefits from the construction phase of the proposed development, in addition to the direct annual employment of up to 189 employees from the district and sub-county area. There will also be those who will benefit from skills training and secondary impacts, as discussed below. Additionality Assessment of Construction Employment Generation 13.278 Further to the direct employment generated from the construction of the proposed development, other effects and additional benefits will result from the construction phase. These secondary impacts will arise from the need to purchase supplies for the proposed development (indirect employment), and from the increased expenditure in the locality by the construction workers (induced employment). Together this beneficial economic multiplier effect will sustain and generate further economic activity in the area, boosting the local economy. 13.279 The concept of ‘additionality’ combines the direct and indirect employment impacts of a proposal against the reference baseline position (known as the ‘deadweight’) to identify the overall net impact11. 13.280 By undertaking an appraisal of the additional benefits using the adjustment factors from the Additionality Guide11, estimations of indirect and induced employment levels can be calculated (for full calculations see Appendix 13.2 of this ES). Three adjustment factors will be applied to understand the employment arising from the construction stage. These three adjustment factors of: leakage, multipliers and displacement are significantly affected by the scale and significance of the project. Leakage 13.281 First, a leakage factor will be applied; this estimates the proportion of outputs that benefit those outside the target area, which can be considered to extend to the subcounty level of the GNDP area, but focuses upon the district level of Broadland and Norwich. It is considered that the proposed development is of regional significance and

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

473

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

therefore, as a significant development project it will attract interest from outside of the target area. However, given that there is a surplus of construction labour it is considered that there will be a sufficient response from within the target area to readily meet the construction employment demand. Further, the applicant in the role of master developer will seek to promote and sustain local employment over the build programme.

Therefore,

accordance

with

guidance

provided

English

Partnerships11, a medium level of leakage has been assumed at 25%, i.e. 75% of benefits will be retained within target area, with leakage of 25% occurring due to the significance of the project attracting wider interest. Multiplier 13.282 The second adjustment factor is a multiplier; this calculates the secondary (indirect and induced) benefits as a result of the construction phase, as discussed above. The multiplier adjustment factor varies according to the project size and geographic area. The larger the project and geographic area under consideration, the greater the multiplier factor. The proposed development is considered a regional level initiative and as a result of the applicant’s ethos to promote local employment and sourcing along the supply chain, it is considered that a medium multiplier would be appropriate for the scheme. Thus, using the composite multipliers developed by English Partnerships11, a medium regional level composite multiplier of 1.5 has been applied. Displacement 13.283 Finally, a displacement adjustment factor is applied. Displacement takes into account the proportion of development outputs accounted for by reduced outputs elsewhere. In respect to construction employment, this may result from competition for construction staff that could result in delays and increased costs etc. It is considered that given the recent RICS survey response regarding skills shortages for trades’ persons, there is a surfeit of construction workers within the region currently and that there is therefore, unlikely to be a shortage of construction labour. Nevertheless, for the purposes of this assessment a low level of displacement has been accounted for. This has been estimated to be at 5% in accordance with The English Partnerships 11 guidance where there is anticipated to be ‘some displacement effects, although only to a limited extent.’11

Thus,

the

assessment

additional

benefits

should

considered

conservative. 13.284 Further to the ‘leakage’, ‘multiplier’ and ‘displacement’ adjustment factors from English Partnerships11, it is also necessary to take account of ‘deadweight’. Deadweight can be defined as the output that would have occurred in the event that the proposed development is not brought forward. Consequently, it is necessary to subtract the deadweight additional benefits from the proposed development’s additional benefits to

474

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

leave the net additional benefits that the proposed development will bring forward over and above those of any other scenarios. Deadweight 13.285 As alternate proposals for the application site are not in evidence, it is considered that the deadweight cannot be considered at this time. Whilst an alternate scheme could be drawn up it would effectively sit within the parameters of the policy requirements that the proposed development has conformed to. Therefore, such a notional scheme would result in similar levels of construction employment generation. In the absence of an actual alternate scheme, the deadweight could be based upon the current agricultural land use of the site. However, although those agricultural uses may instigate some minor construction over the build period of the proposed development, it is not considered practical to hypothesise as to what this may be. Therefore, for the purposes of assessing construction employment, a deadweight reference case has not been applied. 13.286 Thus, as set out in Table 13.11 below, the leakage, displacement, and multiplier factors have been applied and the net additional employment (PYE) generated during the construction phase arising as a consequence of the proposed development is an estimated total of 4,043. This is considered to be a long-term Major Positive impact. Table 13.11 Construction Employment (PYE) Additionality Assessment

Additionality Steps

Gross direct construction employment

Estimated leakage

Gross direct construction employment to target area

Less displacement

Additionality Application

3,783

946

2,837

142

Net direct construction employment to target area

2,695

Plus multiplier effects

1,348

Net operational construction PYE to target area

4,043

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

475

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Operational Phase Generation of Direct Employment 13.287 The proposed development is mixed-use, bringing forward both residential and commercial uses comprising up to 8,800 sqm of retail (A1 to A5) including up to 4,480 sqm for convenience and comparison goods shopping (A1); up to 16,800 sqm flexible business (B1), up to two guesthouses or hotels at 1,000 sqm; and up to 7,000 sqm D1 use class for two 2 form entry primary schools (5,000sqm), two community halls, a library, a health centre and up to five nurseries of crèches. The proposals also include for an energy centre (1,500 sqm sui generis). 13.288 Operational employment details for the commercial element of the proposed development are not known at this time as occupiers have not been identified. In the absence of the wider operational employment details, the scale of the opportunities arising from the commercial space can be forecast through the application of ‘employment densities’. The term ‘employment density’ refers to the average floorspace per person in an occupied building. It is a measure of intensity of use and indicates how much space each person occupies within the workplace. 13.289 OffPAT (Office of Project & Programme Advice & Training) and the Homes & Communities Agency (HCA) have produced in conjunction with Drivers Jonas Deloitte a bsecond edition of the Employment Densities Guide

(hereafter, ‘The Guide’), which

provides advice to appraisers of regeneration and economic development projects on the employment densities associated with different types of property use. 13.290 For the purposes of development projects at the pre-development stage, the number of workspaces should be calculated. The Guide

notes that particularly for office

developments, pressures such as the need to reduce costs and carbon emissions will result in a drive to lower the workspace to full-time equivalent (FTE) employee ratio, which would result in a higher employment density. Workspaces are defined as the number of desks and/or posts, whilst FTE is a calculation of the total number of hours worked by part-time staff (including permanent and on-site contract staff) each week divided by the number of hours in the working week (usually 37.5 hours). A conservative approach has been taken in this assessment and whilst FTE employment is referred to as oppose to workspaces, the ratio that has been applied is 1:1. 13.291 To forecast the number of ‘workspaces’ associated with the proposed development and quantify the benefits, the recommended employment densities have been applied. The full calculations are shown in Appendix 13.3 of this ES.

Drivers Jonas Deloitte, (2010); Employment Densities Guide. OffPAT (Office of Project & Programme Advice & Training) and the Homes & Communities Agency (HCA) 50

476

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.292 Table 13.12 below summarises the forecast employment opportunities generated by the proposed development. It should be noted that except for the A1 retail floorspace, an average density for the A2 to A5 use class range has been applied as it is not known the proportion of each element that would be brought forward. 13.293 The hotel/guest house element of the proposed development has been assessed on the basis of the provision of two 30 bed guesthouses. As employment creation is based on number of beds and hotel class, both guesthouses have been considered to be of a general 3 star class. 13.294 Further, the community/cultural D1 element of the proposed development has not been assessed using employment densities. Rather, the employment it generates will be linked to the funding required to provide that community facility dependent upon its function. However, there are some known minimum employment levels that are required for each of the elements that are to be brought forward, and these have been set out below: 

2 Form Entry Primary Schools: These comprise 420 pupils each and there is a national average pupil/teacher ratio of 21 pupils to each teacher . Therefore, for a 51

420 pupil primary school a minimum of 20 teachers would be needed. In addition, it is anticipated that a further four additional support staff would be required per school (administrative support and teaching assistants). Therefore, in total the two primary schools would generate 44 jobs; 

Library: Library funding has been significantly reduced as a result of the public sector cut backs. However, staffing must ensure that there is sufficient cover that staff are not alone whilst on duty due to the safety concerns arising from the public interaction element of their roles. Therefore, it is anticipated that the library would result in a need for 2.5 members of staff, to ensure no lone working, including lunch-time cover;



Health Centre: The draft GNDP Local Investment Plan and Programme (LIPP) , 52

states that a primary care centre within the Growth Triangle area would provide 5 GPs and 4 dentists. However, these size of health centre would also be anticipated to have the following additional staff to enable the smooth running of the practice: a practice manager, 3 practice nurses, 3 dental nurses, 1 dental hygienist

receptionists, and 3 administrative staff, giving a total of 23 staff; 

Nursery/crèche: State nursery schools and classes have a minimum ratio of two adults to 20-26 children, of these two one must be QTS (Qualified Teacher Status)

Department for Education, (2011); School Workforce in England November 2011. DfE.

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2010); Draft Local Investment Plan & Programme www.gndp.org.uk/content/wp-content/uploads/downloads/2010/09/BP9_DRAFT_LIPP_100920v1.pdf 52

(LIPP).

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

477

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

and the other a qualified nursery assistant, therefore the five facilities accounted for within the proposed development would result in approximately 20 staff; and ď&#x201A;ˇ

Community halls: The two community halls proposed are considered to generate one additional employment opportunity through their combined management.

Table 13.12 Operational Employment Generation Use Classes

Employment Generation Calculated (FTE)

Business B1

1,190

Retail A1

216.5

Retail A2/A3/A4/A5

198

Guesthouses C1

Community/Cultural D1

95.5

1,715

Total

13.295 Thus, it is considered that the proposed development will bring forward approximately 1,715 FTE total employment opportunities. Those employment opportunities generated from the D1 elements of the proposed development will not be considered as part of the direct employment generation, as their on-going funding will be by the public sector under complex funding arrangements and may involve the relocation of staff or other matters that would not translate into a direct employment benefit. 13.296 Therefore, the direct commercial element of the proposed development will bring forward 1,619.5 FTE employment opportunities. However, before the operational employment can be assessed in terms of the significance of its effect, it is necessary to consider other factors such as leakage, displacement, or multiplier effects that would affect the gross employment generation. The additionality effects have been applied to the D1 employment generation as they will create additional supply linkages such as the employment of cleaning staff, which should be captured, but the direct D1 employment will then be subtracted from the final total. Indirect and Induced Employment 13.297 Further, to the direct employment generated during the operation of the proposed development, additional benefits will result. These secondary impacts will arise from the need to purchase supplies for the businesses operating within the proposed development (indirect employment), and for example, from the increased expenditure in the locality by the workers (induced employment). Together this beneficial economic multiplier effect will sustain and generate further economic activity in the area, boosting the local economy.

478

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.298 The concept of ‘additionality’ combines the direct and indirect employment impacts of a proposal against the baseline position or reference case to identify the overall ‘net’ impact. 13.299 By undertaking an appraisal of the additional benefits using the adjustment factors from the Additionality Guide11, estimations of indirect and induced employment levels can be calculated (for full details see Appendix 13.2 of this ES). As per the construction employment consideration, three adjustment factors will be applied to understand the employment arising from the operational phase. Leakage 13.300 First, a leakage factor is applied; this estimates the proportion of outputs that benefit those outside the target area, which is the district level but extends to the sub-county level of the GNDP area. 13.301 The applicant seeks to strike a balance with the commercial element of the proposed development between the creation of a lasting business base rooted in the local economy and the rapid provision of volume jobs through the attraction of mobile investment. In addition, the applicant is seeking to bring forward an aspirational life style that would appeal to quite unique and high quality businesses, and investors on a potentially Europe-wide basis as the scheme matured. 13.302 The

applicant’s

intention

creating

homeworking

environment

within

the

development and also in attracting like-minded residents and businesses seeking to live/work in a development that supports a sustainability ethos, is to potentially prompt a much greater level of residential self-containment than is typically seen. 13.303 The focus for target sectors and occupiers is the Small to Medium Enterprise (SME) sector with an ethical and brand affinity to the tenets of the development including: 

A high quality of life with a low environmental footprint; and



A willingness to work with: o

Local supply chain initiatives;

Workplace travel planning; and

Sustainable sourcing and waste management.

13.304 Thus, the target sectors for the development include: 

Professional services, including built environment related services such as architecture and engineering, and general advisory, legal and financial services;



‘Green collar’ businesses in tertiary sectors such as clean technology, consultancy, tourism, publishing and design; and



Small-scale food and drink production and processing.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

479

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.305 Therefore, leakage levels from the intended district and GNDP area targeted to benefit from the employment opportunities are likely to be limited to two main streams: 

First, the larger businesses that are sought to bring high volume jobs to the area, as these may involve the relocation of some existing staff that are currently outside the target area; and



Second, the attraction of more unique established businesses from further afield that are drawn by the scheme’s sustainability aspirations.

13.306 Consequently, whilst the applicant will seek to enable a high take up of employment from the local area, this must be balanced with drawing in investment and the critical mass to ensure that the development is a commercial success, which may come from outside the target area. Therefore, in accordance with guidance provided by English Partnerships , a medium level of leakage has been assumed at 25%, i.e. 75% of 11

benefits will be retained within the target area. Multiplier 13.307 The second adjustment factor is a multiplier; this calculates the secondary (indirect and induced) benefits as a result of the operational phase employment. The multiplier relates to two aspects: 

A supply linkage multiplier: purchases made as a result of the proposed development and further purchases associated with linked firms further along the supply chain; and



An income multiplier: associated with local expenditure as a result of those who derive incomes from the direct and supply chain linkages.

13.308 Therefore, the multiplier effect is considerably influenced by how local in nature the businesses are, as this will affect the number of linkages both supply and income related, which are likely to take place. However, as the applicant has specific sustainability ethos including tenets regarding local supply chain initiatives, it is considered that a number of local supply and income multipliers will be apparent, and so a high regional level composite multiplier has been applied at 1.7. Displacement 13.309 Finally, a displacement adjustment factor is applied. Displacement takes into account the proportion of the proposed development’s outputs accounted for by reduced outputs elsewhere. In respect to the operational employment generation, the following has been considered in relation to the level of displacement likely to occur as a result of the proposed development: 

The commercial elements are being targeted at SME and particularly start-up businesses and in this case, displacement will be minimal as the businesses will

480

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

typically have few employees and will seek to expand their staff as a result of occupying more suitable premises; 

The targeting of local businesses seeking premises in which to expand generally will involve a level of displacement, with employment from the proposed development displaced potentially from within the County. However, moving to better premises often enables firms to recruit as they seek to expand their operations and this would therefore not cause displacement;



The reverse of this is businesses that are struggling financially, looking to downsize their operations and that take advantage of new smaller premises offered. This would potentially lead to not only a level of displacement, but also an element of substitution as a result of a struggling business shedding staff to both streamline their operations but also to move to smaller premises. However, factored into this must be the costs of relocation and therefore, it is not considered likely that many businesses would follow this route; and



Finally, providing such a unique premises proposition with the embedded sustainability ethos of the proposed development will inevitably attract relocation of businesses from within the target area that are simply seeking to align themselves with the development. Therefore, they will relocate their premises and their staff will move with them, thus job creation will not occur and displacement will be high in these circumstances.

13.310 Taking all of the above into consideration, it is likely that there will be displacement but that it would be at medium levels; therefore, for the purposes of this assessment this has been estimated to be 50%. 13.311 Further to the ‘leakage’, ‘multiplier’ and ‘displacement’ adjustment factors, it is also necessary to take account of the reference case. The reference case can be defined as the output that would have occurred in the event that the proposed development was not brought forward. Consequently, it is necessary to subtract the reference case additional benefits from the proposed development’s additional benefits to leave the net additional benefits the proposed development would bring forward over and above those of any other scenarios. Reference Case 13.312 The reference case is considered to be what would occur if no development was brought forward and as discussed in the construction employment section, an alternate scheme is not considered an appropriate reference case position. Therefore, the reference case is considered to be the existing agricultural land uses of the application site. The impact upon these businesses has been separately assessed in terms of the economic impacts to their viability, however, the potential employment impacts have not been considered. The highly mechanised and efficient nature of the farming

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

481

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

operations within the application area mean that no more than one full-time agricultural worker would be displaced by the development. 13.313 An additionality assessment has not been applied to this one agricultural position as it would potentially distort the level of impact associated with such a small quantum of employment that is of itself an estimate. However, 1 employment opportunity will be deducted from the direct employment effects of the proposed development to address the reference case effects. Table 13.13 Operational Employment (FTE) Additionality Assessment

Additionality Steps

Gross direct operational employment

Estimated leakage

Gross direct operational employment to target area

Additionality Application

1,715

429

1,286

Less displacement

643

Net direct operational employment to target area

643

Plus multiplier effects

450

Net operational employment to target area

1,093

Less D1 employment (95.5)

998

Less Reference Case (1)

997

13.314 The additionality analysis is summarised in Table 13.13 above showing that overall net operational employment following displacement, leakage, and multiplier effects, and the deduction of the reference case and D1 operational employment is 997 FTE employment opportunities to the target area. The operational phase employment benefits are considered to be a Major Positive impact over the long-term.

482

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Agricultural Businesses 13.315 Where land is currently farmed through an arrangement without long-term security of tenure, then the significance of the impact on a tenant, licensee or contract-farmer is deemed to be minor, because the rights to farm the land could cease, with agreed notice, at any time. 13.316 As development slowly extends to the east, south and west from the initial core development either side of North Walsham Road, agricultural land will be slowly lost from production. The farming profits of Red Hall Farm will be affected initially but will be offset by the financial proceeds from the sale of the land. Land in other ownerships will either not be impacted or impacted only to a minor extent, and not until the later phases of development. It is possible that some agricultural fields will lose their normal means of access. 13.317 The proposed development will eventually remove 86ha of Red Hall Farmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s land that is currently in arable use. The loss of just over a quarter of Red Hall Farmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s arable land is a significant proportion of the farmed area. However, the 224ha of arable land that remains, still supported by the farmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s irrigation facility and will continue to be a viable unit and gains from sale of land for housing will provide for acquisition of additional farmland. Equestrian facilities and the associated paddocks around Red Hall are expected to be retained, at least in part, and existing grassland around Beeston Hall will not only be retained but also extended south to Fox Burrow and Spanish plantations to form an enlarged parkland area. 13.318 The County Council land adjacent to the Sprowston Park and Ride that is currently let to an agricultural tenant will not be significantly affected by development until the later phases, many years after the project commences. This will allow the tenant time to acquire replacement land and adjust his business accordingly. 13.319 Wroxham Home Farms, which also farms 2,225ha in-hand around Wroxham, will gradually lose land from its contract farming agreement but the loss will be predicable and spread over many years, allowing appropriate adjustments to investment in machinery and manpower. 13.320 The highly mechanised and efficient nature of the farming operations within the application area mean that no more than one full-time agricultural worker would be displaced by the proposed development. 13.321 The project will remove 86ha (just over a quarter) of the arable land of Red Hall Farm but will leave the remaining land and the supporting irrigation facilities intact as a viable unit, as well as generate income for future land acquisition. The 35ha of County Council land let on an agricultural tenancy to a large agricultural business will only be used to a minor extent and not until late in the project, giving time for the user to find substitute land. Wroxham Home Farms would slowly lose almost 120ha of land from its contract farming operations.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

483

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.322 The farming profits of Red Hall Farm, Wroxham Home Farms and the farmer of the County Council land will all be affected to a greater or lesser extent once all the land is developed. However, Red Hall Farm will benefit from the sale of its land. Therefore, the impacts on the main agricultural businesses are considered to be a Minor Positive impact on Red Hall Farm and Minor Negative impacts on the County Council Land and Wroxham Farms.

Impact on Healthcare Facilities GP Surgeries 13.323 The baseline conditions assessment did not identify an existing deficiency in the local area around the application site. In fact, there was capacity for an additional 2,942 patients on the lists of the three local GP surgeries, when measured against the best practice ratio of 1,800 patients per GP. 13.324 Applying this ratio (1,800 patients per GP) to the proposed development’s population (7,678 persons) identifies a final need for 4.37 GPs, which would be rounded to 5 GPs. However, due to the phasing of the development, the full five GPs are not needed until year 19 or approximately 2033. Table 13.14 below shows the trigger points for the need for a new GP at each stage of the proposed development’s expansion. 13.325 It can be seen that the proposed development will not fill the capacity of a full GP until Year 5 (2019) when the need would arise for a second GP. Therefore, as there is sufficient capacity in the local area to support 2,942 people, it is considered likely that GP facilities within the proposed development would not need to be brought forward until Year 5 of the development (2019), when the need will arise for a second GP. Up to this point, the existing capacity in the local area could support the proposed development’s population. The proposed development includes proposals for a health centre, which would accord with the BDC LIPP

identified requirement for a Primary

Care Centre with 5 GPs. Table 13.14 Demand for Additional GPs as Ttriggered by Development Year of Development

484

Indicative Actual Year

Population

GP Demand

Full GPs Required

Year 1

2015

212

0.12

Year 5

2019

1,879

1.04

Year 10

2024

3,781

2.1

Year 15

2029

5,795

3.22

Year 19

2033

7,317

4.06

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.326 Reviewing Figure 13.48, it may also be the case that the new residents of the proposed development on the northern and south/south eastern edges of the application site, choose to register with the existing surgeries due to proximity, as opposed to the proposed Health Centre. As long as there is capacity identified within the system, the arrangement of catchment boundaries will fluctuate to represent and capture the most appropriate travel distances and journey times of both patients and GPs (with regard to the need to undertake house calls). Figure 13.48 Locations of GP Surgeries within 2 miles of the Application Site

Dentists 13.327 The baseline conditions assessment identified that it is likely that there is limited existing capacity available in proximity to the application site and that this could not be relied upon. 13.328 The GNIN Study39 sets out a capacity threshold for dentists at 2,000 patients per dentist. Applying this to the total population (7,678) of the proposed development identifies a need for 3.84 dentists, which would be rounded to 4. Table 13.15 below shows the calculated demand for dentists as generated by the proposed developmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s population as the construction of the scheme is progressed.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

485

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Table 13.15 Demand for Additional Dentists as Triggered by Development Population Year of Development

Indicative Actual Year

Population

Dentist Demand

Full Dentists Required

Year 1

2015

212

0.11

Year 6

2020

2,295

1.15

Year 11

2025

4,253

2.13

Year 16

2030

6,189

3.09

13.329 Table 13.15 identifies that after the initial need for a dentist in the first year of the development, an additional dentist isnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t required until Year 6 (2020), with subsequent demand warranting further dentists in Years 11 (2025), and 16 (2030). 13.330 The proposed development includes for the provision for a health centre including dental facilities with four dentists. Therefore, this would address the demand generated by the proposed development. However, this is dependent upon when the facility is brought forward. Health Centre Timing 13.331 It is recommended that as demand for both GPs and dentists only increases to the provision of an additional two practitioners each in Year 5/Year 6 (2019/2020) that this would be the most suitable point for the health centre to be brought forward. This would enable the centre to gain critical mass to enable the facility to be occupied without staff being employed prior to the demand being there for their services. 13.332 However, as existing dentistry services are currently stretched, interim service cover may be necessary for the first phases of the proposed development prior to the health centre being brought forward, to prevent any detrimental impacts on access to existing dentistry services. Secondary & Acute Care 13.333 The GNIN Study39 sets out the current regional standards that should be maintained to ensure a continued appropriate level of secondary and acute care provision, these have been applied to the total final population of the proposed development (7,678) to identify the final total numbers of beds needed in Table 13.16 below. The only exception is the geriatric beds ratio which has been applied to the final populationâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s retirement age groups only (769 persons).

486

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Table 13.16 Secondary and Acute Care Provision – Regional Ratio of Population to Available Beds Facility Type

Acute Hospital Beds

Regional Population to Bed Ratio

Proposed Development Beds Needed

664

11.6

Other Beds: Geriatric

361 (retirement age only)

2.1

Other Beds: Maternity

7,325

1.1

Other Beds: Mental Illness

2,150

3.6

12,397

0.6

Other Beds: Learning Disability

13.334 Whilst it is the intention of the applicant to bring forward a close-care housing element, this is not a detailed proposal currently. This would also not necessarily meet the requirements of elderly acute care. The proposed development also does not include for the provision of other facilities to address the identified demand for acute hospital beds, maternity, mental illness or learning disability beds. Impact on Healthcare Facilities Summary 13.335 The proposed development will have a Negligible impact on local GP surgeries in the short-term as the initial population also uses existing local surgeries prior to the development of the Health Centre. The construction of the healthcare centre will cater for the needs of the proposed development but will also have some capacity to cater for the wider local community. It will also bring forward more modern, purpose built facilities which can improve care provision. Therefore, it’s provision is considered to result in a Minor Positive impact over the long-term. 13.336 The population of the proposed development will have a Minor Negative impact on access to local dentistry services in the short-term, until the construction of the health centre. Following which, the proposed development is considered to have a Minor Positive impact over the long-term as a result of meeting the needs of the proposed development’s population and also providing some additional capacity for the existing local community. 13.337 The population of the proposed development will have a Moderate Negative impact on the provision of secondary and acute care services, as there is a time gap of usually 3 years before NHS Norfolk can secure health service funding from central government based on population and registered patients records. Costs during this period need to be taken into consideration as well as facilities maintenance costs. 13.338 This impact is likely to be replicated in phases during the proposed development’s construction as the population increases between funding cycles.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

487

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Local Education Provision Impacts Early Years 13.339 The proposed development will bring forward a final total of 447 0-3 year olds based on the phased population forecast or 296 3-5 year olds based on the child yield multiplier method of calculation. However, the former figure covers 0-3 year olds and therefore, includes an extra two cohorts: 0-1 year olds and 1-2 year olds, if the 2-3 year olds are considered to be a substitute for the 4-5 year old cohort that is not covered. Consequently, if the figure was pro-rated it would be approximately 224 children in the age bracket 3-5 year olds. 13.340 The proposed development includes for the provision of up to five nurseries of crĂ¨ches with a preferred capacity of up to 60 children per facility. Therefore, the proposed development will bring forward capacity for 300 early years children. 13.341 The Local Authority is required, so far as is reasonably practicable, to ensure that the provision of childcare is sufficient to meet the requirements of parents in their area in order to enable them to work or undertake education or training leading to work. Parents do not solely rely upon formal childcare provision but will also use informal care such as friends or family. As a result, the baseline conditions assessment identified that the current ratio of childcare places to children in the Childrenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Centre (CC) Lot 17 (that covers the application site) was 37.9 childcare places for every 100 children, which is understood to be an average figure for the County and thus, considered to ensure sufficient childcare provision. 13.342 Therefore, assuming the above ratio was maintained Table 13.17 shows the calculated early years places needed as between 112 to 169 depending on the child yield method used (as previously discussed in Population Forecasting section of this Chapter). Table 13.17 Early Years Provision Requirements Based on Existing Ratio Method of Calculation Child Yield Multipliers Phased Forecast

Child Yield Calculated

Early Years Places Needed

296

112.2

224*

84.9

* Pro-rated to equivalent cohorts of 3-5 year olds.

13.343 Therefore, the proposed development is considered to bring forward sufficient early years care provision to address both the demand from the proposed development and additional demand from the local area, particularly if the current ratio seen across the County is maintained.

488

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Primary 13.344 The baseline conditions assessment identified that the existing primary provision in the local area is not currently over-subscribed and in fact a surplus capacity is maintained of approximately 12.7%. This level of primary surplus capacity is also seen across the County and is equivalent to 8,145 places. 13.345 The forecasts at primary level considered as part of the baseline conditions show that Norwich’s primary aged population is likely to increase marginally over the period 2012 to 2016 before declining slightly again. The overall increase is approximately 30 children at each cohort across the forecast period. 13.346 Broadland’s primary population declined steeply in 2011/2012 at the Reception aged cohort by 165 children. A period of lesser growth is forecast through to 2016, however, this is not sufficient to regain the 2010/2011 figures and overall, there is a forecast fall of 119 children that will progress through all age groups as the cohorts move up. 13.347 However, across Norfolk an overall increase is projected at the Reception level which will move up through the cohorts at around an additional 250 -300 children. 13.348 Therefore, if this County-wide increase was seen across all cohorts at the same time – an unlikely scenario – there would be a need for an additional 1,800 places, which are available. 13.349 The proposed development will bring forward in total between 894 and 641 primary aged children (dependent upon either the child multiplier or forecast method being applied). The proposed development includes for the provision of two 2 form entry (2FE) primary schools, each with capacity for 420 places. Therefore, using either calculation method the primary schools provided would address the development’s primary yield. 13.350 However, not all children will be primary aged at the same time, as the proposed development will be built out over a twenty year period, children will be born, attend school and leave home. The forecast method of calculating primary aged children generated by the proposed development identifies that sufficient pupils to fill a single 2FE primary school will not be reached until Year 13 of the development (2027), when there will be 392 primary aged children. 13.351 In addition, a single form of entry (210 children) will only be reached in Year 7 of the construction phase (2021) and therefore, it is recommended that a primary school be built out when this volume of children is reached to ensure that the premises are sufficiently filled to make them cost-effective to operate. 13.352 It has already been established that there will be sufficient capacity in the existing local schools to accommodate the primary aged yield from the proposed development up to that period.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

489

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.353 By the end of the construction period, the total number of primary aged children reached (641) indicates that there would be capacity for approximately 200 primary aged children from the existing local community to also attend the primary schools provided on the application site. Secondary 13.354 The baseline conditions assessment identified that there is some surplus capacity in the existing secondary schools in proximity to the application site. However, this is currently at 8.8% in those schools local to the site and at 10.6% across Norfolk. 13.355 Considering the forecasts at the secondary level across Norfolk, overall a decrease is predicted of 1,279 pupils that would gradually be seen across the other year groups as the cohorts progressed. In contrast, in both Broadland and Norwich very slight increases are seen. In Norwich, this is predicted to be approximately 174 pupils at Year 7, which would move up the cohorts. For Broadland, it is forecast at approximately 66 secondary aged pupils. Therefore, capacity in the secondary schools local to the application site may decrease slightly. However, due to an overall decrease in pupil numbers across the County, it may be that as a result of changing patterns of migration within the County, actual numbers at the secondary schools do not differ considerably. 13.356 In total, there are currently 54,758 places in Norwich Secondary schools and a projected population by 2017/18 of 47,649 pupils, giving a capacity of 7,109 places. 13.357 The proposed development will bring forward between 493 secondary aged pupils (child yield method) and 376 pupils (phased forecast method). By 2017/18 (Year 3/4 of the construction programme) the development will have produced 76 secondary aged children. Therefore in the short-term, it is not anticipated that there will be any difficulties in accommodating secondary aged children from the proposed development in local capacity. By Year 9 (2023), the proposed development will have brought forward just over 200 secondary aged children (214) and therefore, this may reduce flexibility and choice in terms of admission for the existing local community if all of these children were to be accommodated in the secondary schools local to the application site. 13.358 The Growth Triangle Framework Plan Study45 identifies the need for the provision of a new 1,400 place secondary school with 280 6 th Form places to be provided by approximately 2021 and to be potentially located in the proposed new scheme at Rackheath. Were this to be provided in the timescales identified then the proposed development would be adequately provided for in terms of available capacity. However, reliance cannot be made upon these proposals until a firm scheme has been permitted and funding for the facility secured.

490

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Local Education Provision Impacts Summary 13.359 Early years’ provision within the five proposed nurseries will result in a Major Positive impact upon the quantity of care provision in the local area over the long-term. New, more modern facilities will also potentially improve the quality of early year’s nursery provision also. 13.360 Primary school provision will also experience a Major Positive impact over the longterm with the provision of two new 2FE primary schools that will also have space to accommodate children from the existing local community. Over the short-term, prior to the construction of the new school facilities, the proposed development is considered to have a Negligible impact on local school’s provision due to the existing available capacity. 13.361 Secondary school provision will experience a Negligible impact over the short-term as a result of the initial accommodation of secondary aged children from the proposed development. However, over the long-term as numbers increase, the proposed development is considered to have a Minor Negative impact on the local secondary schools, increasing to Moderate Negative by the end of the construction period when full occupation will have occurred and many of the first phases’ children will have reached secondary age.

Community Facilities 13.362 The proposed development’s population will generate an additional demand for community facilities and this has been identified in Table 13.18 below. Table 13.18 Community Facility Requirements of the Proposed Development Type

Requirement per 1,000 Population

Thresholds

Proposed Development Demand

Swimming Pool Lane

0.187

Min 4 lanes

1.44

Sports Hall Courts

0.279

Min 2 courts

2.14

Community Space (m2)

Min 300m2

468m2

Library Space (m2)

26.5

198m2

204m2

13.363 As identified in the baseline conditions, although there is a library and two community centres to the north and south of the application site, coverage of the application site itself by the existing facilities is limited. This is due to the mainly agricultural nature of the existing site not warranting additional service provision.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

491

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.364 As has been identified within Table 13.18, the forecast population of the proposed development will create a demand for 1.44 swimming pool lanes, 2.14 sports hall courts, 468m2 of community space, and 204m2 of library space. 13.365 It is proposed that the proposed development will bring forward a library, internet and information centre to be located within a proposed â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;enterprise hubâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; on the Main Square. 13.366 In addition, further to the public consultation exercises undertaken a wider need was identified for better community hall spaces for existing residents, in addition, to the need

generated

the

proposed

development.

Consequently,

the

proposed

development include for two new community hall facilities, one of which would be located on the Main Square and the second to be located at Church Lane South, to enable accessibility to existing residents in Sprowston. 13.367 The proposed development does not include for the provision of Sports Hall or Swimming Pool facilities. It has been identified in the Growth Triangle Framework Study45 that one sports hall and swimming pool will be co-located with the proposed secondary school identified for the Growth Triangle. Therefore, it is considered that this provision would be likely to address the need identified by the proposed development. 13.368 The impact of the proposed development upon library provision is considered to be Moderate Positive over the long-term, as the scheme will bring forward a new facility but it will predominantly serve the population generated by the proposed development. Upon Community Hall provision, the proposed development is considered to have a Major Positive long-term impact through the provision of two Community Hall facilities, one of which has been identified and located so that it may also serve the existing community located at Sprowston. 13.369 The impact of the proposed development upon Sports Halls and Swimming Pool provision is considered to be a Moderate Negative long-term impact. Although additional facilities are identified potentially to be brought forward in conjunction with the proposed secondary school, firm plans for these works and secured funding have not been definitively established and therefore, reliance cannot currently be made.

Crime Impacts 13.370 The proposed development is anticipated to initially increase levels of crime within the area. However, this is simply as a result of the introduction of one of the three necessary elements of the Confluence of Criminal Opportunity (CCO) that is currently largely absent from the application site, which is victims. 13.371 The introduction of residents to the area will inevitably attract criminal consideration as potential targets for crime. Importantly, how the proposed development addresses

492

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

minimising an environment conducive to crime will heavily affect the on-going levels of crime and fear of crime experienced in the new community. 13.372 The proposed development seeks to embed an active and vibrant community that will be seen on the streets during the day as people visit businesses and shops, take their children to school and use the other community facilities provided. The development is not intended to become an empty sleeper settlement that only experiences activity first in the morning and last thing in the evening. In many circumstances, a reduction in crime is achieved simply by having more people in an area who can notice if something or someone looks suspicious. 13.373 This is recognised in architectural design through the incorporation of active street frontages, as this is a deterrent to a casual criminal seeking an opportunity in an area lacking natural surveillance. The inclusion of commercial elements at the ground floor of many of the neighbourhoods and centres enables active streets, connecting the new residential areas. 13.374 The applicant recognises that there may be a need arising due to the quantum of development, to bring forward a new police station or Safer Neighbourhoods Team on the site. Should this be the case, such a facility would be incorporated at the detailed design stage in consultation with Norfolk Constabulary. 13.375 Advice will be sought on the detailed design from the Crime Prevention Design Advisor (CPDA) and their recommendations taken on board. 13.376 Consequently, the opportunity for crimes such as those identified in the baseline assessment (violence against the person and sexual offences across the County, and anti-social behaviour, violent crime, burglary and criminal damage & arson in the local area), which predominantly occur either against the person or as a result of unchallenged behaviour become less feasible and less permissive in an environment that is not conducive to them. In effect, rather than the environment inducing a fear of crime, it is configured so that criminals would feel a sense of trepidation at undertaking such crimes in an active and wellâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;lit environment. 13.377 The proposed development is therefore considered to have a Minor Positive impact upon crime over the long-term. As although rates are likely to increase as residents move in in absolute terms; such rates are likely to be lower than the Countyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s averages as a result of a well-designed environment that actively deters criminal activity.

Open Space 13.378 The open space standard derivations for Broadland from the GNIN Study

are set out

below in Table 13.19 and have been used to assess the impacts of the proposed development.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

493

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Table 13.19 Open Space Standards – GNIN Study

compared to Proposed

Development Provision Open Space Type

Standard per 1,000 population

Amount Required by the Proposed Development

Amount Provided by the Proposed Development

Parks and Gardens

1.13ha

8.68ha

Informal/amenity open space

0.22ha

1.69ha

Natural and semi-natural green space (including green corridors)

3.74ha

28.72ha

31.33ha

Provision for children and young people (all play areas within other typologies)

0.36ha

2.76ha

Provision for children and young people (stand alone)

0.17ha

1.31ha

1.46ha

Outdoor sport (all pitches, greens and courts including those within other typologies)

1.68ha

12.9ha

Outdoor sports facilities and ‘recreation grounds’

0.97ha

7.45ha

12.16ha

Allotment and community gardens

0.16ha

1.23ha

3.04ha

6.39ha

49.08ha

53.99ha

Total (excl shaded sub-totals)

10.37ha

6ha

Additional Parks & Plantation and Distributed Green Spaces

28.52ha

Total Proposed Development Green Infrastructure

82.51ha

Figures are based on Appendix A: Key Parameters of the Design & Access Statement, Table A6. Green Infrastructure. Standard LAP, LEAP & NEAP sizes based on the FiT 6AS, pitch sizes based on Sport England guidance53,54.

13.379 As can be seen from the overall figures identified in Table 13.19 above, the proposed development will far exceed the quantity of open space required by policy guidance standards, providing an additional 33.43ha.

Sport England, (2009); Comparative Sizes of Sports Pitches & Courts. www.sportengland.org/facilities__planning

Sport England, (2009); A Guide to the Design, Specification & Construction of Multi Use Games Areas (MUGAs). www.sportengland.org/facilities__planning 54

494

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.380 The proposed development includes for up to 13 football equivalent pitches, up to 9 pairs of tennis courts, 9 bowling greens and 9 multi-use games areas (MUGAs), supported by up to 9 sets of changing facilities and associated parking. 13.381 Up to 34 Local Areas of Play (LAPs), 17 Local Equipped Areas of Play (LEAPs) and 3 Neighbourhood Equipped Areas of Play (NEAPs) are also to be provided. 13.382 There is to be a minimum of 1.84ha of allotments and community gardens distributed across the application site, with the specific provision of 1.2ha of additional land allocated to extend the existing allotments at Sprowston. 13.383 Therefore, the proposed development is considered to have a Major Positive impact over the long-term.

MITIGATION MEASURES Housing 13.384 The provision of up to 3,520 additional new homes to the area comprising a mix of unit types, sizes and tenures and that accord with the relevant policies, is considered to be a long-term Major Positive impact, therefore, no mitigation measures are considered necessary.

Employment Construction Phase 13.385 The net additional employment (PYE) generated during the construction phase arising as a consequence of the proposed development is an estimated total of 4,043. This is considered to be a long-term Major Positive impact, and therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended. Operational Phase 13.386 The overall net operational employment following displacement, leakage, and multiplier effects, and the deduction of the reference case, and D1 operational employment, is 983 FTE employment opportunities to the target area. The operational phase employment benefits are considered to be a Major Positive impact over the long-term and therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended.

Agricultural Businesses 13.387 The farming profits of Red Hall Farm, Wroxham Home Farms and the farmer of the County Council land will all be affected to a greater or lesser extent once all the land is developed. However, Red Hall Farm will benefit from the sale of its land. Therefore, the impacts on the main agricultural businesses are considered to be a Minor Positive

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

495

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

impact on Red Hall Farm and Minor Negative impacts on the County Council Land and Wroxham Farms. 13.388 Mitigation measures recommended to help ameliorate the effects of the proposed development include new tracks being provided to any land still in agricultural use that has become severed from satisfactory access for agricultural machinery. However, no mitigation is possible for the long-term loss of agricultural land and the loss of profits for the businesses farming the land.

Healthcare Facilities 13.389 The proposed development will have a Negligible impact on local GP surgeries in the short-term as the initial population also uses existing local surgeries prior to the development of the Health Centre. The provision of the healthcare centre and its capacity to meet the needs of the proposed development and the wider local community is considered to result in a Minor Positive impact over the long-term and therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended. 13.390 The population of the proposed development will have a Minor Negative impact on access to local dentistry services in the short-term, until the construction of the health centre. Following which, the proposed development is considered to have a Minor Positive impact over the long-term as a result of meeting the needs of the proposed developmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s population and also providing some additional capacity for the existing local community. 13.391 To mitigate the short-term Minor Negative impact on dentistry services, interim dentistry provision is recommended either on the site or through resourcing additional provision at an existing dental surgery. This should be achieved through the provision of a suitable financial contribution to enable the establishment of such interim provision. 13.392 The population of the proposed development will have a Moderate Negative impact on the provision of secondary and acute care services, as there is a time gap of usually 3 years before NHS Norfolk can secure health service funding from central government based on population and registered patients records. Costs during this period need to be taken into consideration as well as facilities maintenance costs. 13.393 This impact can also be mitigated through the provision of a suitable financial contribution to secure the additional secondary and acute care beds required by the proposed development.

Local Education Provision 13.394 Early yearsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; provision within the five proposed nurseries will result in a Major Positive impact upon the quantity of care provision in the local area over the long-term. Therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended in relation to this impact.

496

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.395 Primary school provision will also experience a Major Positive impact over the longterm with the provision of two new 2FE primary schools that will also have space to accommodate children from the existing local community. Over the short-term, prior to the construction of the new school facilities, the proposed development is considered to have a Negligible impact on local schoolâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s provision due to the existing available capacity. Therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended for this impact also. 13.396 Secondary school provision will experience a Negligible impact over the short-term as a result of the initial accommodation of secondary aged children from the proposed development. However, over the long-term as numbers increase, the proposed development is considered to have a Minor Negative impact on the local secondary schools, increasing to Moderate Negative by the end of the construction period when full occupation will have occurred and many of the first phasesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; children will have reached secondary age. 13.397 To mitigate this growing long-term Minor to Moderate Negative impact at the secondary level a financial contribution is recommended to either enable greater provision at the existing local secondary schools, which could take the form of additional staffing should the physical capacity of the schools be sufficient or additional physical classroom provision, or, the payment could help to secure the proposed additional secondary school identified within the Growth Triangle Framework Plan Study45.

Community Facilities 13.398 The impact of the proposed development upon library provision is considered to be Moderate Positive over the long-term, and upon Community Hall provision Major Positive over the long-term and therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended. 13.399 The impact of the proposed development upon Sports Halls and Swimming Pool provision is considered to be a Moderate Negative long-term impact. Although additional facilities are identified potentially to be brought forward in conjunction with the proposed secondary school, firm plans for these works and secured funding have not been definitively established and therefore, reliance cannot currently be made. 13.400 To mitigate this Moderate Negative impact, it is proposed that a financial contribution is made to help secure the development of the sports hall and swimming pool in conjunction with the proposed secondary school.

Crime 13.401 The proposed development is considered to have a Minor Positive impact upon crime over the long-term, as a result of a well-designed environment that actively deters criminal activity. Therefore, no mitigation measures are recommended.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

497

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Open Space 13.402 The proposed development will far exceed the quantity of open space required by policy guidance standards, providing an additional 33.43ha and is considered to have a Major Positive impact over the long-term. Therefore, no additional mitigation measures are considered necessary.

RESIDUAL IMPACTS Housing 13.403 As no mitigation measures were considered necessary, the residual impact remains a long-term Major Positive impact

Employment Construction Phase 13.404 As no mitigation measures were recommended, the residual impact remains long-term Major Positive. Operational Phase 13.405 As no mitigation measures were recommended, the residual impact remains long-term Major Positive.

Agricultural Businesses 13.406 Although mitigation measures have been recommended to ameliorate the effects of severance from satisfactory access for agricultural machinery, no mitigation was possible for the long-term loss of agricultural land and the loss of profits for the businesses farming the land. 13.407 Therefore, the residual impacts remain a Minor Positive impact on owner occupier of Red Hall Farm and Minor Negative impacts on the County Council Land tenant and on the Wroxham Farms contract farming business.

Healthcare Facilities 13.408 Mitigation measures were not proposed for the following elements and so their residual impacts remain as follows: ď&#x201A;ˇ

Negligible impact on local GP surgeries in the short-term and a Minor Positive impact over the long-term; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

498

Minor Positive impact over the long-term on dentistry services.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.409 Following the implementation of the recommended mitigation measures for the following elements, their residual impacts have been revised as subsequently detailed: 

Minor Negative impact on access to local dentistry services in the short-term interim dentistry provision is recommended either on the site or through resourcing additional provision at an existing dental surgery, to be achieved through the provision of a suitable financial. Following this mitigation measure, the residual impact on dentistry services would be Negligible over the shortterm; and



The population of the proposed development will have a Moderate Negative impact on the provision of secondary and acute care services over the long-term. Mitigation measures recommended included the provision of a suitable financial contribution to secure the additional secondary and acute care beds required by the proposed development. Further to the implementation of this mitigation measure, the residual impact would be a long-term Negligible impact.

Local Education Provision 13.410 Mitigation measures were not proposed for the following elements and so their residual impacts remain as follows: 

Major Positive impact upon the quantity of early years care provision in the local area over the long-term;



Negligible impact on local primary schools’ provision over the short-term and a Major Positive impact over the long-term; and



Negligible impact over the short-term for secondary school provision.

13.411 Following the implementation of the recommended mitigation measures for the following element, its residual impacts have been revised as subsequently detailed: 

Growing long-term Minor to Moderate Negative impact at the secondary level worsening by the end of the construction period when full occupation will have occurred. To mitigate this, a financial contribution was recommended to enable greater provision to be established either at the existing local secondary schools or as part of the proposed new secondary school identified within the Growth Triangle area. Further, to the implementation of this mitigation recommendation, the residual long-term impact is considered to be Negligible on secondary school provision.

Community Facilities 13.412 As no mitigation measures were proposed in relation to the provision of library or community hall provision as part of the proposed development, the residual impacts

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

499

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

remain Moderate Positive over the long-term, and Major Positive over the longterm, respectively. 13.413 A financial contribution was recommended to ameliorate the Moderate Negative long-term impact upon Sports Halls and Swimming Pool as result of the proposed development. Further to the implementation of this mitigation measure it is considered that the residual impact will be reduced to a Negligible impact upon both facilities.

Crime 13.414 As no mitigation measures were recommended, the residual impact remains long-term Minor Positive.

Open Space 13.415 As no mitigation measures were recommended, the residual impact remains long-term Major Positive.

CUMULATIVE IMPACTS 13.416 The following schemes have been identified for consideration with regard to the potential for cumulative impacts to be generated in association with the proposed development: ď&#x201A;ˇ

Northern Distributor Road (NDR);

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Rackheath Eco-Community; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The Growth Triangle.

13.417 Of the above schemes, only the NDR has been permitted. The NDR is an infrastructure project and therefore is not considered applicable to the scope of this Socio-Economic Chapter. 13.418 The Rackheath Eco-Community falls within the Growth Triangle area, and therefore, the two can be considered jointly. 13.419 Neither the Rackheath Eco-Community nor the Growth Triangle have been formally endorsed through adopted policy or submitted as part of an approved or pending planning application. However, both schemes are thoroughly set out in the remitted parts of the GNDP JCS and remain material considerations until such time as they are 5

updated or confirmed as sound following the further Sustainability Appraisal work that the Council is now undertaking. 13.420 The assessment undertaken within this Chapter has been based on threshold limits for potential impacts upon socio-economic infrastructure as identified within the GNIN Study39. The GNIN Study39 has based these threshold limits upon the anticipated scale of development to be brought forward across the Growth Triangle.

500

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

13.421 Therefore, it is considered that the assessment within this Chapter has already considered the potential cumulative impacts of the Growth Triangle development and has appropriately mitigated any potential impacts either through provision of additional infrastructure as part of the proposed development or through a proposed financial contribution.

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS 13.422 In summary, the proposed development represents the provision of considerable housing and employment benefits inherently targeted at the local communities present in north Norwich and Broadland. The proposed development seeks to bring forward a sustainability ethos that is embedded across the design and will see considerable open space, play space and allotment provisions, in addition to a range of sports pitches, courts and changing facilities. 13.423 The proposed development will also bring forward two primary schools, up to five nurseries, two community halls, a library, and a health centre to meet not just the needs of the new developmentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s community but to also serve the existing communities in the local area. 13.424 The proposed development is also considered to reduce crime rates over the longterm. 13.425 The proposed development will have Minor Negative impacts on the existing tenants of the County Council land and Wroxham Farm but these are limited to the need to find new land to rent and thus, it is considered that these can be sufficiently remedied in time. 13.426 It is further considered that the total benefits of the proposed development outweigh, the short-term to medium-term Minor Negative impacts that will be experienced by these agricultural tenants.

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

501

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

502

Chapter 13: Socio-Economic ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

NORTH SPROWSTON AND OLD CATTON Assessment Area

Greengage Environmental 64 Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BL T: 0203 544 4000 www.greengage-env.com

FIGURE 13.22 Agricultural Businesses

Job No. 2179 - Not to scale - September 2012

Reproduced from the Ordnance Survey map with the permission of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office. Crown Copyright reserved.

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

14.0 CUMULATIVE IMPACTS INTRODUCTION 14.1

This Chapter assesses the impact of the proposed development in combination with the environmental

effects

other

major

developments

within

the

area.

These

developments may have occurred in the recent past, be under development or, will be undertaken in the reasonably foreseeable future. In particular, these environmental effects can either be: 

Spatial: giving rise to effects over a large area;



Temporal: giving rise to effects over a longer period of time; or



Incremental: giving rise to effects on areas of special environmental sensitivity or, increasing the significance of effects due to interactions with other actions under review.

14.2

There are two main types of cumulative impact: 

Combined effects of individual residual impacts, for example noise, dust and visual impacts, from one development on a particular receptor; and



Residual impacts from several developments, which individually might be insignificant, but when considered together, there could be a significant cumulative impact.

14.3

A cumulative impact arises when impacts from several developments, which individually might be insignificant, coincide together and potentially produce a significant cumulative impact.

14.4

This Chapter describes the methods used to assess the residual impacts, the scope of the cumulative assessment in terms of the other activities under review, the potential for cumulative residual impacts to arise from the interaction of the proposed development with other projects within the area and any additional mitigation measures (if applicable) required to prevent, reduce or offset the cumulative residual impacts. Unless stated otherwise, the impacts described in this cumulative impact assessment are the residual impacts arising following mitigation.

14.5

The zones of influence appropriate to the impact under assessment have been identified within the technical chapters. For example, visual impacts are likely to have a greater zone of influence compared to noise and vibration impacts and this has been taken into account when assessing the cumulative impacts within this Chapter.

14.6

Additionally, this Chapter has considered the secondary impacts of the proposed development on nearby developments, and whether the development ‘enables’ these other developments from being brought forward.

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

503

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 14.7

Various legislation and guidance apply with regard to the assessment of cumulative impactare later s, which are identified and set out below.

EC Directive 14.8

Council Directive 2011/92/EU , which codified Council Directive No. 85/337/EEC 1998 1

(as amended by Council Directive 97/11/EC 1999 ), requires assessment of ‘the direct 3

effects and any indirect, secondary, cumulative, short, medium and long-term permanent or temporary, positive and negative effects of the project’. 14.9

Council Directive 2011/92/EU selection criteria for projects to be assessed include: ‘The cumulation with other projects’ and the ‘existing land use’.

Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 2011 14.10

Schedule 3 paragraph 1 requires that ‘the characteristics of development must be 4

considered

having

regard,

particular

to…

(b)

the

cumulation

with

other

development’. 14.11

Schedule 3 paragraph 24 requires environmental sensitivity to be assessed having regard to ‘the existing land use’.

14.12

Schedule 4 Part 14, paragraph 4 requires a ‘description of the development on the environment which should cover…cumulative…effects’.

14.13

Within the EIA Regulations4, no additional information is provided on cumulative effects and how they are to be assessed, and there is no other formal guidance in this respect.

METHODOLOGY & ASSESSMENT CRITERIA 14.14

Various criteria have been adopted for establishing the scope of the cumulative assessment of impacts from more than one development. The scope of the assessment has been guided by the screening criteria listed in Table 14.1, which other

The Council of the European Union, (December 2011); Directive 2011/92/EU on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment OJ L26/1-26. 1

The Council of the European Communities, (June 1985); Council Directive on the Assessment of the Effects Of Certain Public and Private Projects on the Environment No. 85/337/EEC 1998. OJ L175, 5.7.85, p.40 2

The Council of the European Communities, (March 2007); Council Directive 97/11/EC amending Directive 85/337/EEC on the Assessment of the Effects of Certain Public and Private Projects on the Environment. OJ L073, 14/03/117 p.5 3

HMSO, (2011); The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 2011: Statutory Instrument 2011 No. 1824. OPSI. 4

504

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

developments must meet in order to be included within the cumulative impact assessment. Further, in screening those cumulative impacts that should be included within the assessment, other developments under consideration must, when taken in isolation, generate an impact (positive or negative) of at least minor significance for a particular issue. Table 14.1 Criteria for Inclusion of Developments within Cumulative Impact Assessment. Screening Criteria To be considered within the cumulative impact assessment, other development schemes must meet the following criteria:

14.15



Generate their own residual impacts of at least minor significance;



Be likely to be constructed or operate over similar time periods;



Be spatially linked to the proposed development (for example using the same local road network of the application site); and



Be either consented (but not operational) or be the subject of applications with the relevant statutory authority in the area or be the subject of another statutory procedure.

Each of the schemes under assessment has been reviewed to determine potential cumulative impacts. Where possible, a quantitative assessment of the individual environmental impacts from the proposed development in cumulation with other developments has been undertaken and the outcome discussed in the technical component

chapters

this

ES.

Therefore,

cumulative

impacts

individual

environmental components such as transportation, noise and vibration, and air quality have been undertaken throughout this ES, where appropriate, in addition to being examined in this chapter. 14.16

However, for a number of environmental components under consideration as part of this cumulative assessment, a quantitative assessment of cumulative impacts is not possible. Equally, for future planned developments that are not currently tied to any implementation timescale, uncertainty exists with respect to the occurrence of cumulative impacts. In such instances, where a quantitative cumulative assessment is not possible and/or where uncertainty exists, a qualitative assessment about the reasonable

likely

cumulative

effects

has

been

undertaken

using

professional

judgement, based upon a realistic worst-case scenario.

SCHEMES CONSIDERED WITHIN THE ASSESSMENT 14.17

The sources of information used to identify current and proposed projects involved searches of the online planning registers for Broadland District Council within the Old Catton and Sprowston West, Sprowston Central, Sprowston East and Spixworth & St Faith wards (undertaken in June 2012);

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

505

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

14.18

As a result of the above review, the following projects were identified for consideration within the cumulative assessment:

14.19



The Norwich Northern Distributor Road (NDR) and Postwick Hub Junction;



Land off Spixworth Road, Old Catton;



Land North of Corstick Lane, Spixworth;



Former Little Plumstead Hospital, Hospital Road, Little Plumstead; and



North East Growth Triangle (Policy 9 of the Joint Core Strategy ). 5

Table 14.3 provides a summary of the identified major projects identified and the decision on whether to include these assessment based on the screening criteria identified in Table 14.1 and data generated from sources listed at paragraph 14.21 below. The information obtained for these projects is not always available in the same detail as that for the proposed development. Where this is the case, professional judgement has been used to adopt and apply relevant available information.

14.20

Some other developments in the area have not been considered within the scope of this assessment due to their status, scale of development or distance from the proposed development; consequently, they have been screened out in accordance with the screening criteria in Table 14.1. This includes small-scale developments (e.g. a domestic development) with limited zones of influence or developments with a limited construction phase.

Documents Referenced 14.21

In respect to the projects identified and included within this assessment (as shown in Table 14.3), documents consulted to identify potential cumulative impacts were: 

Strategic Environmental Assessment for Norwich Area Transportation Strategy, Implementation Plan: Environmental Report ; 6



The Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk ;



Strategic

Environmental

Assessment

for

the

Norwich

Area

Transportation

Strategy, Implementation Plan: Environmental Report ; and 7



Sustainability Appraisal (SA) of the Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk . 8

Greater Norwich Development Partnership, (2011); Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. GNDP. 5

Norwich County Council, (2010); Strategic Environmental Assessment for the Norwich Area Transportation Strategy, Implementation Plan: Environmental Report. Norwich County Council. 6

Norwich City Council, (2010); Strategic Environmental Assessment for the Norwich Area Transportation Strategy, Implementation Plan: Environmental Report. NCC. 7

506

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

ASSESSMENT OF POTENTIAL IMPACTS 14.22

Table 14.4 and Table 14.5 present the qualitative assessment of potential cumulative residual impacts resulting from other developments taking place within the area in combination

with

the

construction

and

operational

phases

the

proposed

development, respectively. A brief justification of the assessment is given within the table. An indication of the nature of the impact in terms of whether it is short-term (construction phase) or long-term (operational phase) is also provided. 14.23

Table 14.4 and Table 14.5 summarise the potential for cumulative impacts from the proposed development and other projects within the zone of influence, as identified in Table 14.3. The assessment addresses only the potential residual impacts of the developments considered.

14.24

Where references to page numbers are incorporated within Table 14.4 and Table 14.5, these are cross-references to the specific page of the relevant ES documentation that has been submitted for the particular project under assessment, not pages of this ES.

14.25

Where no accompanying ES has been provided or forms part of the application documents, other appropriate reports have been referenced, where available.

Sensitive Receptors 14.26

As part of the cumulative assessment, potential sensitive receptors, which the identified technical issues (i.e. transportation, air quality/dust, noise and vibration, and socio-economic) may impact on during both the construction phase and operational phase have been identified as follows: 

Construction workers on-site and locally;



Local residents or visitors near or on-site, including residents moving in during the earlier phases, as well as nearby residents nearby including along Buxton Road, Wroxham Road, St Faiths Road etc;



Local community assets including, St. Mary and St. Margaret’s Church, Sprowston.

URS, (August 2012); Sustainability Appraisal (SA) of the Joint Core Strategy for Broadland, Norwich and South Norfolk. SA for the Broadland part of the Norwich Policy Area following the High Court ruling of 24 February 2012. GNDP 8

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

507

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS Cumulative Impacts with Permitted & Potential Developments 14.27

The cumulative assessment provides an opportunity to identify and, where possible, mitigate the anticipated impacts of the proposed development in order to avoid negative cumulative residual impacts with other developments within the area.

14.28

The key conclusions arising from the cumulative impact assessment of those schemes that were not screened out are shown in Table 14.2 below. The areas that were considered to result in cumulative impacts relate to transport, air quality, noise & vibration, and socio-economic. The other technical areas were screened out on the basis that the cumulatively, the proposed development is not considered to result in significant impacts as follows: 

Landscape & Visual – Whilst the proposed development will invariably have impacts on landscape and visual, the assessment (contained at Chapter 6.0: Landscape & Visual in Volume 1: Main Text & Figures of this ES) concludes that the development will retain and enhance many of the existing landscape features within the site, and provide new contemporary landscapes to help create overall benefit to the landscape. Moreover, the nature of the local landscape mean that the visual envelope of the proposed development is constrained to views in close proximity to the edge of the site. Overall, with regards to both landscape and visual impacts, the assessment concluded that overall the impacts were not significant to the sensitive receptors. As such, landscape and visual has not been included within this cumulative assessment;



Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Contamination – Whilst the assessment (contained at Chapter 9.0: Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Contamination of this ES) identifies a potential for localised soil groundwater contamination and ground gases to be present on-site, it is not anticipated to be significant or widespread. Following mitigation measures, the overall significance of environmental effects during the construction phase of development is considered to be Negligible. On this basis, this aspect has not been considered further in the cumulative impacts assessment;



Water Resources – Chapter 10.0: Water Resource & Flood Risk of this ES identifies that the proposed development will have a Negligible impact with regards to flood risk, increased sediment loads, dust and debris, and accidental leaks and spillages of hazardous substances, following the incorporation of mitigation measures. In particular, a surface water strategy has been developed in consultation with the EA to replicate the existing greenfield run-off regime by returning the rainfall run-off generated by the proposed development to ground

508

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

via insulation devices. On this basis ware resources has not been included as part of the cumulative impact assessment; and ď&#x201A;ˇ

Ecology â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Chapter 5.0: Ecology of this ES identifies a Moderate Negative impact on hedgerows but Positive impacts on other habitats (i.e. parkland supporting woodland, additional wetland habitat), bats, birds, and invertebrates. However, the proposed development will not result in any detrimental impacts to ecological features near-site and as such, ecology has not been included as part of the cumulative impact assessment.

14.29

In general, residual cumulative impacts from the construction phase will be temporary in nature and their severity is often dependent on the proximity of receptors to the construction site. Operational phase impacts will tend to be medium to long-term in nature. Table 14.2 Overall Cumulative Impacts

Potential Impact Areas

Overall Cumulative Construction Phase Impact

Overall Cumulative Operation Phase Impact

Transportation

Moderate Adverse

Negligible â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Moderate Adverse & High Beneficial

Air Quality

Negligible

Noise and Vibration

Minor Negative to Negligible

Negligible

Socio-Economic

Major Positive

Construction Phase 14.30

When the construction phases of one or more projects coincide with one another, the significance of the cumulative residual impacts depends on the characteristics of the overlapping projects and the duration of the overlap. Those developments that have been identified within the immediate vicinity of the application site are likely to result in cumulative impacts during the construction phase of the proposed development, assuming a conservative scenario.

14.31

Prolonged periods of disturbance of the local community and wildlife from reduced air quality and from noise and vibration can result where construction periods are consecutive; in addition congestion and delays can result on the local highway network when access routes for deliveries utilise the same roads. However, any potential impacts from the construction phase will be temporary in nature and their severity is often dependent on the proximity of receptors to the construction site or sites.

14.32

In general, many of these impacts, such as nuisance and disturbance impacts linked to construction noise, vibration and air quality, will be controlled and minimised through the implementation of construction best practices that can be effectively delivered by means of a Construction Method Statement and Environmental Management Plan that

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

509

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

the Principal Contractor will adhere to, and have been agreed with the applicant and the Council. Therefore, the overall cumulative impacts associated with construction transportation and associated air quality and noise and vibration are temporary and of overall Negligible significance on a local level. 14.33

In conclusion, potential cumulative construction impacts are considered to be temporary in nature and of Minor Negative to Major Positive impact.

14.34

It should be noted that the cumulative assessment presents a conservative scenario and that, in reality, the construction phases will not all coincide but will potentially overlap for relatively short periods, thus reducing the significance of the cumulative residual impacts. Operational Phase

14.35

At the operational phase, cumulative impacts are both positive and negative. Long term Major Positive impacts are predicted with regard to the provision of much needed housing (fulfilling the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s requirements), generation of local employment and provision of a range of community facilities (including healthcare, educational provision, and sports hall etc) within the local area and local population.

14.36

Improvements to the local highways network and the sustainable and accessible nature of the schemes have been proposed. The additional traffic generation associated with this development will result in an overall Moderate Adverse impact to local area. However, it is noted that the revised proposals represent a reduction in traffic flows against the baseline traffic conditions, specifically in relation to the proposed development.

14.37

With appropriate mitigation, the cumulative impact upon air quality and noise & vibration over the long-term is anticipated to be Negligible.

SECONDARY IMPACTS 14.38

Impacts on the environment, which are not a direct result of the project, can be produced away from or as a result of a complex pathway. These are sometimes referred to as second or third level impacts, or collectively as secondary impacts.

14.39

This included the development of a project, which in turn, attracts ancillary developments. In this instance the proposed development has the potential to bring forward as ancillary secondary impacts associated with the Growth Triangle and those associated with the NDDR. Both of which of which could be considered as bringing triggered through the granting of permission for the proposed development.

510

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Collection of Baseline Data 14.40

The EIA took into consideration secondary impacts resulting from the ancillary developments of the Growth Triangle and the NDDR associated with the proposed development. The need to assess such impacts was therefore considered during data collection and in particular impacts associated with transportation where growth rates and flow predictions factored in these as part of the modelling process. Furthermore these traffic flows and predictions were used to determine impacts resulting on the air quality and noise environments. No other environmental parameter secondary impacts were considered to arise and were scoped out for further consideration. Assessment and Reporting of Impacts

14.41

The impacts of these ancillary or secondary elements of the project were reported as an integral part of the assessment of the impacts on each environmental parameter. These are reported within the impact sections of each environmental parameter and within the cumulative impacts sections.

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

511

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Table 14.3 Summary of Projects Under Consideration

Included Scheme

Description

Planning Status

Potential Impact Areas

in Appraisal?

Norwich Northern Distributor Road (NDR) and Postwick Hub Junction

Land off Spixworth Road, Old Catton, NR6 7JP

The NDR and Postwick Hub Junction were identified as part of the Norwich Area Transportation Strategy Implementation Plan (NATS IP), which puts in place the Norwich Area Transport Strategy (NATS). The NATS IP describes proposed transport schemes which will be implemented in the Norwich Policy Area up to 2021, with more detailed proposals for the period up to 2016. The NATS also includes the Norwich Northern Distributor Road (NDR), which is a proposed 8.7 mile dual carriageway, linking the A47 to the southeast of Norwich city to the proposed Rackheath Eco-town and Norwich International Airport to the north of the city.

Planning permission for a part of the NDR (i.e. the Postwick Junction Plans) are more advanced than the NDR itself and planning permission has already been granted. Currently, this section of the NDR has been allocated ÂŁ86.5m by the Government for its construction from the A47 at Postwick to the A140 at Norwich Area.

Erection of 40 dwellings with associated access roads, car parking, amenity open space, landscaping and a cycle/footpath link.

20111703

Potential construction cumulative impacts include traffic, noise, dust generation, air quality, visual impacts, ecology and demand for labour. Potential operational cumulative impacts include transportation and operational associated air quality and noise.

Yes Construction and Operational

The main part of the NDR remains at an earlier stage and does not have planning permission

Application validated 11 November 2011. Full Approval on 1st June 2012.

Whilst there is a small potential for cumulative impacts at the construction and operational phase, this is likely to be minimal. This is owing to the scale of development and the purpose (i.e. change of uses) and the small number of parking spaces that have been proposed. On this basis, this scheme has not been included within the cumulative impact assessment for this ES.

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

512

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Included Scheme

Description

Planning Status

Potential Impact Areas

in Appraisal?

Land North of Crostwick Lane, Spixworth

54 dwellings (no more than 2 storeys in height) and 2.8ha for an open space playing field. Vehicular access from Crostwick Lane, and relocation of existing traffic calming feature further east along Crostwick Lane.

20120646

Former Little Plumstead Hospital, Hospital Road, Little Plumstead

Erection of 75 Residential Dwellings and Associated Works

20101213

North East Growth Triangle

Following a legal challenge to the adoption of the Joint Core Strategy (JCS) on the 3rd May 2011, High Court Judge Mr. Justice Ousely made his judgment on 24th February 2012, stating that the parts of the JCS concerning the North East Growth Triangle should be remitted for further consideration, and that a new Sustainability Appraisal for that part of Broadland in the Norwich Policy Area to be prepared.

EIA Screening Letter submitted 23rd April 2012. Formal EIA Screening (confirming no EIA is required) on 17th May 2012.

Application validated 16 August 2010. Approval on 31st January 2011

A Sustainability Appraisal (SA) for the JCS was prepared and published in August 2012.

Whilst there may be a small potential for cumulative impacts at the construction and operational phase, this is likely to be minimal. This is owing to the scale of development and the purpose (i.e. change of uses) and the small number f parking spaces that have been proposed. Additionally, no further information or technical assessments of the scheme were publically available at the time of writing. On this basis, this scheme has not been included within the cumulative impact assessment for this ES.

Whilst there is a small potential for cumulative impacts at the construction and operational phase, this is likely to be minimal. This is owing to the, location, scale of development and the purpose (i.e. change of uses) that have been proposed. On this basis, this scheme has not been included within the cumulative impact assessment for this ES.

It is considered that the potential scale of development that may be brought forward within the JCS (specifically in relation to Old Catton, Sprowston, Rackheath and Thorpe St Andrew growth triangle) is considered to result in a potential for cumulative impacts at the construction and operational phase (mindful that the application site sits within this growth triangle). Therefore, whilst this policy has yet to be formally adopted, and there is little detail in the way that the 7,000-10,000 dwellings will be brought forward (other than those identified as part of this planning application), consideration has been given to this policy,

Yes Construction and Operational

The original Policy within the JCS is worded as

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

513

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Included Scheme

Description

Planning Status

Potential Impact Areas

in Appraisal?

follows:

and the potential cumulative impacts.

Policy 9: Strategy for growth in the Norwich Policy Area ‘The Norwich Policy Area (NPA) is the focus for major growth and development. Housing need will be addressed by the identification of new allocations to deliver a minimum of 21,000 dwellings distributed across the following locations: 

Norwich City Council area: 3,000 dwellings;



Old Catton, Sprowston, Rackheath and Thorpe St Andrew growth triangle: 7,000 dwellings by 2026 continuing to grow to around 10,000 dwellings eventually;



Easton/Costessey: 1,000 dwellings;



Cringleford: 1,200 dwellings;



Hethersett: 1,000 dwellings;



Long Stratton: 1,800 dwellings;



Wymondham: 2,200 dwellings;



Broadland smaller sites in the NPA: 2,000 dwellings; and



South Norfolk smaller sites in the NPA and possible additions to named growth locations: 1,800 dwellings.

Allocations to deliver the smaller sites in Broadland and South Norfolk will be made in accordance with the settlement hierarchy and

514

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Included Scheme

Description

Planning Status

Potential Impact Areas

in Appraisal?

local environment and servicing considerations. All the numbers above show the minimum number of dwellings to be delivered in each locationâ&#x20AC;Śâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

515

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Air Quality

Transportation

Area

Table 14.4 Cumulative Impact â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Construction

Proposed Development

Cumulative Impact / Secondary Impact

NDR and Postwick Hub Junction

North East Growth Triangle

The proposed development will be constructed in phases with an anticipated construction programme of 18 months for each phase, starting from mid to late 2013. The proposed development will result in a Negligible in relation to the wider highway network and Moderate Adverse in relation to access to Wroxham Road.

Whilst the assessment does not specifically address construction traffic impacts, it is considered inevitable that the construction of the growth triangle will result in construction movements (of both goods, and services). Therefore a Negative impact has been assumed. ,

Whilst the SA does not specifically address construction traffic impacts, it is considered inevitable that the construction of the growth triangle will result in construction movements (of both goods, and services). Therefore a Negative impact has been assumed.

Overall the transport cumulative impact is considered to be a temporary Moderate Adverse

The assessment does not specifically assess the air quality impacts associated with the construction phase. Whilst some disruption is likely to result, it is expected that overall, based on the impacts at the operational phase and proximity to sensitive receptors, a Negligible impact has been assumed.

Whilst the SA does not specifically differentiate between construction and operational phases, overall, the SA concludes with respect to overall environmental amenity, that although the development will lead to increased local car movements, congestion is not a major issue currently within the NE sector, nor are there any designated Air Quality Management Areas, and as such, there will be Negligible effects on the baseline.

Overall the air quality cumulative impact is considered to be Negligible to all identified sensitive receptors.

By following the mitigation measures outlined within Chapter 9.0: Air Quality, the impact will be substantially minimised. Residual impacts are therefore considered to be Negligible.

Overall the transport secondary impact is considered to be a temporary Moderate Adverse impact all identified sensitive receptors.

Overall the air quality secondary impact is considered to be Negligible to all identified sensitive receptors.

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

516

Area

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Proposed Development

Socio-Economic

Noise & Vibration

Post mitigation, the residual effect of noise for the majority of the time from construction noise will be Minor Negative, and temporary or short-term. In terms of airborne vibration, the mitigation measures applied to control noise from the demolition and construction of the proposed development will also be effective in controlling airborne vibration. With the applicant to agree limits with the local authority and monitor levels, the residual effects from both types of vibration is considered to be Minor Negative, and temporary or short-term.

Cumulative Impact / Secondary Impact

NDR and Postwick Hub Junction

North East Growth Triangle

The assessment does not specifically assess the noise and vibration impacts associated with the construction phase. Whilst some disruption is likely to result, it is expected that overall, based on the impacts at the operational phase and proximity to sensitive receptors, a Negligible impact has been assumed.

Whilst the SA does not specifically differentiate between construction and operational phases, overall, the SA concludes with respect to overall environmental amenity, that although the development will lead to increased local car movements, congestion is not a major issue currently within the NE sector, and as such, there will be Negligible effects on the baseline.

Overall noise and vibration cumulative construction impact considered Minor Negative to Negligible.

The assessment does not specifically assess the socio-economic impacts associated with the construction phase. Whilst some disruption is likely to result, it is expected that overall, based on the impacts at the operational phase and proximity to sensitive receptors, a Negligible impact has been assumed.

Whilst the SA does not specifically differentiate between construction and operational phases. A description and assessment against each of the SA objectives is identified within the operational phase, therefore, a Major Positive impact has been assumed for the construction phase.

Contribution to local employment and long-term investment in area results in the overall socioeconomic impact considered Major Positive

Overall noise and vibration secondary construction impact considered Minor Negative to Negligible.

The proposed development will result in a Minor Negative impact overall.

The net additional construction employment opportunities arising as a consequence of the proposed development are considered to be a long-term Major Positive impact

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

517

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Area

Table 14.5 Cumulative Impact – Operational Proposed Development The transport assessment within this ES concluded that there will be a Moderate Adverse impact Road traffic generated by the Development on Highway Links and on Junctions; a High Beneficial on Pedestrian and Cycle amenity within the development; Moderate Adverse impacts on pedestrian and cyclist amenity on the local highway; Moderate Beneficial on the improvements to permeability; Low Adverse impacts are associated with accidents and safety; Negligible impacts on additional trip generation; Negligible impact on site access and servicing; Moderate impact on parking for future residents; and Beneficial impacts for additional public transport capacity in adjacent communities as a result of the proposed development.

The rationale for the NDR is set out as part of the objectives for the Norwich Area Transportation Strategy, Implementation Plan of which the following relate specifically to transport impacts as follows: 

Transportation



518

North East Growth Triangle

NDR and Postwick Hub Junction

Reduce transport emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases by: o

Encouraging sustainable modes of travel and vehicles using fuels;

Promote sustainable means of travel minimising the length of trips and encourage reduce car-use through land use policies;

Improve integration and interchange; Reduce the need to travel (particularly through Norwich city centre):

To contribute to better safety security and health and longer life-expectancy by reducing the risk of death, injury or illness arising from transport and by promoting travel modes that are beneficial to health: o

Maximise safety everyone; and

and

security

Minimise the number and severity of road traffic accidents.

Cumulative Impact / Secondary

Unless all housing development is ‘car free’, the SA that the development of the growth triangle will inevitably generate additional trips locally as new residents move into the area. Therefore, the SA concludes that ‘significant negative effects on the baseline are likely.’

Overall the cumulative and secondary impacts will be a Moderate Adverse impact Road traffic generated by the Development on Highway Links and on Junctions; a High Beneficial on Pedestrian and Cycle amenity within the development; Moderate Adverse impacts on pedestrian and cyclist amenity on the local highway; Moderate Beneficial on the improvements to permeability; Low Adverse impacts are associated with accidents and safety; Negligible impacts on additional trip generation; Negligible impact on site access and servicing; Moderate impact on parking for future residents; and Beneficial impacts for additional public transport capacity in adjacent communities as a result of the proposed development.

for

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Area

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Proposed Development During the operational phase of the scheme, the development is expected to bring about negligible in NO2 and PM10 concentrations.

Noise & Vibration

Air Quality

Therefore, the residual impact to local air quality is considered to be Negligible.

NDR and Postwick Hub Junction

North East Growth Triangle

Cumulative Impact / Secondary

The assessment concludes that ‘overall improvement in air quality across the study area. No exceedences of the air quality objectives predicted. Air quality within the five AQMAs (Castle, St Augustine’s Riverside, Grapes Hill, Broadland) generally improved. Majority of properties affected see an improvement in a air quality.‘ As such a Moderate Beneficial impact has been identified.

The SA concludes that although the development will lead to increased local car movements, congestion is not a major issue currently within the NE sector, nor are there any designated Air Quality Management Areas. As such, there will be Negligible effects on the baseline.

Overall the air quality cumulative impact is considered to be Negligible to all identified sensitive receptors.

The assessment concludes that ‘at a relatively small number of properties, there is a large noise disbenefit by the introduction of a new noise source. This is outweighed by a small noise benefit at a relatively larger number of houses in central Norwich and the suburbs. The greatest benefit occurs adjacent to roads which would be closed as part of the proposals. At some locations along the NDR route traffic noise may change from that of an intermittent nature to a more continuous nature.’ As such a Moderate Beneficial impact has been identified.

The SA concludes that although the development will lead to increased local car movements, congestion is not a major issue currently within the NE sector, and as such, there will be Negligible effects on the baseline.

Overall the noise and vibration cumulative impact is considered to be Negligible to all identified sensitive receptors.

Overall the air quality secondary impact is considered to be Negligible to all identified sensitive receptors.

Overall the noise and vibration secondary impact is considered to be Negligible to all identified sensitive receptors.

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

519

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

The operational phase socio-economic impacts have been identified as follows: 

Housing: Long-term Major Positive impact;



Employment: Long-term Major Positive impact;



Agricultural Businesses: Minor Positive impact on owner occupier of Red Hall Farm and Minor Negative impacts on the County Council Land tenant and on the Wroxham Farms contract farming business;

Socio-Economic

520



Business users & transport providers;



Reliability impact on business users;



Regeneration;



Wider impacts (e.g. output changes in imperfect competitive markets, and labour market impacts);

Healthcare Facilities: o



The assessment identified a range of socio-economic factors that were of either Negligible or Large Beneficial impacts as follows:

Negligible impact on local GP surgeries in the short-term and a Minor Positive impact over the long-term. Minor Positive impact over the long-term on dentistry services; Negligible impact over the shortterm on dentistry services would be; Moderate Negative impact on the provision of secondary and acute care services over the long-term. Further to the implementation of this mitigation measure, the residual impact would be a longterm Negligible impact;

Local Education Provision: o

The SA for the North East Growth Triangle identifies that the Policy will result in the Significant Positive effects in the following SA objectives: 

Maintain and improve the health of the whole population and promote healthy lifestyles (SOC 2);



To improve education and skills (SOC 3);



To provide the opportunity live in a decent, suitable and affordable home (SOC 4);



To build community identify, improve social welfare and reduce crime and anti-social activity (SOC 5);



Commuting and other users;



Reliability impact on commuting and other users;



To offer more opportunities for rewarding and satisfying employment for all (SOC 6);



Physical activity;



Accidents;

To improve the quality of where people live (SOC 7); and



Security;



Access to services;



Affordability;

To improve accessibility to essential service, facilities and jobs.



Severance; and



Option values.

Contribution to local community through the provision of a housing (of a range of tenures and mix), local employment opportunities, provision of new community facilities (in healthcare, local education provision and other facilities), and long-term investment in area results in the overall socio-economic impact considered Major Positive.

Major Positive impact upon the quantity of early years care provision in the local area over the long-term;

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

Negligible impact on local primary schools’ provision over the shortterm and a Major Positive impact over the long-term;

Negligible impact over the shortterm for secondary school provision;



To encourage sustained economic growth (EC 1);



To encourage and accommodate both indigenous and inward investment (EC 2);



To encourage efficient patterns of movement in support of economic growth (EC 3);



To improve the social and environmental performance of the economy (EC 4); and



To reduce poverty and social exclusion (SOC 1).

Community Facilities: o

Socio-Economic

Negligible on secondary school provision following the implementation of mitigation measures (financial contribution);

Additionally the SA concluded that there would be a Negligible impact on the following:

Moderate Positive over the longterm, and Major Positive over the long-term, respectively on the provision of library or community hall provision; Negligible impact upon both Sports Hall and Swimming Pool facilities;



Crime: Long-term Minor Positive; and



Open Space: Long-term Minor Positive.

Specifically, the SA encourages an inclusive design process, and the benefits of delivering one large development over a piecemeal fashion, which would result in less opportunity to deliver mixed and inclusive communities.

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

521

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston and Old Catton

522

Chapter 14.0: Cumulative Impact ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

15.0 RESIDUAL IMPACTS & CONCLUSIONS 15.1

This Chapter provides a tabulated summary of the identified mitigation measures and residual impacts for the following technical chapters within this ES.

15.2



Ecology (Chapter 5.0);



Landscape & Visual (Chapter 6.0);



Archaeology & Cultural Heritage(Chapter 7.0);



Transportation (Chapter 8.0);



Air Quality (Chapter 9.0);



Noise & Vibration (Chapter 10.0);



Soil Conditions, Groundwater & Contamination (Chapter 11.0);



Water Resources & Flood Risk (Chapter 12.0); and



Socio-Economic (Chapter 13.0).

This Chapter is intended for an overview only and for more detailed analysis, including details of the baseline, and unmitigated impacts at the construction and operational phase for each technical area, reference should be made to the relevant chapters within this ES. The residual impacts of each technical area are detailed below.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

523

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Table 15.1 Summary of Mitigation Measures and Residual Impacts Chapter 5.0 Ecology This Chapter concerns Ecology and the biodiversity features of the application site and its relevant surroundings. Measures to mitigate any potential effects and opportunities to enhance the ecological value of the application site were also identified.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 

New hedgerow planting including the re-instatement of lost hedgerows, new hedgerow planting along the route of the Northern Distribution Route (NDR) and new hedgerows as boundaries to the development area. At least 3.9km of new hedgerow will be planted;



Enhancement of existing defunct hedgerows adjacent to Buxton Road with infilling using shrubs and trees of approximately 120m;



Removal of a line of non-native hedgerow north of Beeston Hall and replacement (250m);



Within the existing woodland areas, active management will be undertaken to enhance their ecological value and also to control a likely increase in recreational use. Measures will include: the removal of non-native conifers; enhancing the immediate surroundings of veteran trees through the removal of inappropriate trees such as sycamore that are excessively shading them1; and constructing paths to control visitor access and to direct visitors from sensitive areas;



Within Beeston Park 21.5ha of arable fields will be reverted to parkland habitat with additional management in the existing woodlands. The key actions will comprise grassland creation, new tree planting and enhanced management;



Within the main urban areas, in addition to the open greenspaces of gardens and public areas, smaller scale green spaces will include green roofs, green walls and balconies. Street trees will include

Construction Phase 

Overall, the proposed development will result in a Moderate Negative impacts on hedgerows even with off-site mitigation, but for other VERs it is considered that the net effect will be Positive, through the provision of new habitat areas in conjunction with some off-site mitigation.

Operational Phase 

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

, K., Stickler, D. & Green, T., (2011); Rescuing veteran trees from canopy competition. Conservation Land Management 9, 12-16.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

524

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 5.0 Ecology This Chapter concerns Ecology and the biodiversity features of the application site and its relevant surroundings. Measures to mitigate any potential effects and opportunities to enhance the ecological value of the application site were also identified.

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impacts

significant proportions of native species and those recognised as being of wildlife value; 

The mitigation for bats comprises three key measures: the urban landscape design, including strategic layout, lighting and the provision of new roosting opportunities; the enhancement of Beeston Park as new foraging habitat; and the off-site planting of new hedgerows;



The enhancement of Beeston Park with is an integral part of the masterplan and the assessment of impacts on species considered included this, rather that it comprising as a mitigation measure for impacts. Although its recreational use may reduce its value for some species such as the ground-nesting skylarks it is expected to be of value for many species including whitethroat and yellowhammer;



It is specifically proposed to include swift boxes within the development, with the design and location to be agreed, including whether they will be integral features or retro fitted; and



It is proposed therefore that approximately 10% of roofs overall will be extensive green roofs, designed to provide invertebrate habitat, with a variety of substrate and sward types.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

525

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 6.0 Landscape & Visual This Chapter provides a summary of the main elements of the Landscape and Visual impacts of the proposed development including the character of the area, the views towards the application site and visual amenity.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 

The retention of Beeston Park as the main public park comprising 29.5ha of parkland north and south of Beeston Hall framed by 13.6ha of plantation. A new landscape edge around the southern and western boundary will allow the retention of existing bat habitat and provide 1.5ha of additional public spaces incorporating play space, walking routes, Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) features and forest garden;



A park south of Red Hall Farm including 7.6ha parkland framed by 2.1ha plantation. Strong emphasis on food and farming in the wider Red Hall Farm area including allotments and intensive food growing opportunities;



A linear park of 2.1ha along Beeston Lane linking Red Hall and Beeston Park, serving as a formal entrance to the park and enabling the character of the lane to be retained;



A number of green routes identified on streets within the proposed development. These comprise of main green routes along Old North Walsham Road, Beeston Lane and alongside Beeston Park will maintain bat commuting corridors; secondary routes linking green spaces within the proposed development will provide wildlife corridors and pleasant, legible walking routes for local people. Features of green routes include street tree planting, green roofs, green walls, front gardens, some landscaped edge and swales;



Over 31 of new and retained natural and semi-natural space including significant parkland, managed woodland, wetland and potential for forest garden;



Multifunctional green spaces distributed throughout the development – parks, greens, play areas, SuDS, habitat and potential for



The most significant residual impacts for Landscape receptors are Moderate Slight Adverse for hedges. The hedges proposed to be removed are judicious. Hedges will be retained if possible where they provide benefit to the wider landscape and where they benefit wildlife, specifically bats for example. 3.6km of species rich hedgerow planted in strategic locations, sky lark plots and seed rich verges on neighbouring farmland. It is expected that gradually the overall benefit of the mitigation proposed will reduce the character of change to Neutral and possibly Slight Beneficial.



The most significant residual impacts for Visual receptors are Moderate, including Viewpoints 10, 11, 12, 18b, 20, 21, 22, 23, 26 and 27. This is because these viewpoints are located either within or very close to the application site. It is expected that gradually over time the mitigation proposed will reduce the character of change to Neutral. It is anticipated that Viewpoint 10 will have a Slight Beneficial impact.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

526

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impacts

community food growing areas; 

1.8ha allotments and community gardens for food production identified within the redline boundary plus additional 1.2ha allotment space provided through the extension of existing Sprowston allotments;



Three public recreation grounds totalling 12.1ha;



Smaller scale green spaces associated with each dwelling including gardens, green roofs, green walls and balconies acting as urban microspaces for food growing, climate change adaptation and biodiversity;



A SuDS strategy based on existing natural catchment boundaries comprising rainwater harvesting ring, attenuation basins including a water feature in Beeston Park, green roofs and permeable paving;



Night-time lighting impacts will be mitigated by using best practice guidance to reduce light spill and pollution by using horizontally cutoff light fittings at appropriate mounting heights for exterior use. Time control lighting (where appropriate) will be specified so that it can be switched off during hours of darkness when it is not needed and lighting which is commensurate to health and safety considerations for a particular use both during the construction and operational phases; and



A Construction Management Plan will be drawn up and implemented during the construction phase. This is an important tool to implement a detailed landscape strategy to limit negative impacts and would take account of constraints on timing of operations, protection of retained features and habitats, reducing the impact of construction phase lighting.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

527

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 7.0 Archaeology & Cultural Heritage This Chapter considers archaeology and cultural heritage and provides an assessment of likely significant effects of the proposed development on the archaeological and cultural heritage resource.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 



The suggested programme of mitigation is in two stages: Stage 1, evaluation of the proposed development area to investigate the presence of absence of below ground remains and Stage 2, preservation by record of any archaeological remains to be affected. The evaluation could entail geophysical survey in areas suitable for this technique followed by trial trenching to test the results of the geophysical survey and sites recorded in the Norfolk HER by targeted evaluation trenches along with ‘control’ trenches located in ‘clear’ areas; and

Construction Phase 

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Operational Phase 

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

The results from the evaluation would inform mitigation works required to adequately preserve by record any exposed archaeological remains.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

528

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 8.0 Transportation This Chapter provides a summary of the main elements of the Transportation impacts of the proposed development including improved vehicular, pedestrian and cyclist access and improvements to pedestrian safety.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures Construction Phase

Construction Phase



Negligible in relation to the wider highway network; and



Moderate in relation to access to Wroxham Road.

Construction traffic on the local highway network - Implementation of an embedded Construction Traffic Management Plan which will set out measures to best minimise impacts.

Operational Phase Completed Development 2017 without the NDR 



Road traffic generated by the proposed development on Highway Links - none required; However, in line with planning policies a Framework Travel Plan will be implemented to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport; and Road traffic generated by the proposed development on Junctions Mitigation required; AWP for adjacent communities, Work Place Travel Plans for Airport Industrial Area, and construction of the link road.

Completed Development 2032 with the NDR 

Road traffic generated by the Development on Highway Links and on Junctions - in line with planning policies a Framework Travel Plan will be implemented to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport, and reduce the number of vehicle trips.

Operational Phase Completed Development 2017 without the NDR 

Moderate Adverse impact on Constitution Hill; and



Temporary High Adverse impact until NDR is constructed, but possibly Moderate Adverse impact if mitigation is implemented.

Completed Development 2032 with the NDR 

Moderate Adverse Negligible/Low.

various

links/junctions,

otherwise

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

529

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 9.0 Air Quality This Chapter provides a summary of the main elements of the Air Quality impacts of the proposed development including the existing baseline levels together with assessments of the suitability of the application site for commercial development in terms of air quality. For both the construction and operational phases of the proposed development, assessments of the potential impact to humans and other sensitive receptors have been made.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures Construction Phase ď&#x201A;ˇ

It is recommended that the following 'best practice' measures be implemented, as appropriate during the construction phase: o

Ensure effective site planning locating layout machinery and dust causing activities away from sensitive receptors;

Erect solid screens or barriers around the site boundary where possible, in particular along those boundaries running adjacent to existing residential properties i.e. the southern boundary of the site;

Ensure bulk cement and other fine powder materials are delivered in enclosed tankers and stored in silos with suitable emissions control systems;

Vehicles carrying loose aggregate and workings should be sheeted at all times;

All vehicles should switch of engines when not in use i.e. no idling vehicles should occur on-site;

All vehicles should be effectively washed or cleaned before leaving the application site;

Install a wheel washing system;

No site runoff of water or mud should be allowed;

Stockpiles should be kept for the shortest time possible and if necessary, the use of sprinklers and hoses for dampening of exposed soil and materials should be employed;

Observation of wind speed and direction prior to conducting dust-generating activities to determine the potential for dust nuisance to occur, avoiding potentially dust-generating

Construction Phase

ď&#x201A;ˇ

By following the mitigation measures outlined within this appraisal the impact will be substantially minimised. Residual impacts are therefore considered to be Negligible.

Operational Phase ď&#x201A;ˇ

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

530

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impacts

activities during periods when wind direction may carry dust into sensitive areas and avoiding dust-generating operations during periods of high or gusty winds; o

Stockpiles of soils and materials should be located as far as possible from sensitive properties, taking account of prevailing wind directions and seasonal variations in the prevailing wind;

Completed earthworks should be covered or vegetated as soon as is practicable;

Regular inspection and, if necessary, cleaning of local highways and site boundaries to check for dust deposits (and removal if necessary);

Visual inspection of site perimeter to check for dust deposition (evident as soiling and marking) on vegetation, cars and other objects and taking remedial measures if necessary;

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Construction vehicles should be kept clean and sheeted when on public highways. Timing of large-scale vehicle movements to avoid peak hours on the local road network will also be beneficial; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

It is recommended that liaison with the Local Authority be maintained throughout the construction process, and any incidents which lead to excessive elevation of dust deposition and/or PM10 concentrations at neighbouring sensitive receptors are reported to the Environmental Health Department. If complaints are received from local residents, these will be documented in a diary or log held on-site by the Site Manager. A nominated member of the construction team (e.g. Site Manager) will also act as a point of contact for residents who may be concerned about elevated deposition of dust.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

531

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impacts

Operational Phase ď&#x201A;ˇ

The proposed development is predicted to result in a negligible impact on NO2 and PM10 concentrations as a result of additional traffic movements along the public highway, therefore no mitigation is considered necessary; and

ď&#x201A;ˇ

It is recommended that a 15 m stack is installed at the energy centre if an 8MW CHP is selected. However, it should be noted that at this stage in the assessment the Energy Centre has not been defined and the results are based on installing an 8MW CHP as a worst-case. If the final plant specification is less than 8MW impacts on local air quality are likely to be lower.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

532

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 10.0 Noise & Vibration This Chapter provides a summary of the main elements of the Noise & Vibration impacts of the proposed development including the existing baseline noise levels together with assessments of the suitability of the application site for commercial development in terms of noise and vibration levels. For both the construction and operational phases of the proposed development, assessments of the potential impact to humans have been made.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 



Best practicable means of preventing, reducing and minimising noise will be adopted in agreement with the local authority. It is possible that this aspect of the works could be regulated by an agreement under Section 61 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974, or by planning conditions. This would enable agreement on construction equipment, construction methods, working hours, construction traffic routing etc. to be reached between the Contractor and the local authority in advance of any construction works commencing. Good practice procedures will be followed in order to mitigate noise effects. Typical measures include: o

Use of hoarding around the entire perimeter of the site to assist in the screening of noise;

Hydraulic demolition and construction to be used in preference to percussive techniques where practical (the assessment assumes a worst-case percussive technique);

Plant will be certified to meet relevant current legislation and Noise and Vibration Control on Construction and Open Sites (BS 5228) standards;

All trade contractors will be made familiar with current noise legislation and the guidance in BS 5228 (Parts 1 and 2) which will form a prerequisite of their appointment;

Loading and unloading of vehicles, dismantling of equipment such as scaffolding or moving equipment or materials around the site will be conducted in such a manner as to minimise

Construction Effects 

Post mitigation, the residual effect of noise is considered to be Moderate Adverse as a worst-case, however this will be temporary in nature and limited to construction hours only and only where construction activity occurs at the boundaries of the site in close proximity to existing residents. In reality, and for the majority of the time, the residual effects of construction noise will be Minor Adverse, and temporary or short-term.



The residual effect from both types of vibration is considered to be Minor Adverse and temporary or short-term.

Operational Effects 

No mitigation is proposed, and the residual effects would be Negligible Adverse.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

533

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impacts

noise generation; o

Noise complaints or exceeding of action levels will be reported to the Contractor and immediately investigated; and

Wherever possible, plant and equipment will be switched off when not in use.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

534

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 11.0 Soil Conditions Groundwater & Contamination This Chapter provides a summary of the main elements of the Soil Conditions Groundwater & Contamination impacts of the proposed development including addressing aspects relating to soil, groundwater and contamination and the potential risks associated with any historic activities on the application site.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 



Following the specific ground investigation, a risk assessment will be undertaken and, if required, remediation works or operational amendments will be recommended to reduce the risks from any potential contamination to identified receptors. This will lead to the refinement of the mitigation measures; The following measures detailing provisions for environmental protection will be included in the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and followed during construction: o

Measures for the management of site drainage accidental spills and storage of materials to prevent pollution of surface and ground water (including establishment of emergency response procedures in accordance with EA guidelines and provision and maintenance of spill containment equipment);

Risk to construction workers to be dealt with by the Contractor. The Contractor will be responsible for site health and safety and will manage the risk through control of suitable Health and Safety measures including provision of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), education of the workforce and inductions for all site staff and visitors;

Good site practice measures with regards to the on-site storage, handling and transfer of fuels, chemicals and waste material;

Adherence to Pollution Prevention Guidelines;

Regulation of Health and Safety Rules including provision welfare facilities

A Material Management Plan will be put in place for managing all excavated soils prior to transfer to a treatment centre, disposal by a suitably licensed contractor or re-use

Construction Phase 

By following the mitigation measures outlined within this appraisal the impact will be substantially minimised. Residual impacts are therefore considered to be Negligible.

Operational Phase 

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

535

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Mitigation Measures

Residual Impacts

on-site. All copies of the paper work and transfer notes will be retained on-site; o

Verification testing will be carried out for landscape areas and imported materials; and

An environmental watching brief during site enabling works in key areas where contamination is suspected or known.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

536

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 12.0 Water Resources & Flood Risk This Chapter provides a summary of the main elements of the Water Resources impacts of the proposed development including flood risk, surface water runoff, foul water and navigation.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 

Where excavation activities identify potential for contamination to be present within the overlying soils, any water resulting from excavations will be collected and analysed. Should testing indicate that the collected water is contaminated, it will be disposed of following consultation with the EA and in accordance with the relevant waste legislation; clean water will be discharged through the existing drainage systems;



Intrusive ground operations will have due regard to the guidelines provided in the following publications: o

Piling and Penetrative Ground Improvement Methods on Land Affected by Contamination: Guidance on Pollution Prevention (NC/99/73);

Guidelines for Safe Investigation by Drilling of Landfills and Contaminated Land; and

EA Pollution Prevention Guidelines.

Construction Phase 

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Operational Phase 

No additional residual impacts have been identified as a result of the proposed development.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

537

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 13.0 Socio-Economic This Chapter concerns the Socio-Economic aspects of the application site and its relevant surroundings. The assessment addresses the issues of the local unemployment; community and amenity facilities; improved physical environment; and social and economic objectives met by the proposed development.

Residual Impacts

Mitigation Measures 



Housing; Employment; Library; Crime; Early years; Primary; Healthcare centre; and Open Space Provision were all considered to have either Major or Minor Positives impacts and therefore no mitigation measures are required; The farming profits of Red Hall Farm, Wroxham Home Farms and the farmer of the County Council land will all be affected to a greater or lesser extent once all the land is developed. However, Red Hall Farm will benefit from the sale of its land. Mitigation measures recommended to help ameliorate the effects include new tracks being provided to any land still in agricultural use that has become severed from satisfactory access for agricultural machinery. However, no mitigation is possible for the long-term loss of agricultural land and the loss of profits for the businesses farming the land; Interim dentistry provision is recommended either on the site or through resourcing additional provision at an existing dental surgery. This should be achieved through the provision of a suitable financial contribution to enable the establishment of such interim provision; The population of the proposed development will have a impact on the provision of secondary and acute care services, this impact can also be mitigated through the provision of a suitable financial contribution to secure the additional secondary and acute care beds required by the proposed development; To mitigate the impact at the secondary level a financial contribution is recommended to either enable greater provision at the existing local secondary schools, which could take the form of additional staffing should the physical capacity of the schools be sufficient or additional physical classroom provision, or, the payment could help to secure the proposed additional secondary school identified within the Growth Triangle Framework Plan Study; and

Construction Phase 

Major Positive impact on employment opportunities.

Operational Phase 

Housing; Employment; Library; Crime; Early years; Primary; Healthcare centre; Dentists; and Open Space Provision were all considered to have either Major or Minor Positives impacts and therefore no mitigation measures are required.



The residual impacts remain a Minor Positive impact on owner occupier of Red Hall Farm and Minor Negative impacts on the County Council Land tenant and on the Wroxham Farms contract farming business.



Negligible impact on local GP surgeries in the short-term and a Minor Positive impact over the long-term;



The residual impact on dentistry services would be Negligible over the short-term but Minor Positive impact over the long-term.



For the provision of secondary and acute care services, the residual impact would be a long-term Negligible impact.



Negligible impact on local primary schools’ provision over the shortterm and a Major Positive Impact over the long-term.



Negligible impact over the short-term for secondary provision. The residual long-term impact is considered Negligible.



Sports Halls and Swimming Pool Negligible impact upon both facilities

school to be

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

538

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Mitigation Measures ď&#x201A;ˇ

Residual Impacts

It is proposed that a financial contribution is made to help secure the development of the sports hall and swimming pool in conjunction with the proposed secondary school.

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

539

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Chapter 15.0: Residual Impacts & Conclusions ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

540

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

16.0 GLOSSARY & ABBREVIATIONS AADF/T Annual Average Daily Flow/Total

A daily total traffic flow (24 hours), expressed as a mean daily flow across all 365 days of the year.

AAWT

Annual Averaged Weekdays Traffic.

ABI

Annual Business Inquiry.

AHI

Average Household Income.

AHS

Average Household Size.

Air quality objective

Policy target generally expressed as a maximum ambient concentration to be achieved, either without exception or with a permitted number of exceedences within a specific timescale (see also air quality standard).

Air quality standard

The concentrations of pollutants in the atmosphere which can broadly be taken to achieve a certain level of environmental quality. The standards are based on the assessment of the effects of each pollutant on human health including the effects on sensitive sub groups (see also air quality objective).

Ambient air

Outdoor air in the troposphere, excluding workplace air.

Ambient Noise

The totally encompassing sound in a given situation at a given time. Most often described in terms of the index LAeqT.

Annual mean

The average (mean) of the concentrations measured for each pollutant for one year. Usually this is for a calendar year, but some species are reported for the period April to March, known as a pollution year. This period avoids splitting winter season between 2 years, which is useful for pollutants that have higher concentrations during the winter months.

Application Site

The area of the proposed development that is encompassed by the redline boundary of the planning application.

AOD

Above Ordnance Datum.

Air Quality.

AQMA

Air Quality Management Area.

AQS

Air Quality Strategy.

Atmospheric absorption

The excess acoustic attenuation, over and above that caused by distance attenuation, due to the interaction of an acoustic wave with air molecules.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

541

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

A-weighting, dB(A)

The unit of sound level, weighted according to the A-scale, which takes into account the increased sensitivity of the human ear at some frequencies.

BAP

Biodiversity Action Plan.

BGS

British Geological Survey.

BNL

Basic Noise Level.

BSI

British Standards Institute.

CCS

Considerate Constructors Scheme.

CDM

Construction Design Management.

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan.

CIRIA

Construction Industry Research and Information Association.

CLR

Contaminated Land Report.

CMS

Construction Method Statement.

COSHH

Control of Substances Hazardous to Health.

CRTN

Calculation of Road Traffic Noise.

CSM

Conceptual Site Model.

DBA

Desk-Based Assessment.

DCLG

Department for Communities and Local Government.

Decibel (dB)

A scale for comparing the ratios of two quantities, including sound pressure and sound power. The difference in level between two sounds s1 and s2 is given by 20 log10 (s1/s2). The decibel can also be used to measure absolute quantities by specifying a reference value that fixes one point on the scale. For sound pressure, the reference value is 20ď Pa.

dBA

A- weighted decibel

DEFRA

Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs.

DETR

Department of Environment, Transport and the Regions.

DfES

Department for Education and Skills.

DMAG

Data Management and Analysis Group.

DMRB

Design Manual for Roads and Bridges.

DPDs

Development Plan Documents.

DPM

Damp Proof Membrane.

DQRA

Detailed Quantitative Risk Assessment.

DSG

Dedicated Schools Grant.

Environment Agency.

European Council.

EHO

Environmental Health Officer.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

542

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

543

EIA

Environmental Impact Assessment.

English Nature.

EPA

Environmental Protection Act.

EPAQS

Expert Panel on Air Quality Standards.

Environmental Statement.

Exceedence

A period of time where the concentrations of a pollutant is greater than, or equal to, the appropriate air quality standard.

Facade

At a distance of 1m in front of a large sound reflecting object such as a building façade.

Fast Time Weighting

An averaging time used in sound level meters. Defined in BS5969.

FRA

Flood Risk Assessment.

Free-Field

Far from the presence of sound reflecting objects (except the ground), usually taken to mean at least 3.5m.

GAC

Generic Assessment Criteria.

GCR

Geological Conservation Review.

GIS

Geographic Information Systems software

General Practitioner.

GQA

General Quality Assessment.

Groundwater

Water flowing through or contained beneath the ground surface.

Hectares.

HAP

Habitat Action Plan.

HDV/HGV

Heavy Duty Vehicle/Heavy Goods Vehicle.

Hertz (Hz)

Unit of frequency, equal to one cycle per second. Frequency is related to the pitch of a sound.

Mercury.

IEEM

Institute for Ecology and Environmental Management.

IEMA

Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment.

IFA

Institute of Field Archaeologists.

IMD

Index of Multiple Deprivation.

IOA

Institute of Acoustics.

JNCC

Joint Nature Conservation Committee

L10,T

A noise level index. The noise level exceeded for 10% of the time over the period T. L10 can be considered to be the ‘average maximum’ noise level. Generally used to describe road traffic noise.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

L90,T

A noise level index. The noise level exceeded for 90% of the time over the period T. L90 can be considered to be the â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;average minimumâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; noise level and is often used to describe the background noise.

LAr Tr

Rating level (based on BS4142) for time period Tr.

Local Authority.

Landscape

An area, as perceived by people, whose character is the result of the action and interaction of natural and/or human factors.

Landscape Capacity

This refers to the sensitivity of a landscape to proposed change and is assessed as the ability of the existing landscape/townscape to accommodate this change.

Landscape Character

The distinct and recognizable pattern of landscape/townscape elements/features that occur consistently in an area, creating a sense of place.

Landscape Condition

This relates to the intactness/state of repair of a landscape/townscape or constituent features/elements.

Landscape Element

A component part of the landscape/townscape, such as a woodland or building.

Landscape Feature

A prominent landscape/townscape element.

Landscape Value

This is concerned with the relative importance of a landscape/townscape or constituent feature/element. Value may be expressed through designation, policy or other demonstrable recognition/societal consensus, at a local, district, regional, national or international level.

LAQM

Local Air Quality Management.

LDF

Local Development Framework.

Leq,T

A noise level index called the equivalent continuous noise level over the time period T. This is the level of a notional steady sound that would contain the same amount of sound energy as the actual, possibly fluctuating, sound that was recorded.

LFS

Labour Force Survey.

Lmax,T

A noise level index defined as the maximum noise level during the period T. Lmax is sometimes used for the assessment of occasional loud noises, which may have little effect on the overall Leq noise level but will still affect the noise environment. Unless described otherwise, it is measured using the 'fast' sound level meter response.

LNR

Local Nature Reserve.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

544

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

545

LSOA

Lower Super Output Area.

LVIA

Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment.

Sound power level

mAOD

Meters Above Ordnance Datum.

mm/s

Millimetres per second

MPS

Minerals Planning Statement (England)

NAQIA

National Air Quality Information Archive.

NEC

Noise Exposure Categories.

NGR

National Grid Reference.

Nickel.

Nitric oxide.

NO2

Nitrogen dioxide.

NOx

Nitrogen oxides.

Noise Level Indices

Noise levels usually fluctuate over time, so it is often necessary to consider an average or statistical noise level. This can be done in several ways, so a number of different noise indices have been defined, according to how the averaging or statistics are carried out.

NOR

Numbers on the Roll.

NRPB

National Radon Protection Board.

NSCA

National Society for Clean Air.

NS-SeC

National Statistics Socio-economic Classification.

NTM

National Traffic Model.

NVZ

Nitrate Vulnerable Zones.

Ozone.

OAs

Output Areas.

ODN

Ordnance Datum Newlyn.

ODPM

Office of the Deputy Prime Minister.

ONS

Office of National Statistics.

PAHs

Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons.

Lead.

PCB

Polychlorinated Biphenyls.

Percentile

The percentage of results below a given value.

PLASC

Pupil Level Annual School Census.

PLUTO

Pipie Lines under the Ocean.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

PM2.5

Particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of less than 2.5 micrometres.

PM10

Particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter of less than 10 micrometres.

PPE

Personal Protective Equipment.

PPG

Planning Policy Guidance.

PPL

Potential Pollutant Linkage.

PPS

Planning Policy Statement.

PPV

The peak particle velocity that represents the maximum instantaneous velocity of a particle at a point during the measurement time interval.

PTAL

Public Transport Accessibility Level.

PVI

Private, Voluntary and Independent.

QUARG

Quality of Urban Air Review Group.

Ratification (Monitoring)

Involves a critical review of all information relating to a data set, in order to amend or reject the data. When the data have been ratified they represent the final data to be used (see also validation).

Rating Level

The â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;specific noise level plus any adjustment for the characteristic features of the noise, used in a BS4142:1997 assessment.

RTA

Road Traffic Accident.

SEG

Socio-Economic Groups.

SINC

Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation.

SINC (B)

Site of Borough Importance for Nature Conservation.

SINC (M)

Site of Metropolitan Importance for Nature Conservation.

SLM

Sound level meter.

SO2

Sulphur Dioxide.

SOAs

Super Output Areas.

Sound Pressure

Sound, or sound pressure, is a fluctuation in air pressure over the static ambient pressure.

Sound Pressure Level (Sound Level)

The sound level is the sound pressure relative to a standard reference pressure of 20ď Pa (20x10-6 Pascals) on a decibel scale.

SPD

Supplementary Planning Document.

Specific Noise Level

The noise source under investigation for assessing the likelihood of complaints by BS 4142:1997.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

546

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

547

SPG

Supplementary Planning Guidance.

SPOSH

Significant Possibility of Significant Harm

SPZ

Source Protection Zone.

Species Statement.

SSSI

Site of Special Scientific Interest.

SuDS

Sustainable Urban Drainage System.

Transport Assessment.

TEOM

Tapered Element Oscillating Microbalance.

TEMPRO

A traffic prediction model.

Townscape

The manifestation of landscape in an urban area.

TRICS

Trip Rate Information Computer System.

UDP

Unitary Development Plan.

UKAS

United Kingdom Accreditation Service.

USA

Updating and Screening Assessment.

UXO

Unexploded Ordinance.

Validation (modeling)

Refers to the general comparison of modelled results against monitoring data carried out by model developers.

Validation (monitoring)

Screening monitoring data by visual examination to check for spurious and unusual measurements (see also ratification).

Verification (modelling)

Comparison of modelled results versus any local monitoring data at relevant locations.

Vibration Dose Value (vdv)

Vibration index based on acceleration (ms-1.75) used for considering the effects of vibration within buildings on people. As defined in BS 6472: Evaluation of Human Exposure to vibration in buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz).

WHO

World Health Organisation.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

Beyond Green Developments North Sprowston & Old Catton

Visual Receptors

Those who would have a view of the proposed development. In most cases, a proposed development will affect more than one view (with associated visual receptors). Professional judgement is required to evaluate the visual impact of the proposed development as a whole by taking into account the visual change associated with individual representative views. In certain instances, society may place value upon a visual setting. A visual setting may be defined in terms of views to, from and/or across a particular place. The consequences of a proposed development in relation to these views, collectively, define the implications for the visual setting in question. Professional judgement is required to evaluate visual change associated with the setting as a whole.

WAC

Waste Acceptance Criteria.

WHO

World Health Organisation.

Âľg/m3 micrograms per cubic metre

A measure of concentration in terms of mass per unit volume. A concentration of 1ug/m3 means that one cubic metre of air contains one microgram (millionth of a gram) of pollutant.

Chapter 16.0: Glossary & Abbreviations ES Volume 1: Main Text & Figures

548